Picture It! The Use of Visual Methods in Psychology Teaching

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Watt, Sal; Wakefield, Caroline

2014-01-01

Photo elicitation theoretically located under Creative Analytic Practice was set as an assessment on a taught postgraduate programme. In groups of three to four, 30 students acted as both researcher and participant. Group topics were self-selected, each member took five photographs that group members reflected on. Topics chosen were varied and…

Group-theoretic models of the inversion process in bacterial genomes.

PubMed

Egri-Nagy, Attila; Gebhardt, Volker; Tanaka, Mark M; Francis, Andrew R

2014-07-01

The variation in genome arrangements among bacterial taxa is largely due to the process of inversion. Recent studies indicate that not all inversions are equally probable, suggesting, for instance, that shorter inversions are more frequent than longer, and those that move the terminus of replication are less probable than those that do not. Current methods for establishing the inversion distance between two bacterial genomes are unable to incorporate such information. In this paper we suggest a group-theoretic framework that in principle can take these constraints into account. In particular, we show that by lifting the problem from circular permutations to the affine symmetric group, the inversion distance can be found in polynomial time for a model in which inversions are restricted to acting on two regions. This requires the proof of new results in group theory, and suggests a vein of new combinatorial problems concerning permutation groups on which group theorists will be needed to collaborate with biologists. We apply the new method to inferring distances and phylogenies for published Yersinia pestis data.

Theory of the Trojan-Horse Method - From the Original Idea to Actual Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Typel, Stefan

2018-01-01

The origin and the main features of the Trojan-horse (TH) method are delineated starting with the original idea of Gerhard Baur. Basic theoretical considerations, general experimental conditions and possible problems are discussed. Significant steps in experimental studies towards the implementation of the TH method and the development of the theoretical description are presented. This lead to the successful application of the TH approach by Claudio Spitaleri and his group to determine low-energy cross section that are relevant for astrophysics. An outlook with possible developments in the future are given.

Estimate of the critical exponents from the field-theoretical renormalization group: mathematical meaning of the 'Standard Values'

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pogorelov, A. A.; Suslov, I. M.

2008-06-15

New estimates of the critical exponents have been obtained from the field-theoretical renormalization group using a new method for summing divergent series. The results almost coincide with the central values obtained by Le Guillou and Zinn-Justin (the so-called standard values), but have lower uncertainty. It has been shown that usual field-theoretical estimates implicitly imply the smoothness of the coefficient functions. The last assumption is open for discussion in view of the existence of the oscillating contribution to the coefficient functions. The appropriate interpretation of the last contribution is necessary both for the estimation of the systematic errors of the standardmore » values and for a further increase in accuracy.« less

On the representation matrices of the spin permutation group. [for atomic and molecular electronic structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, S.

1977-01-01

A method is presented for the determination of the representation matrices of the spin permutation group (symmetric group), a detailed knowledge of these matrices being required in the study of the electronic structure of atoms and molecules. The method is characterized by the use of two different coupling schemes. Unlike the Yamanouchi spin algebraic scheme, the method is not recursive. The matrices for the fundamental transpositions can be written down directly in one of the two bases. The method results in a computationally significant reduction in the number of matrix elements that have to be stored when compared with, say, the standard Young tableaux group theoretical approach.

Symmetry of extremely floppy molecules: Molecular states beyond rotation-vibration separation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schmiedt, Hanno; Schlemmer, Stephan; Jensen, Per

2015-10-01

Traditionally, molecules are theoretically described as near-static structures rotating in space. Vibrational motion causing small structural deformations induces a perturbative treatment of the rotation-vibration interaction, which fails in highly fluxional molecules, where all vibrational motions have amplitudes comparable in size to the linear dimensions of the molecule. An example is protonated methane (CH 5+ ) [P. Kumar and D. Marx, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 8, 573 (2006); Z. Jin et al., J. Phys. Chem. A 110, 1569 (2006); and A. S. Petit et al., J. Phys. Chem. A 118, 7206 (2014)]. For these molecules, customary theory fails to simulate reliably even the low-energy spectrum [T. Oka, Science 347, 1313-1314 (2015) and O. Asvany et al., Science 347, 1346-1349 (2015)]. Within the traditional view of rotation and vibration being near-separable, rotational and vibrational wavefunctions can be symmetry classified separately in the molecular symmetry (MS) group [P. Bunker and P. Jensen, Molecular Symmetry and Spectroscopy, NRC Monograph Publishing Program (NRC Research Press, 2006)]. In this article, we discuss a fundamental group theoretical approach to the problem of determining the symmetries of molecular rotation-vibration states. We will show that all MS groups discussed so far are isomorphic to subgroups of the special orthogonal group in three dimensions SO(3). This leads to a group theoretical foundation of the technique of equivalent rotations [H. Longuet-Higgins, Mol. Phys. 6, 445 (1963)]. The group G240 (the MS group of protonated methane) represents, to the best of our knowledge, the first example of a MS group which is not isomorphic to a subgroup of SO(3) (nor of O(3) or of SU(2)). Because of this, a separate symmetry classification of vibrational and rotational wavefunctions becomes impossible in this MS group, consistent with the fact that a decoupling of vibrational and rotational motion is impossible. We discuss here the consequences of this. In conclusion, we show that the prototypical, extremely floppy molecule CH 5+ represents a new class of molecules, where customary group theoretical methods for determining selection rules and spectral assignments fail so that new methods have to be developed.

A theoretical investigation of two typical two-photon pH fluorescent probes.

PubMed

Xu, Zhong; Ren, Ai-Min; Guo, Jing-Fu; Liu, Xiao-Ting; Huang, Shuang; Feng, Ji-Kang

2013-01-01

Intracellular pH plays an important role in many cellular events, such as cell growth, endocytosis, cell adhesion and so on. Some pH fluorescent probes have been reported, but most of them are one-photon fluorescent probes, studies about two-photon fluorescent probes are very rare. In this work, the geometrical structure, electronic structure and one-photon properties of a series of two-photon pH fluorescent probes have been theoretically studied by using density functional theory (DFT) method. Their two-photon absorption (TPA) properties are calculated using the method of ZINDO/sum-over-states method. Two types of two-photon pH fluorescent probes have been investigated by theoretical methods. The mechanisms of the Photoinduced Charge Transfer (PCT) probes and the Photoinduced Electron Transfer (PET) probes are verified specifically. Some designed strategies of good two-photon pH fluorescent probes are suggested on the basis of the investigated results of two mechanisms. For the PCT probes, substituting a stronger electron-donating group for the terminal methoxyl group is an advisable choice to increase the TPA cross section. For the PET probes, the TPA cross sections increase upon protonation. © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Photochemistry and Photobiology © 2012 The American Society of Photobiology.

Efficient two-component relativistic method for large systems

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nakai, Hiromi; Research Institute for Science and Engineering, Waseda University, Tokyo 169-8555; CREST, Japan Science and Technology Agency, 4-1-8 Honcho, Kawaguchi, Saitama 332-0012

This paper reviews a series of theoretical studies to develop efficient two-component (2c) relativistic method for large systems by the author’s group. The basic theory is the infinite-order Douglas-Kroll-Hess (IODKH) method for many-electron Dirac-Coulomb Hamiltonian. The local unitary transformation (LUT) scheme can effectively produce the 2c relativistic Hamiltonian, and the divide-and-conquer (DC) method can achieve linear-scaling of Hartree-Fock and electron correlation methods. The frozen core potential (FCP) theoretically connects model potential calculations with the all-electron ones. The accompanying coordinate expansion with a transfer recurrence relation (ACE-TRR) scheme accelerates the computations of electron repulsion integrals with high angular momenta and longmore » contractions.« less

Experimental and theoretical studies of 3-benzyloxy-2-nitropyridine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sun, Wenting; Cui, Yu; Liu, Huimin; Zhao, Haitao; Zhang, Wenqin

2012-10-01

The structure of 3-benzyloxy-2-nitropyridine has been investigated both experimentally and theoretically. The X-ray crystallography results show that the nitro group is tilted out of the pyridine ring plane by 66.4(4)°, which is mainly attributed to the electron-electron repulsions of the lone pairs in O atom of the 3-benzyloxy moiety with O atom in nitro group. An interesting centrosymmetric π-stacking molecular pair has been found in the crystalline state, which results in the approximate coplanarity of the pyridine ring with the benzene ring. The calculated results show that the dihedral angle between the nitro group and pyridine ring from the X3LYP method is much closer to the experimental data than that from the M06-2X one. The existing two conformational isomers of 3-benzyloxy-2-nitropyridine with equal energy explain well the disorder of the nitro group at room temperature. In addition, the vibrational frequencies are also calculated by the X3LYP and M06-2X methods and compared with the experimental results. The prediction from the X3LYP method coincides with the locations of the experimental frequencies well.

When practice precedes theory - A mixed methods evaluation of students' learning experiences in an undergraduate study program in nursing.

PubMed

Falk, Kristin; Falk, Hanna; Jakobsson Ung, Eva

2016-01-01

A key area for consideration is determining how optimal conditions for learning can be created. Higher education in nursing aims to prepare students to develop their capabilities to become independent professionals. The aim of this study was to evaluate the effects of sequencing clinical practice prior to theoretical studies on student's experiences of self-directed learning readiness and students' approach to learning in the second year of a three-year undergraduate study program in nursing. 123 nursing students was included in the study and divided in two groups. In group A (n = 60) clinical practice preceded theoretical studies. In group (n = 63) theoretical studies preceded clinical practice. Learning readiness was measured using the Directed Learning Readiness Scale for Nursing Education (SDLRSNE), and learning process was measured using the revised two-factor version of the Study Process Questionnaire (R-SPQ-2F). Students were also asked to write down their personal reflections throughout the course. By using a mixed method design, the qualitative component focused on the students' personal experiences in relation to the sequencing of theoretical studies and clinical practice. The quantitative component provided information about learning readiness before and after the intervention. Our findings confirm that students are sensitive and adaptable to their learning contexts, and that the sequencing of courses is subordinate to a pedagogical style enhancing students' deep learning approaches, which needs to be incorporated in the development of undergraduate nursing programs. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Video- or text-based e-learning when teaching clinical procedures? A randomized controlled trial

PubMed Central

Buch, Steen Vigh; Treschow, Frederik Philip; Svendsen, Jesper Brink; Worm, Bjarne Skjødt

2014-01-01

Background and aims This study investigated the effectiveness of two different levels of e-learning when teaching clinical skills to medical students. Materials and methods Sixty medical students were included and randomized into two comparable groups. The groups were given either a video- or text/picture-based e-learning module and subsequently underwent both theoretical and practical examination. A follow-up test was performed 1 month later. Results The students in the video group performed better than the illustrated text-based group in the practical examination, both in the primary test (P<0.001) and in the follow-up test (P<0.01). Regarding theoretical knowledge, no differences were found between the groups on the primary test, though the video group performed better on the follow-up test (P=0.04). Conclusion Video-based e-learning is superior to illustrated text-based e-learning when teaching certain practical clinical skills. PMID:25152638

Space Group Symmetry Fractionalization in a Chiral Kagome Heisenberg Antiferromagnet.

PubMed

Zaletel, Michael P; Zhu, Zhenyue; Lu, Yuan-Ming; Vishwanath, Ashvin; White, Steven R

2016-05-13

The anyonic excitations of a spin liquid can feature fractional quantum numbers under space group symmetries. Detecting these fractional quantum numbers, which are analogs of the fractional charge of Laughlin quasiparticles, may prove easier than the direct observation of anyonic braiding and statistics. Motivated by the recent numerical discovery of spin-liquid phases in the kagome Heisenberg antiferromagnet, we theoretically predict the pattern of space group symmetry fractionalization in the kagome lattice SO(3)-symmetric chiral spin liquid. We provide a method to detect these fractional quantum numbers in finite-size numerics which is simple to implement in the density matrix renormalization group. Applying these developments to the chiral spin liquid phase of a kagome Heisenberg model, we find perfect agreement between our theoretical prediction and numerical observations.

Simulation teaching method in Engineering Optics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lu, Qieni; Wang, Yi; Li, Hongbin

2017-08-01

We here introduce a pedagogical method of theoretical simulation as one major means of the teaching process of "Engineering Optics" in course quality improvement action plan (Qc) in our school. Students, in groups of three to five, complete simulations of interference, diffraction, electromagnetism and polarization of light; each student is evaluated and scored in light of his performance in the interviews between the teacher and the student, and each student can opt to be interviewed many times until he is satisfied with his score and learning. After three years of Qc practice, the remarkable teaching and learning effect is obatined. Such theoretical simulation experiment is a very valuable teaching method worthwhile for physical optics which is highly theoretical and abstruse. This teaching methodology works well in training students as to how to ask questions and how to solve problems, which can also stimulate their interest in research learning and their initiative to develop their self-confidence and sense of innovation.

A Comparison of Approaches for Setting Proficiency Standards.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Koffler, Stephen L.

This research compared the cut-off scores estimated from an empirical procedure (Contrasting group method) to those determined from a more theoretical process (Nedelsky method). A methodological and statistical framework was also provided for analysis of the data to obtain the most appropriate standard using the empirical procedure. Data were…

UTChem - A Program for Ab Initio Quantum Chemistry

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Yanai, Takeshi; Nakano, Haruyuki; Nakajima, Takahito

2003-06-18

UTChem is a quantum chemistry software developed by Hirao's group at the University of Tokyo. UTChem is a research product of our work to develop new and better theoretical methods in quantum chemistry.

On the systematic approach to the classification of differential equations by group theoretical methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Andriopoulos, K.; Dimas, S.; Leach, P. G. L.; Tsoubelis, D.

2009-08-01

Complete symmetry groups enable one to characterise fully a given differential equation. By considering the reversal of an approach based upon complete symmetry groups we construct new classes of differential equations which have the equations of Bateman, Monge-Ampère and Born-Infeld as special cases. We develop a symbolic algorithm to decrease the complexity of the calculations involved.

Theoretical and experimental determination of K - and L -shell x-ray relaxation parameters in Ni

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Guerra, M.; Sampaio, J. M.; Parente, F.; Indelicato, P.; Hönicke, P.; Müller, M.; Beckhoff, B.; Marques, J. P.; Santos, J. P.

2018-04-01

Fluorescence yields (FY) for the Ni K and L shells were determined by a theoretical and an experimental group within the framework of the International Initiative on X-ray Fundamental Parameters (FPs) collaboration. Coster-Kronig (CK) parameters were also measured for the L shell of Ni. Theoretical calculations of the same parameters were performed using the Dirac-Fock method, including relativistic and QED corrections. The experimental values for the FY and CK were determined at the PTB laboratory in the synchrotron radiation facility BESSY II, Berlin, Germany, and are compared to the corresponding calculated values.

Symmetry Beyond Perturbation Theory: Floppy Molecules and Rotation-Vibration States

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schmiedt, Hanno; Schlemmer, Stephan; Jensen, Per

2015-06-01

In the customary approach to the theoretical description of the nuclear motion in molecules, the molecule is seen as a near-static structure rotating in space. Vibrational motion causing small structural deformations induces a perturbative treatment of the rotation-vibration interaction, which fails in fluxional molecules, where all vibrational motions are large compared to the linear extension of the molecule. An example is protonated methane (CH_5^+). For this molecule, customary theory fails to simulate reliably even the low-energy spectrum. Within the traditional view of rotation and vibration being near-separable, rotational and vibrational wavefunctions can be symmetry classified separately in the molecular symmetry (MS) group. In the present contribution we discuss a fundamental group theoretical approach to the problem of determining the symmetries of molecular rotation-vibration states. We will show that all MS groups discussed so far are subgroups of the special orthogonal group in three dimensions SO(3) This leads to a group theoretical foundation of the technique of equivalent rotations. The MS group of protonated methane (G240) represents, to the best of our knowledge, the first example of an MS group which is not a subgroup of SO(3) (nor of O(3) nor of SU(2)). Because of this, a separate symmetry classification of vibrational and rotational wavefunctions becomes impossible in this MS group, consistent with the fact that a decoupling of vibrational and rotational motion is impossible. We want to discuss the consequences of this. In conclusion, we show that the prototypical floppy molecule CH_5^+ represents a new class of molecules, where usual group theoretical methods for determining selection rules and spectral assignments fail so that new methods have to be developed. P. Kumar and D. Marx, Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics 8, 573 (2006) Z. Jin, B. J. Braams, and J. M. Bowman, The Journal of Physical Chemistry A 110, 1569 (2006) A. S. Petit, J. E. Ford, and A. B. McCoy, The Journal of Physical Chemistry A 118, 7206 (2014). P.R. Bunker and P. Jensen, Molecular Symmetry and Spectroscopy (NRC Research Press, Ottawa, Canada, 1988 Being precise, we must include O(3) and SU(2), but our theory can be easily extended to these two groups. H. Longuet-Higgins, Molecular Physics 6, 445 (1963).

Benefits, Barriers, and Cues to Action of Yoga Practice: A Focus Group Approach

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Atkinson, Nancy L.; Permuth-Levine, Rachel

2009-01-01

Objectives: To explore perceived benefits, barriers, and cues to action of yoga practice among adults. Methods: Focus groups were conducted with persons who had never practiced yoga, practitioners of one year or less, and practitioners for more than one year. The Health Belief Model was the theoretical foundation of inquiry. Results: All…

Implementation of rigorous renormalization group method for ground space and low-energy states of local Hamiltonians

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Roberts, Brenden; Vidick, Thomas; Motrunich, Olexei I.

2017-12-01

The success of polynomial-time tensor network methods for computing ground states of certain quantum local Hamiltonians has recently been given a sound theoretical basis by Arad et al. [Math. Phys. 356, 65 (2017), 10.1007/s00220-017-2973-z]. The convergence proof, however, relies on "rigorous renormalization group" (RRG) techniques which differ fundamentally from existing algorithms. We introduce a practical adaptation of the RRG procedure which, while no longer theoretically guaranteed to converge, finds matrix product state ansatz approximations to the ground spaces and low-lying excited spectra of local Hamiltonians in realistic situations. In contrast to other schemes, RRG does not utilize variational methods on tensor networks. Rather, it operates on subsets of the system Hilbert space by constructing approximations to the global ground space in a treelike manner. We evaluate the algorithm numerically, finding similar performance to density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) in the case of a gapped nondegenerate Hamiltonian. Even in challenging situations of criticality, large ground-state degeneracy, or long-range entanglement, RRG remains able to identify candidate states having large overlap with ground and low-energy eigenstates, outperforming DMRG in some cases.

Heterogeneity among violence-exposed women: applying person-oriented research methods.

PubMed

Nurius, Paula S; Macy, Rebecca J

2008-03-01

Variability of experience and outcomes among violence-exposed people pose considerable challenges toward developing effective prevention and treatment protocols. To address these needs, the authors present an approach to research and a class of methodologies referred to as person oriented. Person-oriented tools support assessment of meaningful patterns among people that distinguish one group from another, subgroups for whom different interventions are indicated. The authors review the conceptual base of person-oriented methods, outline their distinction from more familiar variable-oriented methods, present descriptions of selected methods as well as empirical applications of person-oriented methods germane to violence exposure, and conclude with discussion of implications for future research and translation between research and practice. The authors focus on violence against women as a population, drawing on stress and coping theory as a theoretical framework. However, person-oriented methods hold utility for investigating diversity among violence-exposed people's experiences and needs across populations and theoretical foundations.

[Once again: theoretical pathology].

PubMed

Bleyl, U

2010-07-01

Theoretical pathology refers to the attempt to reintroduce methodical approaches from the humanities, philosophical logic and "gestalt philosophy" into medical research and pathology. Diseases, in particular disease entities and more complex polypathogenetic mechanisms of disease, have a "gestalt quality" due to the significance of their pathophysiologic coherence: they have a "gestalt". The Research group Theoretical Pathology at the Academy of Science in Heidelberg are credited with having revitalized the philosophical notion of "gestalt" for morphological and pathological diagnostics. Gestalt means interrelated schemes of pathophysiological significance in the mind of the diagnostician. In pathology, additive and associative diagnostic are simply not possible without considering the notion of synthetic entities in Kant's logic.

Validating Alternative Modes of Scoring for Coloured Progressive Matrices.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Razel, Micha; Eylon, Bat-Sheva

Conventional scoring of the Coloured Progressive Matrices (CPM) was compared with three methods of multiple weight scoring. The methods include: (1) theoretical weighting in which the weights were based on a theory of cognitive processing; (2) judged weighting in which the weights were given by a group of nine adult expert judges; and (3)…

College Students' Achievement and Understanding of Experimental and Theoretical Probability: The Role of Tasks

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Papaieronymou, Irini

2012-01-01

This study examined the role of particular tasks implemented through two instructional methods on college students' "achievement" and understanding of probability. A mixed methods design that utilized a pre-test and post-test was used. This included treatment and control groups, each comprised of students in three sections of an…

Theoretical Significance in Q Methodology: A Qualitative Approach to a Mixed Method

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Ramlo, Susan

2015-01-01

Q methodology (Q) has offered researchers a unique scientific measure of subjectivity since William Stephenson's first article in 1935. Q's focus on subjectivity includes self-referential meaning and interpretation. Q is most often identified with its technique (Q-sort) and its method (factor analysis to group people); yet, it consists of a…

Dialectical Behavioral Therapy and EMDR for Adolescents in Residential Treatment: A Practical and Theoretical Perspective

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Lovelle, Carole

2005-01-01

DBT and EMDR as primary treatment methods provide effective treatment for adolescents in the setting of group residential facilities. Regardless of the intensity of the pathology or the length of stay, these compatible treatment methods provide adolescents with significant decreases in the impact of traumatic memories and increased emotional…

CARA: Cognitive Architecture for Reasoning About Adversaries

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-01-20

synthesis approach taken here the KIDS principle (Keep It Descriptive, Stupid ) applies, and agents and organizations are profiled in great detail...developed two algorithms to make forecasts about adversarial behavior. We developed game-theoretical approaches to reason about group behavior. We...to automatically make forecasts about group behavior together with methods to quantify the uncertainty inherent in such forecasts; • Developed

Uncertainty relations, zero point energy and the linear canonical group

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sudarshan, E. C. G.

1993-01-01

The close relationship between the zero point energy, the uncertainty relations, coherent states, squeezed states, and correlated states for one mode is investigated. This group-theoretic perspective enables the parametrization and identification of their multimode generalization. In particular the generalized Schroedinger-Robertson uncertainty relations are analyzed. An elementary method of determining the canonical structure of the generalized correlated states is presented.

Impact of guided reciprocal peer questioning on nursing students' self-esteem and learning.

PubMed

Lakdizaji, Sima; Abdollahzadeh, Farahnaz; Hassankhanih, Hadi; Kalantari, Manizhe

2013-07-01

Self-esteem is essential for clinical judgments. Nursing students in clinical environments should make a bridge between theoretical education and clinical function. This study was aimed to survey the effect of guided questioning in peer groups on nursing students' self-esteem and clinical learning. In this quasi-experimental study, all nursing students in semester 4 (60) were selected. The autumn semester students (n = 28) were chosen as the control group, and the spring semester students (n = 32) as the experimental group. The experimental group underwent the course of cardiac medical surgical training by the Guided Reciprocal Peer Questioning. The control group was trained by lecture. After confirmation of the validity and reliability of tools including Rosenberg Self-esteem Scale and the researcher-made questionnaire, data were collected and analyzed by SPSS version 17.0. There was no significant difference concerning demographic and educational characteristics between the two groups. Mean score differences of self-esteem and learning were not significant before teaching, while they were significantly promoted after teaching in the experimental (P < 0.001) and control (P < 0.05) groups. Promotion in the experimental group was more considerable than in the control group. As revealed by the results, inquiry method, due to its more positive impact on self-esteem and students' learning, can be applied alone or in combination with the other methods. Conducting this study for other students and for theoretical courses is suggested.

Crystal structure of minoxidil at low temperature and polymorph prediction.

PubMed

Martín-Islán, Africa P; Martín-Ramos, Daniel; Sainz-Díaz, C Ignacio

2008-02-01

An experimental and theoretical investigation on crystal forms of the popular and ubiquitous pharmaceutical Minoxidil is presented here. A new crystallization method is presented for Minoxidil (6-(1-piperidinyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamide 3-oxide) in ethanol-poly(ethylene glycol), yielding crystals with good quality. The crystal structure is determined at low temperature, with a final R value of 0.035, corresponding to space group P2(1) (monoclinic) with cell dimensions a = 9.357(1) A, b = 8.231(1) A, c = 12.931(2) A, and beta = 90.353(4) degrees . Theoretical calculations of the molecular structure of Minoxidil are set forward using empirical force fields and quantum-mechanical methods. A theoretical prediction for Minoxidil crystal structure shows many possible polymorphs. The predicted crystal structures are compared with X-ray experimental data obtained in our laboratory, and the experimental crystal form is found to be one of the lowest energy polymorphs.

Aircraft Noise Prediction Program theoretical manual: Propeller aerodynamics and noise

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Zorumski, W. E. (Editor); Weir, D. S. (Editor)

1986-01-01

The prediction sequence used in the aircraft noise prediction program (ANOPP) is described. The elements of the sequence are called program modules. The first group of modules analyzes the propeller geometry, the aerodynamics, including both potential and boundary-layer flow, the propeller performance, and the surface loading distribution. This group of modules is based entirely on aerodynamic strip theory. The next group of modules deals with the first group. Predictions of periodic thickness and loading noise are determined with time-domain methods. Broadband noise is predicted by a semiempirical method. Near-field predictions of fuselage surface pressrues include the effects of boundary layer refraction and scattering. Far-field predictions include atmospheric and ground effects.

Porous metallic bodies

DOEpatents

Landingham, R.L.

1984-03-13

Porous metallic bodies having a substantially uniform pore size of less than about 200 microns and a density of less than about 25 percent theoretical, as well as the method for making them, are disclosed. Group IIA, IIIB, IVB, VB, and rare earth metal hydrides a

[Group Discussions in Health Services Research - Part 1: Introduction and Deliberations on Selection of Method and Planning].

PubMed

Pohontsch, Nadine Janis; Müller, Veronika; Brandner, Susanne; Karlheim, Christoph; Jünger, Saskia; Klindtworth, Katharina; Stamer, Maren; Höfling-Engels, Nicole; Kleineke, Vera; Brandt, Benigna; Xyländer, Margret; Patzelt, Christiane; Meyer, Thorsten

2017-05-12

Health services researchers focus on the players, structures and impact of health care in "real life". They investigate how social aspects, financing, organizational structures, technologies and personal attitudes affect the process and outcomes of health care. Qualitative research methods are used here, which address how people act according to their unique living conditions (outside the context of experimental studies). Different methods of debriefing groups are essential for qualitative health services research. In 2 subsequent articles, we aim to outline the diverse facets and possible range of implementation of the above-mentioned methods, in order to highlight the potential of debriefing groups in health services research (focus groups or group discussions) using these methods. In the current article, we would like to encourage researchers to reflect on relevant topics such as the selection of an appropriate method, the planning and undertaking of investigations including sampling methods, and questions regarding ethics and privacy. A follow-up article (in preparation) will deal with theoretical considerations of the term "group", as well as with the process of moderating discussions, methods of analyzing data and (qualitative) online research. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

The guided autobiography method: a learning experience.

PubMed

Thornton, James E

2008-01-01

This article discusses the proposition that learning is an unexplored feature of the guided autobiography method and its developmental exchange. Learning, conceptualized and explored as the embedded and embodied processes, is essential in narrative activities of the guided autobiography method leading to psychosocial development and growth in dynamic, temporary social groups. The article is organized in four sections and summary. The first section provides a brief overview of the guided autobiography method describing the interplay of learning and experiencing in temporary social groups. The second section offers a limited review on learning and experiencing as processes that are essential for development, growth, and change. The third section reviews the small group activities and the emergence of the "developmental exchange" in the guided autobiography method. Two theoretical constructs provide a conceptual foundation for the developmental exchange: a counterpart theory of aging as development and collaborative-situated group learning theory. The summary recaps the main ideas and issues that shape the guided autobiography method as learning and social experience using the theme, "Where to go from here."

The Schwinger Variational Method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Huo, Winifred M.

1995-01-01

Variational methods have proven invaluable in theoretical physics and chemistry, both for bound state problems and for the study of collision phenomena. For collisional problems they can be grouped into two types: those based on the Schroedinger equation and those based on the Lippmann-Schwinger equation. The application of the Schwinger variational (SV) method to e-molecule collisions and photoionization has been reviewed previously. The present chapter discusses the implementation of the SV method as applied to e-molecule collisions.

An Explanatory Sequential Mixed-Method Investigation of Athletic Training Students' Perceptions of Preceptor Mentorship and Board of Certification Exam Success

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fordham, Sabrina R.

2015-01-01

The purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between preceptor mentorship to athletic training students and first-attempt success on the Board of Certification (BOC) exam. Adult learning theory provides the theoretical framework. The study followed a mixed-method approach, using a focus-group discussion to gain a qualitative…

Riemann's and Helmholtz-Lie's problems of space from Weyl's relativistic perspective

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bernard, Julien

2018-02-01

I reconstruct Riemann's and Helmholtz-Lie's problems of space, from some perspectives that allow for a fruitful comparison with Weyl. In Part II. of his inaugural lecture, Riemann justifies that the infinitesimal metric is the square root of a quadratic form. Thanks to Finsler geometry, I clarify both the implicit and explicit hypotheses used for this justification. I explain that Riemann-Finsler's kind of method is also appropriate to deal with indefinite metrics. Nevertheless, Weyl shares with Helmholtz a strong commitment to the idea that the notion of group should be at the center of the foundations of geometry. Riemann missed this point, and that is why, according to Weyl, he dealt with the problem of space in a "too formal" way. As a consequence, to solve the problem of space, Weyl abandoned Riemann-Finsler's methods for group-theoretical ones. However, from a philosophical point of view, I show that Weyl and Helmholtz are in strong opposition. The meditation on Riemann's inaugural lecture, and its clear methodological separation between the infinitesimal and the finite parts of the problem of space, must have been crucial for Weyl, while searching for strong epistemological foundations for the group-theoretical methods, avoiding Helmholtz's unjustified transition from the finite to the infinitesimal.

PREFACE: 3rd Workshop on Theory, Modelling and Computational Methods for Semiconductors (TMCSIII)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Califano, Marco; Migliorato, Max; Probert, Matt

2012-05-01

These conference proceedings contain the written papers of the contributions presented at the 3rd International Conference on Theory, Modelling and Computational Methods for Semiconductor materials and nanostructures. The conference was held at the School of Electronic and Electrical Engineering, University of Leeds, Leeds, UK on 18-20 January 2012. The previous conferences in this series took place in 2010 at St William's College, York and in 2008 at the University of Manchester, UK. The development of high-speed computer architectures is finally allowing the routine use of accurate methods for calculating the structural, thermodynamic, vibrational, optical and electronic properties of semiconductors and their hetero- and nano-structures. The scope of this conference embraces modelling, theory and the use of sophisticated computational tools in semiconductor science and technology, where there is substantial potential for time-saving in R&D. Theoretical approaches represented in this meeting included: Density Functional Theory, Tight Binding, Semiempirical Pseudopotential Methods, Effective Mass Models, Empirical Potential Methods and Multiscale Approaches. Topics included, but were not limited to: Optical and Transport Properties of Quantum Nanostructures including Colloids and Nanotubes, Plasmonics, Magnetic Semiconductors, Graphene, Lasers, Photonic Structures, Photovoltaic and Electronic Devices. This workshop ran for three days, with the objective of bringing together UK and international leading experts in the theoretical modelling of Group IV, III-V and II-VI semiconductors, as well as students, postdocs and early-career researchers. The first day focused on providing an introduction and overview of this vast field, aimed particularly at students, with several lectures given by recognised experts in various theoretical approaches. The following two days showcased some of the best theoretical research carried out in the UK in this field, with several contributions also from representatives of renowned theoretical groups from many European countries (Spain, France, Ireland, Germany, Italy, Poland, Denmark, Sweden, Serbia, Greece, etc.), as well as Asia (India) and Africa (Algeria, Tunisia and South Africa). We would like to thank all participants for making this a very successful meeting and for their contribution to the conference programme and these proceedings. We would also like to acknowledge the financial support from the Institute of Physics (Computational Physics group and Semiconductor Physics group), and QuantumWise (distributors of Atomistix). The Editors Acknowledgments Conference Organising Committee: Marco Califano (University of Leeds) Max Migliorato (University of Manchester) Matt Probert (University of York) Programme Committee: Stewart Clark (University of Durham) Aldo Di Carlo (University of Rome 'Tor Vergata', Italy) Ben Hourahine (University of Strathclyde) Lev Kantorovich (King's College London) Risto Nieminen (Helsinki University of Technology, Finland) Eoin O'Reilly (Tyndall Institute Cork, Republic of Ireland) Mauro Pereira (Sheffield Hallam University) John Robertson (University of Cambridge) Mervin Roy (University of Leicester) Stanko Tomic (University of Salford) David Whittaker (University of Sheffield) The proceedings were edited and compiled by Marco Califano, Max Migliorato and Matt Probert.

Acceptance of technology-enhanced learning for a theoretical radiological science course: a randomized controlled trial

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background Technology-enhanced learning (TEL) gives a view to improved education. However, there is a need to clarify how TEL can be used effectively. The study compared students' attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face course on theoretical radiological science and a TEL course where students could combine face-to-face lectures and e-learning modules at their best convenience. Methods 42 third-year dental students were randomly assigned to the traditional face-to-face group and the TEL group. Both groups completed questionnaires before the beginning and after completion of the course on attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face lectures and technology-enhanced learning. After completion of the course both groups also filled in the validated German-language TRIL (Trierer Inventar zur Lehrevaluation) questionnaire for the evaluation of courses given at universities. Results Both groups had a positive attitude towards e-learning that did not change over time. The TEL group attended significantly less face-to-face lectures than the traditional group. However, both groups stated that face-to-face lectures were the basis for education in a theoretical radiological science course. The members of the TEL group rated e-mail reminders significantly more important when they filled in the questionnaire on attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face lectures and technology-enhanced learning for the second time after completion of the course. The members of the technology-enhanced learning group were significantly less confident in passing the exam compared to the members of the traditional group. However, examination results did not differ significantly for traditional and the TEL group. Conclusions It seems that technology-enhanced learning in a theoretical radiological science course has the potential to reduce the need for face-to-face lectures. At the same time examination results are not impaired. However, technology-enhanced learning cannot completely replace traditional face-to-face lectures, because students indicate that they consider traditional teaching as the basis of their education. PMID:22463757

Effect of problem and scripting-based learning on spine surgical trainees' learning outcomes.

PubMed

Cong, Lin; Yan, Qi; Sun, Chenjing; Zhu, Yue; Tu, Guanjun

2017-12-01

To assess the impact of problem and scripting-based learning (PSBL) on spine surgical trainees' learning outcomes. 30 spine surgery postgraduate-year-1 residents (PGY-1s) from the First Hospital of China Medical University were randomly divided into two groups. The first group studied spine surgical skills and developed individual judgment under a conventional didactic model, whereas the PSBL group used PBL and Scripted model. A feedback questionnaire and the satisfaction of residents were evaluated by the first assistant surgeon immediately following each procedure. At the end of the study, residents filled out questionnaires focused on identifying the strengths of each teaching method and took a multiple-choice theoretical examination. The results were analyzed by t tests. Significant difference was found between the two groups in total mean score of preparedness and performance feedback statement (P = 0.01) and the questionnaire by PGY-1's opinion on the effectiveness of the two teaching methods (P = 0.004). Compared with the non-PSBL group, the PSBL group had significantly higher mean score of pre-operative preparedness (P = 0.01), but there was no significant difference between the two groups in theoretical examination, intra-operative performance, and overall satisfaction with the PGY-1s. The residents found that PSBL could develop their judgment (P = 0.03) and provide greater satisfaction (P = 0.02), and would like to repeat the experience (P = 0.03). The PSBL method can activate spine residents' prior knowledge and building on existing cognitive frameworks, which is an important tool for improving pre-operative preparedness. We believe that PSBL is an important first step in training spine residents to become confident and safe spine surgeons.

Crystal structure, vibrational and theoretical studies of bis(4-amino-1,2,4-triazolium) hexachloridostannate(IV)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Daszkiewicz, Marek; Marchewka, Mariusz K.

2012-06-01

X-ray structure of new hybrid organic-inorganic compound, bis(4-amino-1,2,4-triazolium) hexachloridostannate(IV), [1t(4at)]2SnCl6 (P1¯ space group) was determined. Crystal structure of 4-amino-1,2,4-triazole (Pbca space group) was reinvestigated. Non-planar orientation of NH2 group was found. The geometry of the amino group does not significantly change upon protonation. The route of protonation of 4-aminotriazole and tautomer equilibrium constants for the cationic forms were theoretically studied by means of B3LYP/6-31G* method. The most stable monoprotonated species is 1H-trans-4-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 1t(4at)+, whereas the final product of the protonation route is 12(4at)2+. Potential Energy Distribution (PED) analysis was carried out for two conformers, 1c(4at)+ and 1t(4at)+. Very good agreement between theoretical and experimental frequencies was achieved due to very weak interactions existing in [1t(4at)]2SnCl6. Infrared and Raman bands were assigned on the basis of PED analysis. Comparison of vibrational spectra of [1t(4at)]2SnCl6 and [1t(4at)]Cl indicates significantly weaker intermolecular interactions in the former compound.

Redesigning Orientation in an Intensive Care Unit Using 2 Theoretical Models.

PubMed

Kozub, Elizabeth; Hibanada-Laserna, Maribel; Harget, Gwen; Ecoff, Laurie

2015-01-01

To accommodate a higher demand for critical care nurses, an orientation program in a surgical intensive care unit was revised and streamlined. Two theoretical models served as a foundation for the revision and resulted in clear clinical benchmarks for orientation progress evaluation. The purpose of the project was to integrate theoretical frameworks into practice to improve the unit orientation program. Performance improvement methods served as a framework for the revision, and outcomes were measured before and after implementation. The revised orientation program increased 1- and 2-year nurse retention and decreased turnover. Critical care knowledge increased after orientation for both the preintervention and postintervention groups. Incorporating a theoretical basis for orientation has been shown to be successful in increasing the number of nurses completing orientation and improving retention, turnover rates, and knowledge gained.

Experimental and theoretical investigation of relative optical band gaps in graphene generations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bhatnagar, Deepika; Singh, Sukhbir; Yadav, Sriniwas; Kumar, Ashok; Kaur, Inderpreet

2017-01-01

Size and chemical functionalization dependant optical band gaps in graphene family nanomaterials were investigated by experimental and theoretical study using Tauc plot and density functional theory (DFT). We have synthesized graphene oxide through a modified Hummer’s method using graphene nanoplatelets and sequentially graphene quantum dots through hydrothermal reduction. The experimental results indicate that the optical band gap in graphene generations was altered by reducing the size of graphene sheets and attachment of chemical functionalities like epoxy, hydroxyl and carboxyl groups plays a crucial role in varying optical band gaps. It is further confirmed by DFT calculations that the π orbitals were more dominatingly participating in transitions shown by projected density of states and the molecular energy spectrum represented the effect of attached functional groups along with discreteness in energy levels. Theoretical results were found to be in good agreement with experimental results. All of the above different variants of graphene can be used in native or modified form for sensor design and optoelectronic applications.

Vibration manual

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Green, C.

1971-01-01

Guidelines of the methods and applications used in vibration technology at the MSFC are presented. The purpose of the guidelines is to provide a practical tool for coordination and understanding between industry and government groups concerned with vibration of systems and equipments. Topics covered include measuring, reducing, analyzing, and methods for obtaining simulated environments and formulating vibration specifications. Methods for vibration and shock testing, theoretical aspects of data processing, vibration response analysis, and techniques of designing for vibration are also presented.

Contrast Analysis: A Tutorial

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Haans, Antal

2018-01-01

Contrast analysis is a relatively simple but effective statistical method for testing theoretical predictions about differences between group means against the empirical data. Despite its advantages, contrast analysis is hardly used to date, perhaps because it is not implemented in a convenient manner in many statistical software packages. This…

Peter Waterman and T-Matrix Methods

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mishchenko, M. I.; Martin, P.A.

2013-01-01

This paper summarizes the scientific legacy of Peter C. Waterman (1928-2012) who introduced concepts and theoretical techniques that have had a major impact on the fields of scattering by particles and particle groups, optical particletcharacterization, radiative transfer, and remote sensing. A biographical sketch is also included.

The transfer of theoretical knowledge to clinical practice by nursing students and the difficulties they experience: A qualitative study.

PubMed

Günay, Ulviye; Kılınç, Gülsen

2018-06-01

Nursing education contains both theoretical and practical training processes. Clinical training is the basis of nursing education. The quality of clinical training is closely related to the quality of the clinical learning environment. This study aimed to determine the transfer of theoretical knowledge into clinical practice by nursing students and the difficulties they experience during this process. A qualitative research design was used in the study. The study was conducted in 2015 with 30 nursing students in a university located in the east of Turkey, constituting three focus groups. The questions directed to the students during the focus group interviews were as follows: What do you think about your clinical training? How do you evaluate yourself in the process of putting your theoretical knowledge into clinical practice? What kind of difficulties are you experiencing in clinical practices? The data were interpreted using the method of content analysis. Most of the students reported that theoretical information they received was excessive, their ability to put most of this information into practice was weak, and they lacked courage to touch patients for fear of implementing procedures incorrectly. As a result of the analysis of the data, five main themes were determined: clinical training, guidance and communication, hospital environment and expectations. The results of this study showed that nursing students found their clinical knowledge and skills insufficient and usually failed to transfer their theoretical knowledge into clinical practices. The study observed that nursing students experienced various issues in clinical practices. In order to fix these issues and achieve an effective clinical training environment, collaboration should be achieved among nursing instructors, nurses, nursing school and hospital managements. Additionally, the number of nursing educators should be increased and training programs should be provided regarding effective clinical training methods. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Concave 1-norm group selection

PubMed Central

Jiang, Dingfeng; Huang, Jian

2015-01-01

Grouping structures arise naturally in many high-dimensional problems. Incorporation of such information can improve model fitting and variable selection. Existing group selection methods, such as the group Lasso, require correct membership. However, in practice it can be difficult to correctly specify group membership of all variables. Thus, it is important to develop group selection methods that are robust against group mis-specification. Also, it is desirable to select groups as well as individual variables in many applications. We propose a class of concave \\documentclass[12pt]{minimal} \\usepackage{amsmath} \\usepackage{wasysym} \\usepackage{amsfonts} \\usepackage{amssymb} \\usepackage{amsbsy} \\usepackage{upgreek} \\usepackage{mathrsfs} \\setlength{\\oddsidemargin}{-69pt} \\begin{document} }{}$1$\\end{document}-norm group penalties that is robust to grouping structure and can perform bi-level selection. A coordinate descent algorithm is developed to calculate solutions of the proposed group selection method. Theoretical convergence of the algorithm is proved under certain regularity conditions. Comparison with other methods suggests the proposed method is the most robust approach under membership mis-specification. Simulation studies and real data application indicate that the \\documentclass[12pt]{minimal} \\usepackage{amsmath} \\usepackage{wasysym} \\usepackage{amsfonts} \\usepackage{amssymb} \\usepackage{amsbsy} \\usepackage{upgreek} \\usepackage{mathrsfs} \\setlength{\\oddsidemargin}{-69pt} \\begin{document} }{}$1$\\end{document}-norm concave group selection approach achieves better control of false discovery rates. An R package grppenalty implementing the proposed method is available at CRAN. PMID:25417206

Supercoherent states and physical systems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Fatyga, B. W.; Kostelecky, V. Alan; Nieto, Michael Martin; Truax, D. Rodney

1992-01-01

A method is developed for obtaining coherent states of a system admitting a supersymmetry. These states are called supercoherent states. The presented approach is based on an extension to supergroups of the usual group-theoretic approach. The example of the supersymmetric harmonic oscillator is discussed, thereby illustrating some of the attractive features of the method. Supercoherent states of an electron moving in a constant magnetic field are also described.

Delocalized periodic vibrations in nonlinear LC and LCR electrical chains

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chechin, G. M.; Shcherbinin, S. A.

2015-05-01

We consider electrical LC- and LCR-chains consisting of N cells. In the LC-chain each cell contains a linear inductor L and a nonlinear capacitor C, while the cell in the LCR-chain include additionally a resistor R and an voltage source. It is assumed that voltage dependence of capacitors represents an even function. Such capacitors have implemented by some experimental groups studying propagation of electrical signals in the lines constructed on MOS and CMOS substrates. In these chains, we study dynamical regimes representing nonlinear normal modes (NNMs) by Rosenberg. We prove that maximum possible number of symmetry-determined NNMs which can be excited in the considered chains is equal to 5. The stability of these modes for different N is studied with the aid of the group-theoretical method [Physical Review E 73 (2006) 36216] which allows to simplify radically the variational systems appearing in the Floquet stability analysis. For NNMs in LC-chain, the scaling of the voltage stability threshold in the thermodynamic limit (N → ∞) is determined. It is shown that the above group theoretical method can be also used for studying stability of NNMs in the LCR-chains.

The cosmological lithium problem revisited

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bertulani, C. A.; Mukhamedzhanov, A. M.; Shubhchintak

2016-07-01

After a brief review of the cosmological lithium problem, we report a few recent attempts to find theoretical solutions by our group at Texas A&M University (Commerce & College Station). We will discuss our studies on the theoretical description of electron screening, the possible existence of parallel universes of dark matter, and the use of non-extensive statistics during the Big Bang nucleosynthesis epoch. Last but not least, we discuss possible solutions within nuclear physics realm. The impact of recent measurements of relevant nuclear reaction cross sections for the Big Bang nucleosynthesis based on indirect methods is also assessed. Although our attempts may not able to explain the observed discrepancies between theory and observations, they suggest theoretical developments that can be useful also for stellar nucleosynthesis.

[Study on screening differentially expressed genes in mice livers by silver staining DD-PCR].

PubMed

Luan, Xin-Hong; Hu, Zhong-Ming; Liu, Wei-Quan; Jiang, Yu; Wang, Kai; Wu, Yong-Kui; Li, Qian-Xue

2005-08-01

To screen swimming-fatigue related genes in mice and lay theoretic basis for researching the molecular mechanism of fatigue. 30 male BALB/c mice (20 +/- 2g) were divided into control group, dipping in water group and swimming-fatigue group respectively. After fatigue for swimming in swimming-fatigue group, with control group and dipping in water group, liver tissues in mice were collected. With improved silver staining mRNA differential display method, the differentially expressed genes in mice livers were screened and evaluated by reversed Northern blot. The positive segments were analyzed homology by BLAST. 7 of DD-ESTs were gained. Two of them only expressed in swimming-fatigue group, two down-regulated expressed, and three up-regulated. One of them was a novel gene and was accepted by GenBank, AY615302. Seven DD-ESTs in swimming-fatigue mice were gained by silver staining mRNA differential display method.

Impact of a Tutored Theoretical-Practical Training to Develop Undergraduate Students’ Skills for the Detection of Caries Lesions: Study Protocol for a Multicenter Controlled Randomized Study

PubMed Central

Ferreira, Fernanda Rosche; Mendes, Fausto Medeiros; Raggio, Daniela Prócida; Imparato, José Carlos; Bonecker, Marcelo; Magalhães, Ana Carolina; Wang, Linda; Rios, Daniela; Pessan, Juliano Pelim; Duque, Cristiane; Rebelo, Maria Augusta Bessa; Alves Filho, Ary Oliveira; Lima, Marina De Deus Moura; Moura, Marcoeli Silva; De Carli, Alessandro Diogo; Sanabe, Mariane Emi; Cenci, Maximiliano Sergio; Oliveira, Elenara Ferreira; Correa, Marcos Britto; Rocha, Rachel Oliveira; Zenkner, Julio Eduardo; Murisí, Pedroza Uribe; Martignon, Stefania; Lara, Juan Sebastian; Aquino, Fatima Gabriela; Carrillo, Alfredo; Chu, Chun Hung; Deery, Chris; Ricketts, David; Melo, Paulo; Antunes, José Leopoldo Ferreira; Ekstrand, Kim Rud

2017-01-01

Background Tutored laboratorial activities could be a manner of improving the competency development of students. However, its impact over conventional theoretical classes has not yet been tested. Additionally, different university contexts could influence this issue and should be explored. Objective To assess the impact of a tutored theoretical-practical training for teaching undergraduate students to detect caries lesions as compared with theoretical teaching activities. The impact of these teaching/learning activities will be assessed in terms of efficacy, cost/benefit, retention of knowledge/acquired competences, and student acceptability. Methods Sixteen centers (7 centers from Brazil and 9 centers from other countries throughout the world) are involved in the inclusion of subjects for this protocol. A randomized controlled study with parallel groups will be conducted. One group (control) will be exposed to a 60- to 90-minute conventional theoretical class and the other group (test) will be exposed to the same theoretical class and also a 90-minute laboratory class, including exercises and discussions based on the evaluation of a pool of images and extracted teeth. The mentioned outcomes will be evaluated immediately after the teaching activities and also in medium- and long-term analyses. To compare the long-term outcomes, students who enrolled in the university before the participating students will be interviewed for data collection and these data will be used as a control and compared with the trained group. This stage will be a nonrandomized phase of this study, nested in the main study. Appropriate statistical analysis will be performed according to the aims of this study. Variables related to the centers will also be analyzed and used to model adjustment as possible sources of variability among results. Results This ongoing study is funded by a Brazilian national funding agency (CNPq- 400736/2014-4). We expect that the tutored theoretical-practical training will improve the undergraduate students’ performance in the detection of caries lesions and subsequent treatment decisions, mainly in terms of long-term retention of knowledge. Our hypothesis is that tutored theoretical-practical training is a more cost-effective option for teaching undergraduate students to detect caries lesions. Conclusions If our hypothesis is confirmed, the use of laboratory training in conjunction with theoretical classes could be used as an educational strategy in Cariology to improve the development of undergraduate students’ skills in the detection of caries lesions and clinical decision-making. PMID:28814381

Experimental and theoretical NMR and IR studies of the side-chain orientation effects on the backbone conformation of dehydrophenylalanine residue.

PubMed

Buczek, Aneta M; Ptak, Tomasz; Kupka, Teobald; Broda, Małgorzata A

2011-06-01

Conformation of N-acetyl-(E)-dehydrophenylalanine N', N'-dimethylamide (Ac-(E)-ΔPhe-NMe(2)) in solution, a member of (E)-α, β-dehydroamino acids, was studied by NMR and infrared spectroscopy and the results were compared with those obtained for (Z) isomer. To support the spectroscopic interpretation, the Φ, Ψ potential energy surfaces were calculated at the MP2/6-31 + G(d,p) level of theory in chloroform solution modeled by the self-consistent reaction field-polarizable continuum model method. All minima were fully optimized by the MP2 method and their relative stabilities were analyzed in terms of π-conjugation, internal H-bonds and dipole interactions between carbonyl groups. The obtained NMR spectral features were compared with theoretical nuclear magnetic shieldings, calculated using Gauge Independent Atomic Orbitals (GIAO) approach and rescaled to theoretical chemical shifts using benzene as reference. The calculated indirect nuclear spin-spin coupling constants were compared with available experimental parameters. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Transmedia Teaching Framework: From Group Projects to Curriculum Development

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Reid, James; Gilardi, Filippo

2016-01-01

This paper describes an innovative project-based learning framework theoretically based on the ideas of Transmedia Storytelling, Participatory Cultures and Multiple intelligences that can be integrated into the f?lipped classroom method, and practically addressed using Content- Based Instruction (CBI) and Project-Based Learning (PBL) approaches.…

Experiences of using the Theoretical Domains Framework across diverse clinical environments: a qualitative study

PubMed Central

Phillips, Cameron J; Marshall, Andrea P; Chaves, Nadia J; Jankelowitz, Stacey K; Lin, Ivan B; Loy, Clement T; Rees, Gwyneth; Sakzewski, Leanne; Thomas, Susie; To, The-Phung; Wilkinson, Shelley A; Michie, Susan

2015-01-01

Background The Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) is an integrative framework developed from a synthesis of psychological theories as a vehicle to help apply theoretical approaches to interventions aimed at behavior change. Purpose This study explores experiences of TDF use by professionals from multiple disciplines across diverse clinical settings. Methods Mixed methods were used to examine experiences, attitudes, and perspectives of health professionals in using the TDF in health care implementation projects. Individual interviews were conducted with ten health care professionals from six disciplines who used the TDF in implementation projects. Deductive content and thematic analysis were used. Results Three main themes and associated subthemes were identified including: 1) reasons for use of the TDF (increased confidence, broader perspective, and theoretical underpinnings); 2) challenges using the TDF (time and resources, operationalization of the TDF) and; 3) future use of the TDF. Conclusion The TDF provided a useful, flexible framework for a diverse group of health professionals working across different clinical settings for the assessment of barriers and targeting resources to influence behavior change for implementation projects. The development of practical tools and training or support is likely to aid the utility of TDF. PMID:25834455

Conformational Analysis of Stiff Chiral Polymers with End-Constraints

PubMed Central

Kim, Jin Seob; Chirikjian, Gregory S.

2010-01-01

We present a Lie-group-theoretic method for the kinematic and dynamic analysis of chiral semi-flexible polymers with end constraints. The first is to determine the minimum energy conformations of semi-flexible polymers with end constraints, and the second is to perform normal mode analysis based on the determined minimum energy conformations. In this paper, we use concepts from the theory of Lie groups and principles of variational calculus to model such polymers as inextensible or extensible chiral elastic rods with coupling between twisting and bending stiffnesses, and/or between twisting and extension stiffnesses. This method is general enough to include any stiffness and chirality parameters in the context of elastic filament models with the quadratic elastic potential energy function. As an application of this formulation, the analysis of DNA conformations is discussed. We demonstrate our method with examples of DNA conformations in which topological properties such as writhe, twist, and linking number are calculated from the results of the proposed method. Given these minimum energy conformations, we describe how to perform the normal mode analysis. The results presented here build both on recent experimental work in which DNA mechanical properties have been measured, and theoretical work in which the mechanics of non-chiral elastic rods has been studied. PMID:20198114

Resolving the double tension: Toward a new approach to measurement modeling in cross-national research

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Medina, Tait Runnfeldt

The increasing global reach of survey research provides sociologists with new opportunities to pursue theory building and refinement through comparative analysis. However, comparison across a broad array of diverse contexts introduces methodological complexities related to the development of constructs (i.e., measurement modeling) that if not adequately recognized and properly addressed undermine the quality of research findings and cast doubt on the validity of substantive conclusions. The motivation for this dissertation arises from a concern that the availability of cross-national survey data has outpaced sociologists' ability to appropriately analyze and draw meaningful conclusions from such data. I examine the implicit assumptions and detail the limitations of three commonly used measurement models in cross-national analysis---summative scale, pooled factor model, and multiple-group factor model with measurement invariance. Using the orienting lens of the double tension I argue that a new approach to measurement modeling that incorporates important cross-national differences into the measurement process is needed. Two such measurement models---multiple-group factor model with partial measurement invariance (Byrne, Shavelson and Muthen 1989) and the alignment method (Asparouhov and Muthen 2014; Muthen and Asparouhov 2014)---are discussed in detail and illustrated using a sociologically relevant substantive example. I demonstrate that the former approach is vulnerable to an identification problem that arbitrarily impacts substantive conclusions. I conclude that the alignment method is built on model assumptions that are consistent with theoretical understandings of cross-national comparability and provides an approach to measurement modeling and construct development that is uniquely suited for cross-national research. The dissertation makes three major contributions: First, it provides theoretical justification for a new cross-national measurement model and explicates a link between theoretical conceptions of cross-national comparability and a statistical method. Second, it provides a clear and detailed discussion of model identification in multiple-group confirmatory factor analysis that is missing from the literature. This discussion sets the stage for the introduction of the identification problem within multiple-group confirmatory factor analysis with partial measurement invariance and the alternative approach to model identification employed by the alignment method. Third, it offers the first pedagogical presentation of the alignment method using a sociologically relevant example.

Determination of pKa and the corresponding structures of quinclorac using combined experimental and theoretical approaches

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Song, Dean; Sun, Huiqing; Jiang, Xiaohua; Kong, Fanyu; Qiang, Zhimin; Zhang, Aiqian; Liu, Huijuan; Qu, Jiuhui

2018-01-01

As an emerging environmental contaminant, the herbicide quinclorac has attracted much attention in recent years. However, a very fundamental issue, the acid dissociation of quinclorac has not yet to be studied in detail. Herein, the pKa value and the corresponding structures of quinclorac were systematically investigated using combined experimental and theoretical approaches. The experimental pKa of quinclorac was determined by the spectrophotometric method to be 2.65 at 25 °C with ionic strength of 0.05 M, and was corrected to be 2.56 at ionic strength of zero. The molecular structures of quinclorac were then located by employing the DFT calculation. The anionic quinclorac was directly located with the carboxylic group perpendicular to the aromatic ring, while neutral quinclorac was found to be the equivalent twin structures. The result was further confirmed by analyzing the UV/Vis and MS-MS2 spectra from both experimental and theoretical viewpoints. By employing the QSPR approach, the theoretical pKa of QCR was determined to be 2.50, which is excellent agreement with the experimental result obtained herein. The protonation of QCR at the carboxylic group instead of the quinoline structure was attributed to the weak electronegative property of nitrogen atom induced by the electron-withdrawing groups. It is anticipated that this work could not only help in gaining a deep insight into the acid dissociation of quinclorac but also offering the key information on its reaction and interaction with others.

Theoretical calculation of pKa reveals an important role of Arg205 in the activity and stability of Streptomyces sp. N174 chitosanase.

PubMed

Fukamizo, T; Juffer, A H; Vogel, H J; Honda, Y; Tremblay, H; Boucher, I; Neugebauer, W A; Brzezinski, R

2000-08-18

Based on the crystal structure of chitosanase from Streptomyces sp. N174, we have calculated theoretical pK(a) values of the ionizable groups of this protein using a combination of the boundary element method and continuum electrostatics. The pK(a) value obtained for Arg(205), which is located in the catalytic cleft, was abnormally high (>20.0), indicating that the guanidyl group may interact strongly with nearby charges. Chitosanases possessing mutations in this position (R205A, R205H, and R205Y), produced by Streptomyces lividans expression system, were found to have less than 0.3% of the activity of the wild type enzyme and to possess thermal stabilities 4-5 kcal/mol lower than that of the wild type protein. In the crystal structure, the Arg(205) side chain is in close proximity to the Asp(145) side chain (theoretical pK(a), -1.6), which is in turn close to the Arg(190) side chain (theoretical pK(a), 17.7). These theoretical pK(a) values are abnormal, suggesting that both of these residues may participate in the Arg(205) interaction network. Activity and stability experiments using Asp(145)- and Arg(190)-mutated chitosanases (D145A and R190A) provide experimental data supporting the hypothesis derived from the theoretical pK(a) data and prompt the conclusion that Arg(205) forms a strong interaction network with Asp(145) and Arg(190) that stabilizes the catalytic cleft.

[The trajectory towards alternative medicines: an analysis of health professionals' social representations].

PubMed

Queiroz, M S

2000-01-01

This article focuses on social representations of alternative medicines by a group of professors from the School of Medicine and health professionals from the public health system in the city of Campinas, São Paulo, basically physicians and nurses. The article also emphasizes personal trajectories by which these health professionals opted for a dissident theoretical and practical perspective vis-à-vis the hegemonic positivist scientific medical paradigm. The research methods were mainly ethnographic, from a phenomenological perspective. The article concludes by sustaining (in theoretical terms) the importance of these dissident perspectives for scientific development.

The mechanism and process of spontaneous boron doping in graphene in the theoretical perspective

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Deng, Xiaohui; Zeng, Jing; Si, Mingsu; Lu, Wei

2016-10-01

A theoretical model is presented that reveals the mechanism of spontaneous boron doping of graphene and is consistent with the microwave plasma experiment choosing trimethylboron as the doping source (Tang et al. (2012) [19]). The spontaneous boron doping originates from the synergistic effect of B and other groups (C, H, CH, CH2 or CH3) decomposing from trimethylboron. This work successfully explains the above experimental phenomenon and proposes a novel and feasible method aiming at B doping of graphene. The mechanism presented here may be also suitable for other two-dimensional carbon-based materials.

A Lie-Theoretic Perspective on O(n) Mass Matrix Inversion for Serial Manipulators and Polypeptide Chains.

PubMed

Lee, Kiju; Wang, Yunfeng; Chirikjian, Gregory S

2007-11-01

Over the past several decades a number of O(n) methods for forward and inverse dynamics computations have been developed in the multi-body dynamics and robotics literature. A method was developed in 1974 by Fixman for O(n) computation of the mass-matrix determinant for a serial polymer chain consisting of point masses. In other recent papers, we extended this method in order to compute the inverse of the mass matrix for serial chains consisting of point masses. In the present paper, we extend these ideas further and address the case of serial chains composed of rigid-bodies. This requires the use of relatively deep mathematics associated with the rotation group, SO(3), and the special Euclidean group, SE(3), and specifically, it requires that one differentiates functions of Lie-group-valued argument.

Developing Theoretically Based and Culturally Appropriate Interventions to Promote Hepatitis B Testing in 4 Asian American Populations, 2006–2011

PubMed Central

Bastani, Roshan; Glenn, Beth A.; Taylor, Victoria M.; Nguyen, Tung T.; Stewart, Susan L.; Burke, Nancy J.; Chen, Moon S.

2014-01-01

Introduction Hepatitis B infection is 5 to 12 times more common among Asian Americans than in the general US population and is the leading cause of liver disease and liver cancer among Asians. The purpose of this article is to describe the step-by-step approach that we followed in community-based participatory research projects in 4 Asian American groups, conducted from 2006 through 2011 in California and Washington state to develop theoretically based and culturally appropriate interventions to promote hepatitis B testing. We provide examples to illustrate how intervention messages addressing identical theoretical constructs of the Health Behavior Framework were modified to be culturally appropriate for each community. Methods Intervention approaches included mass media in the Vietnamese community, small-group educational sessions at churches in the Korean community, and home visits by lay health workers in the Hmong and Cambodian communities. Results Use of the Health Behavior Framework allowed a systematic approach to intervention development across populations, resulting in 4 different culturally appropriate interventions that addressed the same set of theoretical constructs. Conclusions The development of theory-based health promotion interventions for different populations will advance our understanding of which constructs are critical to modify specific health behaviors. PMID:24784908

The cosmological lithium problem revisited

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bertulani, C. A., E-mail: carlos.bertulani@tamuc.edu; Department of Physics and Astronomy, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX 75429; Mukhamedzhanov, A. M., E-mail: akram@comp.tamu.edu

After a brief review of the cosmological lithium problem, we report a few recent attempts to find theoretical solutions by our group at Texas A&M University (Commerce & College Station). We will discuss our studies on the theoretical description of electron screening, the possible existence of parallel universes of dark matter, and the use of non-extensive statistics during the Big Bang nucleosynthesis epoch. Last but not least, we discuss possible solutions within nuclear physics realm. The impact of recent measurements of relevant nuclear reaction cross sections for the Big Bang nucleosynthesis based on indirect methods is also assessed. Although ourmore » attempts may not able to explain the observed discrepancies between theory and observations, they suggest theoretical developments that can be useful also for stellar nucleosynthesis.« less

Feminist Principles in Survivor's Groups: Out-of-Group Contact.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rittenhouse, JoAn

1997-01-01

Illustrates the value of theoretical concepts from Feminist Therapy in the group treatment of women survivors. Theoretical underpinnings are supported using data taken from clinical experience and by examining group themes and out-of-group contact developed from the case sample. Principles regarding feminist groups are proposed. (RJM)

Can learning style predict student satisfaction with different instruction methods and academic achievement in medical education?

PubMed

Gurpinar, Erol; Alimoglu, Mustafa Kemal; Mamakli, Sumer; Aktekin, Mehmet

2010-12-01

The curriculum of our medical school has a hybrid structure including both traditional training (lectures) and problem-based learning (PBL) applications. The purpose of this study was to determine the learning styles of our medical students and investigate the relation of learning styles with each of satisfaction with different instruction methods and academic achievement in them. This study was carried out with the participation of 170 first-year medical students (the participation rate was 91.4%). The researchers prepared sociodemographic and satisfaction questionnaires to determine the characteristics of the participants and their satisfaction levels with traditional training and PBL. The Kolb learning styles inventory was used to explore the learning styles of the study group. The participants completed all forms at the end of the first year of medical education. Indicators of academic achievement were scores of five theoretical block exams and five PBL exams performed throughout the academic year of 2008-2009. The majority of the participants took part in the "diverging" (n = 84, 47.7%) and "assimilating" (n = 73, 41.5%) groups. Numbers of students in the "converging" and "accommodating" groups were 11 (6.3%) and 8 (4.5%), respectively. In all learning style groups, PBL satisfaction scores were significantly higher than those of traditional training. Exam scores for "PBL and traditional training" did not differ among the four learning styles. In logistic regression analysis, learning style (assimilating) predicted student satisfaction with traditional training and success in theoretical block exams. Nothing predicted PBL satisfaction and success. This is the first study conducted among medical students evaluating the relation of learning style with student satisfaction and academic achievement. More research with larger groups is needed to generalize our results. Some learning styles may relate to satisfaction with and achievement in some instruction methods.

Manual method of visually identifying candidate signals for a targeted peptide.

PubMed

Filimonov, Aleksey; Kopylov, Arthur; Lisitsa, Andrey; Archakov, Alexander

2018-04-15

The purpose of this study is to improve peptide signal identification in groups of extracted ion chromatograms (XICs) obtained with the liquid chromatography-selected reaction monitoring (LC-SRM) technique and a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer (QqQ) operating in one of the supported multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) modes. The imperfection of quadrupole mass analyzers causes ion interference, which impedes the identification of peptide signals as chromatographic peak groups in relevant retention time intervals. To investigate this problem in depth, the QqQ conversion of the eluate into XIC groups was considered as the consecutive transformations of the particles' abundances as the corresponding functions of retention time. In this study, the hypothesis that, during this conversion, the same chromatographic profile should be preserved as an implicit sign in each chromatographic peak of the signal was confirmed for peptides. To examine chromatographic profiles, continuous transformations of XIC groups were derived and implemented in srm2prot Express software (s2pe, http://msr.ibmc.msk.ru/s2pe). Because of ion interference, several peptide-like signals may appear in one XIC group. Therefore, these signals must be considered candidates for a targeted peptide's signal and should be resolved after identification. The theoretical investigation of intensity functions as XICs that are not distorted by noise produced three rules for Identifying Candidate Signals for a targeted Peptide (ICSP, http://msr.ibmc.msk.ru/ICSP) that constitute the proposed manual visual method. We theoretically and experimentally compared this method with the conventional semiempirical intuitive technique and found that the former significantly streamlines peptide signal identification and avoids typical errors. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

How to work with dreams in psychodrama: developmental therapy from an existential-dialectical viewpoint.

PubMed

Verhofstadt-Denève, L M

1995-07-01

As Moreno has shown, the method of psychodrama can be effectively used to work on dreams. The first part of this article describes the theoretical framework. Special reference is made to a personality model based on self-reflection in relation to dialectic processes, existential questions, self-evaluations, and personality development. The theoretical introduction is followed by a description of the basic elements, techniques, and stages associated with classic psychodrama and psychodramatic dream work. After situating this approach in the wider context of dream analysis in the field of group therapy, the different stages of the working model are illustrated by means of a "dream session" conducted with an adolescent therapy group. Finally the session is analyzed from the perspective of a number of basic Morenian tenets and from the point of view of developmental therapy.

Developing theory-informed behaviour change interventions to implement evidence into practice: a systematic approach using the Theoretical Domains Framework

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background There is little systematic operational guidance about how best to develop complex interventions to reduce the gap between practice and evidence. This article is one in a Series of articles documenting the development and use of the Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) to advance the science of implementation research. Methods The intervention was developed considering three main components: theory, evidence, and practical issues. We used a four-step approach, consisting of guiding questions, to direct the choice of the most appropriate components of an implementation intervention: Who needs to do what, differently? Using a theoretical framework, which barriers and enablers need to be addressed? Which intervention components (behaviour change techniques and mode(s) of delivery) could overcome the modifiable barriers and enhance the enablers? And how can behaviour change be measured and understood? Results A complex implementation intervention was designed that aimed to improve acute low back pain management in primary care. We used the TDF to identify the barriers and enablers to the uptake of evidence into practice and to guide the choice of intervention components. These components were then combined into a cohesive intervention. The intervention was delivered via two facilitated interactive small group workshops. We also produced a DVD to distribute to all participants in the intervention group. We chose outcome measures in order to assess the mediating mechanisms of behaviour change. Conclusions We have illustrated a four-step systematic method for developing an intervention designed to change clinical practice based on a theoretical framework. The method of development provides a systematic framework that could be used by others developing complex implementation interventions. While this framework should be iteratively adjusted and refined to suit other contexts and settings, we believe that the four-step process should be maintained as the primary framework to guide researchers through a comprehensive intervention development process. PMID:22531013

DELINQUENCY AND THE STRUCTURE OF ADOLESCENT PEER GROUPS*

PubMed Central

Kreager, Derek A.; Rulison, Kelly; Moody, James

2010-01-01

Gangs and group-level processes were once central phenomena for criminological theory and research. By the mid-1970's, however, gang research was primarily displaced by studies of individual behavior using randomized self-report surveys, a shift that also removed groups from the theoretical foreground. In this project, we return to the group level to test competing theoretical claims about delinquent group structure. We use network-based clustering methods to identify 897 friendship groups in two ninth grade cohorts of 27 Pennsylvania and Iowa schools. We then relate group-level measures of delinquency and drinking to network measures of group size, friendship reciprocity, transitivity, structural cohesion, stability, average popularity, and network centrality. We find significant negative correlations between group delinquency and all of our network measures, suggesting that delinquent groups are less solidary and less central to school networks than non-delinquent groups. Further analyses, however, reveal that these correlations are primarily explained by other group characteristics, such as gender composition and socioeconomic status. Drinking behaviors, on the other hand, show net positive associations with most of the network measures, suggesting that drinking groups have higher status and are more internally cohesive than non-drinking groups. Our findings shed light on a longstanding criminological debate by suggesting that any structural differences between delinquent and non-delinquent groups may be attributable to other attributes coincidental with delinquency. In contrast, drinking groups appear to provide peer contexts of greater social capital and cohesion. PMID:21572969

Subgroup conflicts? Try the psychodramatic "double triad method".

PubMed

Verhofstadt-Denève, Leni M F

2012-04-01

The present article suggests the application of a psychodramatic action method for tackling subgroup conflicts in which the direct dialogue between representatives of two opposing subgroups is prepared step by step through an indirect dialogue strategy within two triads, a strategy known as the Double Triad Method (DTM). In order to achieve integration in the group as a whole, it is important that all the members of both subgroups participate actively during the entire process. The first part of the article briefly explores the theoretical background, with a special emphasis on the Phenomenological-Dialectical Personality Model (Phe-Di PModel). In the second part, the DTM procedure is systematically described through its five action stages, each accompanied with 1) a spatial representation of the consecutive actions, 2) some illustrative statements for each stage, and 3) a theoretical interpretation of the dialectically involved personality dimensions in both protagonists. The article concludes with a discussion and suggestions for more extensive applications of the DTM method, including the question of its relationships to Agazarian's functional subgrouping, psychodrama, and sociodrama.

Nano Cu interaction with single amino acid tyrosine derived self-assemblies; study through XRD, AFM, confocal Raman microscopy, SERS and DFT methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Govindhan, Raman; Karthikeyan, Balakrishnan

2017-12-01

3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine derivatives of single amino acid tyrosine produced self-assembled nanotubes (BTTNTs) as simple Phe-Phe. It has been observed that tyrosine derivative gives exclusively micro and nano tubes irrespective of the concentration of the precursor monomer. However, the introduced xenobiotic trifluoromethyl group (TFM) present in key backbone positionsof the self assembly gives the specific therapeutic function has been highlighted. Herein this work study of such self assembled nanotubes were studied through experimental and theoretical methods. The interaction of nanocopper cluster with the nanotubes (Cu@BTTNTs) were extensively studied by various methods like XRD, AFM, confocal Raman microscopy, SERS and theoretical methods like Mulliken's atomic charge analysis. SERS reveals that the interactions of Cu cluster with NH2, OH, NH and phenyl ring π-electrons system of BTTNTs. DFT studies gave the total dipole moment values of Cu@BTTNTs and explained the nature of interaction.

Teacher Grading Decisions: Influences, Rationale, and Practices

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kunnath, Joshua P.

2017-01-01

This mixed-methods study applied a decision-making theoretical framework to an investigation of teacher grading in a large urban school district in California. A sample of 251 high school teachers of core subjects were surveyed, and 15 teachers participated in four focus group interviews in order provide data on the influences, rationale, and…

The Use of Television in Adult Education; Research Evidence and Theoretical Considerations.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Zettl, Herbert Lorenz

This study sought to detect major trends and areas in the use of television in adult education and to suggest useful generalizations. Research studies were grouped by program source, educational method, program format, production techniques, program reception, and viewer reaction. These communication categories were then correlated, with the…

Evaluating Pretest Effects in Pre-Post Studies

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kim, Eun Sook; Willson, Victor L.

2010-01-01

This article presents a method to evaluate pretest effects on posttest scores in the absence of an un-pretested control group using published results of pretesting effects due to Willson and Putnam. Confidence intervals around the expected theoretical gain due to pretesting are computed, and observed gains or differential gains are compared with…

An Empirical Typology of Residential Care/Assisted Living Based on a Four-State Study

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Park, Nan Sook; Zimmerman, Sheryl; Sloane, Philip D.; Gruber-Baldini, Ann L.; Eckert, J. Kevin

2006-01-01

Purpose: Residential care/assisted living describes diverse facilities providing non-nursing home care to a heterogeneous group of primarily elderly residents. This article derives typologies of assisted living based on theoretically and practically grounded evidence. Design and Methods: We obtained data from the Collaborative Studies of Long-Term…

Bringing Nature into Social Work Settings: Mother Earth's Presence

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gana, Carolina

2011-01-01

In an urban location in the downtown core of Toronto, Ontario, the author provides both individual and group counselling to women impacted by trauma in a community-based setting. Various modalities and theoretical frameworks that include feminism and anti-oppressive methods inform her counselling practice. The approach that the author takes in the…

Novel non-symmetrical bifunctionally-substituted phthalonitriles and corresponding d-metal phthalocyaninates

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vashurin, Artur; Maizlish, Vladimir; Tikhomirova, Tatiyana; Nemtseva, Marina; Znoyko, Serafima; Aleksandriiskii, Viktor

2018-05-01

The work reports synthesis of 4-(2-tert-butyl-4,5-dicyanophenylsulfonyl)benzene and its analogue containing carboxyl group in phenyl fragment by nucleophilic substitution of nitro-group of 4-tert-butyl-5-nitrophthalonitrile. Unique structure of the obtained compounds is explained by presence of bulky tert-butyl substituent in combination with carboxyl group, which being part of phthalocyanine molecule impart it higher solubility within different solvents (organic and water mediums) and act as anchoring groups. Based on obtained nitriles phthalocyanine complexes of copper, nickel, cobalt and magnesium are synthesized with good yields. Demetallization of initial magnesium phthalocyanine by hydrochloric acid was performed in order to obtain ligand of phthalocyanine. Synthetic and purification techniques are described in detail. Obtained substances are of specific structure making them to be applied in sensorics for smart materials production, as sensitizers or part of molecular magnets. The structure, NMR and IR spectra are modeled using special software. Resulting experimental and theoretical data are compared. The results show sufficient correlation that confirms correctness of chosen methods and its applicability for theoretical studying compounds related to investigated ones.

Use of conserved key amino acid positions to morph protein folds.

PubMed

Reddy, Boojala V B; Li, Wilfred W; Bourne, Philip E

2002-07-15

By using three-dimensional (3D) structure alignments and a previously published method to determine Conserved Key Amino Acid Positions (CKAAPs) we propose a theoretical method to design mutations that can be used to morph the protein folds. The original Paracelsus challenge, met by several groups, called for the engineering of a stable but different structure by modifying less than 50% of the amino acid residues. We have used the sequences from the Protein Data Bank (PDB) identifiers 1ROP, and 2CRO, which were previously used in the Paracelsus challenge by those groups, and suggest mutation to CKAAPs to morph the protein fold. The total number of mutations suggested is less than 40% of the starting sequence theoretically improving the challenge results. From secondary structure prediction experiments of the proposed mutant sequence structures, we observe that each of the suggested mutant protein sequences likely folds to a different, non-native potentially stable target structure. These results are an early indicator that analyses using structure alignments leading to CKAAPs of a given structure are of value in protein engineering experiments. Copyright 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Group solution for unsteady free-convection flow from a vertical moving plate subjected to constant heat flux

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kassem, M.

2006-03-01

The problem of heat and mass transfer in an unsteady free-convection flow over a continuous moving vertical sheet in an ambient fluid is investigated for constant heat flux using the group theoretical method. The nonlinear coupled partial differential equation governing the flow and the boundary conditions are transformed to a system of ordinary differential equations with appropriate boundary conditions. The obtained ordinary differential equations are solved numerically using the shooting method. The effect of Prandlt number on the velocity and temperature of the boundary-layer is plotted in curves. A comparison with previous work is presented.

A comprehensive study of the optoelectronic properties of donor-acceptor based derivatives of 1,3,4-oxadiazole

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Joshi, Ankita; Ramachandran, C. N.

2017-07-01

A variety of 1,3,4-oxadiazole derivatives based on electron- donor pyrrole and -acceptor nitro groups are modelled. Various isomers of pyrole-oxadiazole-nitro unit and its dimer linked to substituted and unsubstituted phenyl group are studied using the dispersion corrected density functional theoretical method. The electron density distribution in frontier orbitals of the phenyl-spacer compounds bearing amino and phenylamino groups indicates the possibility of intramolecular charge transfer. The isomers of phenyl-spacer compounds absorb in visible region of electromagnetic spectrum. The compounds show high values of light harvesting efficiency, despite the weak anchoring nature of nitro groups.

Evolution of orbits of the Apollo group asteroids over 11550 years.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zausaev, A. F.; Pushkarev, A. N.

The Everhart method is used to study the evolution of the orbits of 20 asteroids of the Apollo group over the time period from 9300 B.C. to 2250 A.D. Minimum distances of the asteroids to the major planets over the evolution process are calculated. The stability of resonances with Venus and Earth over the 9300 B.C.to 2250 A.D. time period is shown. Theoretical coordinates of radiants for the initial and final integration times are presented.

Simultaneous grouping pursuit and feature selection over an undirected graph*

PubMed Central

Zhu, Yunzhang; Shen, Xiaotong; Pan, Wei

2013-01-01

Summary In high-dimensional regression, grouping pursuit and feature selection have their own merits while complementing each other in battling the curse of dimensionality. To seek a parsimonious model, we perform simultaneous grouping pursuit and feature selection over an arbitrary undirected graph with each node corresponding to one predictor. When the corresponding nodes are reachable from each other over the graph, regression coefficients can be grouped, whose absolute values are the same or close. This is motivated from gene network analysis, where genes tend to work in groups according to their biological functionalities. Through a nonconvex penalty, we develop a computational strategy and analyze the proposed method. Theoretical analysis indicates that the proposed method reconstructs the oracle estimator, that is, the unbiased least squares estimator given the true grouping, leading to consistent reconstruction of grouping structures and informative features, as well as to optimal parameter estimation. Simulation studies suggest that the method combines the benefit of grouping pursuit with that of feature selection, and compares favorably against its competitors in selection accuracy and predictive performance. An application to eQTL data is used to illustrate the methodology, where a network is incorporated into analysis through an undirected graph. PMID:24098061

A Lie-Theoretic Perspective on O(n) Mass Matrix Inversion for Serial Manipulators and Polypeptide Chains

PubMed Central

Lee, Kiju; Wang, Yunfeng; Chirikjian, Gregory S.

2010-01-01

Over the past several decades a number of O(n) methods for forward and inverse dynamics computations have been developed in the multi-body dynamics and robotics literature. A method was developed in 1974 by Fixman for O(n) computation of the mass-matrix determinant for a serial polymer chain consisting of point masses. In other recent papers, we extended this method in order to compute the inverse of the mass matrix for serial chains consisting of point masses. In the present paper, we extend these ideas further and address the case of serial chains composed of rigid-bodies. This requires the use of relatively deep mathematics associated with the rotation group, SO(3), and the special Euclidean group, SE(3), and specifically, it requires that one differentiates functions of Lie-group-valued argument. PMID:20165563

Propagation of ultrasonic Love waves in nonhomogeneous elastic functionally graded materials.

PubMed

Kiełczyński, P; Szalewski, M; Balcerzak, A; Wieja, K

2016-02-01

This paper presents a theoretical study of the propagation behavior of ultrasonic Love waves in nonhomogeneous functionally graded elastic materials, which is a vital problem in the mechanics of solids. The elastic properties (shear modulus) of a semi-infinite elastic half-space vary monotonically with the depth (distance from the surface of the material). The Direct Sturm-Liouville Problem that describes the propagation of Love waves in nonhomogeneous elastic functionally graded materials is formulated and solved by using two methods: i.e., (1) Finite Difference Method, and (2) Haskell-Thompson Transfer Matrix Method. The dispersion curves of phase and group velocity of surface Love waves in inhomogeneous elastic graded materials are evaluated. The integral formula for the group velocity of Love waves in nonhomogeneous elastic graded materials has been established. The effect of elastic non-homogeneities on the dispersion curves of Love waves is discussed. Two Love wave waveguide structures are analyzed: (1) a nonhomogeneous elastic surface layer deposited on a homogeneous elastic substrate, and (2) a semi-infinite nonhomogeneous elastic half-space. Obtained in this work, the phase and group velocity dispersion curves of Love waves propagating in the considered nonhomogeneous elastic waveguides have not previously been reported in the scientific literature. The results of this paper may give a deeper insight into the nature of Love waves propagation in elastic nonhomogeneous functionally graded materials, and can provide theoretical guidance for the design and optimization of Love wave based devices. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

a Theoretical and Experimental Investigation of 1/F Noise in the Alpha Decay Rates of AMERICIUM-241.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pepper, Gary T.

New experimental methods and data analysis techniques were used to investigate the hypothesis of the existence of 1/f noise in a alpha particle emission rates for ^{241}Am. Experimental estimates of the flicker floor were found to be almost two orders of magnitude less than Handel's theoretical prediction and previous measurements. The existence of a flicker floor for ^{57}Co decay, a process for which no charged particles are emitted, indicate that instrumental instability is likely responsible for the values of the flicker floor obtained. The experimental results and the theoretical arguments presented indicate that a re-examination of Handel's theory of 1/f noise is appropriate. Methods of numerical simulation of noise processes with a 1/f^{rm n} power spectral density were developed. These were used to investigate various statistical aspects of 1/f ^{rm n} noise. The probability density function for the Allan variance was investigated in order to establish confidence limits for the observations made. The effect of using grouped (correlated) data, for evaluating the Allan variance, was also investigated.

Basic echocardiography for undergraduate students: a comparison of different peer-teaching approaches.

PubMed

Gradl-Dietsch, G; Menon, A K; Gürsel, A; Götzenich, A; Hatam, N; Aljalloud, A; Schrading, S; Hölzl, F; Knobe, M

2018-02-01

The aim of this study was to assess the impact of different teaching interventions in a peer-teaching environment on basic echocardiography skills and to examine the influence of gender on learning outcomes. We randomly assigned 79 s year medical students (55 women, 24 men) to one of four groups: peer teaching (PT), peer teaching using Peyton's four-step approach (PPT), team based learning (TBL) and video-based learning (VBL). All groups received theoretical and practical hands-on training according to the different approaches. Using a pre-post-design we assessed differences in theoretical knowledge [multiple choice (MC) exam], practical skills (Objective Structured Practical Examination, OSPE) and evaluation results with respect to gender. There was a significant gain in theoretical knowledge for all students. There were no relevant differences between the four groups regarding the MC exam and OSPE results. The majority of students achieved good or very good results. Acceptance of the peer-teaching concept was moderate and all students preferred medical experts to peer tutors even though the overall rating of the instructors was fairly good. Students in the Video group would have preferred a different training method. There was no significant effect of gender on evaluation results. Using different peer-teaching concepts proved to be effective in teaching basic echocardiography. Gender does not seem to have an impact on effectiveness of the instructional approach. Qualitative analysis revealed limited acceptance of peer teaching and especially of video-based instruction.

An Information-Theoretic-Cluster Visualization for Self-Organizing Maps.

PubMed

Brito da Silva, Leonardo Enzo; Wunsch, Donald C

2018-06-01

Improved data visualization will be a significant tool to enhance cluster analysis. In this paper, an information-theoretic-based method for cluster visualization using self-organizing maps (SOMs) is presented. The information-theoretic visualization (IT-vis) has the same structure as the unified distance matrix, but instead of depicting Euclidean distances between adjacent neurons, it displays the similarity between the distributions associated with adjacent neurons. Each SOM neuron has an associated subset of the data set whose cardinality controls the granularity of the IT-vis and with which the first- and second-order statistics are computed and used to estimate their probability density functions. These are used to calculate the similarity measure, based on Renyi's quadratic cross entropy and cross information potential (CIP). The introduced visualizations combine the low computational cost and kernel estimation properties of the representative CIP and the data structure representation of a single-linkage-based grouping algorithm to generate an enhanced SOM-based visualization. The visual quality of the IT-vis is assessed by comparing it with other visualization methods for several real-world and synthetic benchmark data sets. Thus, this paper also contains a significant literature survey. The experiments demonstrate the IT-vis cluster revealing capabilities, in which cluster boundaries are sharply captured. Additionally, the information-theoretic visualizations are used to perform clustering of the SOM. Compared with other methods, IT-vis of large SOMs yielded the best results in this paper, for which the quality of the final partitions was evaluated using external validity indices.

Introduction to the focus issue: fifty years of chaos: applied and theoretical.

PubMed

Hikihara, Takashi; Holmes, Philip; Kambe, Tsutomu; Rega, Giuseppe

2012-12-01

The discovery of deterministic chaos in the late nineteenth century, its subsequent study, and the development of mathematical and computational methods for its analysis have substantially influenced the sciences. Chaos is, however, only one phenomenon in the larger area of dynamical systems theory. This Focus Issue collects 13 papers, from authors and research groups representing the mathematical, physical, and biological sciences, that were presented at a symposium held at Kyoto University from November 28 to December 2, 2011. The symposium, sponsored by the International Union of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, was called 50 Years of Chaos: Applied and Theoretical. Following some historical remarks to provide a background for the last 50 years, and for chaos, this Introduction surveys the papers and identifies some common themes that appear in them and in the theory of dynamical systems.

[Clinical decision making: Fostering critical thinking in the nursing diagnostic process through case studies].

PubMed

Müller-Staub, Maria; Stuker-Studer, Ursula

2006-10-01

Case studies, based on actual patients' situations, provide a method of clinical decision making to foster critical thinking in nurses. This paper describes the method and process of group case studies applied in continuous education settings. This method bases on Balints' case supervision and was further developed and combined with the nursing diagnostic process. A case study contains different phases: Pre-phase, selection phase, case delineation and case work. The case provider narratively tells the situation of a patient. This allows the group to analyze and cluster signs and symptoms, to state nursing diagnoses and to derive nursing interventions. Results of the case study are validated by applying the theoretical background and critical appraisal of the case provider. Learning effects of the case studies were evaluated by means of qualitative questionnaires and analyzed according to Mayring. Findings revealed the following categories: a) Patients' problems are perceived in a patient centred way, accurate nursing diagnoses are stated and effective nursing interventions implemented. b) Professional nursing tasks are more purposefully perceived and named more precise. c) Professional nursing relationship, communication and respectful behaviour with patients were perceived in differentiated ways. The theoretical framework is described in the paper "Clinical decision making and critical thinking in the nursing diagnostic process". (Müller-Staub, 2006).

Theoretical and experimental study on multimode optical fiber grating

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yunming, Wang; Jingcao, Dai; Mingde, Zhang; Xiaohan, Sun

2005-06-01

The characteristics of multimode optical fiber Bragg grating (MMFBG) are studied theoretically and experimentally. For the first time the analysis of MMFBG based on a novel quasi-three-dimensional (Q-3D) finite-difference time-domain beam propagation method (Q-FDTD-BPM) is described through separating the angle component of vector field solution from the cylindrical coordinate so that several discrete two-dimensional (2D) equations are obtained, which simplify the 3D equations. And then these equations are developed using an alternating-direction implicit method and generalized Douglas scheme, which achieves higher accuracy than the regular FD scheme. All of the 2D solutions for the field intensities are also added with different power coefficients for different angle mode order numbers to obtain 3D field distributions in MMFBG. The presented method has been demonstrated as suitable simulation tool for analyzing MMFBG. In addition, based on the hydrogen-loaded and phase mask techniques, a series of Bragg grating have been written into the silicon multimode optical fiber loaded hydrogen for a month, and the spectrums for that have been measured, which obtain good results approximate to the results in the experiment. Group delay/differentiate group delay spectrums are obtained using Agilent 81910A Photonic All-Parameter Analyzer.

PREFACE: 4th Workshop on Theory, Modelling and Computational Methods for Semiconductors (TMCSIV)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tomić, Stanko; Probert, Matt; Migliorato, Max; Pal, Joydeep

2014-06-01

These conference proceedings contain the written papers of the contributions presented at the 4th International Conference on Theory, Modelling and Computational Methods for Semiconductor materials and nanostructures. The conference was held at the MediaCityUK, University of Salford, Manchester, UK on 22-24 January 2014. The previous conferences in this series took place in 2012 at the University of Leeds, in 2010 at St William's College, York and in 2008 at the University of Manchester, UK. The development of high-performance computer architectures is finally allowing the routine use of accurate methods for calculating the structural, thermodynamic, vibrational, optical and electronic properties of semiconductors and their hetero- and nano-structures. The scope of this conference embraces modelling, theory and the use of sophisticated computational tools in semiconductor science and technology, where there is substantial potential for time-saving in R&D. Theoretical approaches represented in this meeting included: Density Functional Theory, Semi-empirical Electronic Structure Methods, Multi-scale Approaches, Modelling of PV devices, Electron Transport, and Graphene. Topics included, but were not limited to: Optical Properties of Quantum Nanostructures including Colloids and Nanotubes, Plasmonics, Magnetic Semiconductors, Photonic Structures, and Electronic Devices. This workshop ran for three days, with the objective of bringing together UK and international leading experts in the theoretical modelling of Group IV, III-V and II-VI semiconductors, as well as students, postdocs and early-career researchers. The first day focused on providing an introduction and overview of this vast field, aimed particularly at students, with several lectures given by recognized experts in various theoretical approaches. The following two days showcased some of the best theoretical research carried out in the UK in this field, with several contributions also from representatives of renowned theoretical groups from many European countries (Spain, France, Ireland, Germany, Switzerland, Luxemburg, Norway, Italy, Poland, Denmark, Sweden, Serbia, etc.), as well as Asia (Iran, Japan) and USA. We would like to thank all participants for making this a very successful meeting and for their contribution to the conference programme and these proceedings. We would also like to acknowledge the financial support from the Institute of Physics (Semiconductor Physics Group and Computational Physics Group), EPSRC-UK, the CECAM UK-Hartree Node, CCP9, and Quantum Wise (distributors of Atomistix). The Editors Acknowledgments Conference Organising Committee: Stanko Tomić (Chair, University of Salford) Matt Probert (University of York) Max Migliorato (University of Manchester) Joydeep Pal (University of Manchester) Programme Committee: David Whittaker (University of Sheffield, UK) John Robertson (University of Cambridge, UK) Risto Nieminen (Helsinki University of Technology Finland) Eoin O'Reilly (Tyndall Institute Cork Republic of Ireland) Marco Califano (University of Leeds, UK) Stewart Clark (University of Durham, UK) Stanko Tomić (University of Salford, UK) Mauro Pereira (Sheffield Hallam University, UK) Aldo Di Carlo (University of Rome ''Tor Vergata,'' Italy) Lev Kantorovich (King's College London, UK) Mervin Roy (University of Leicester, UK) Ben Hourahine (University of Strathclyde, UK) Rita Magri (University of Modena and Reggio Emilia, Italy) Zoran Ikonic (University of Leeds) John Barker (University of Glasgow) The proceedings were edited and compiled by Joydeep Pal, Max Migliorato and Stanko Tomić.

Anomaly clustering in hyperspectral images

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Doster, Timothy J.; Ross, David S.; Messinger, David W.; Basener, William F.

2009-05-01

The topological anomaly detection algorithm (TAD) differs from other anomaly detection algorithms in that it uses a topological/graph-theoretic model for the image background instead of modeling the image with a Gaussian normal distribution. In the construction of the model, TAD produces a hard threshold separating anomalous pixels from background in the image. We build on this feature of TAD by extending the algorithm so that it gives a measure of the number of anomalous objects, rather than the number of anomalous pixels, in a hyperspectral image. This is done by identifying, and integrating, clusters of anomalous pixels via a graph theoretical method combining spatial and spectral information. The method is applied to a cluttered HyMap image and combines small groups of pixels containing like materials, such as those corresponding to rooftops and cars, into individual clusters. This improves visualization and interpretation of objects.

Foreign Scholars' Theoretical Approaches to Using Social Networks as Educational Strategies

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Pazyura, Natalia

2017-01-01

Modern trends in development of information and communication technologies change many aspects in the process of education: from the role of participants to the forms and methods of knowledge delivery. ICTs make it possible to develop students' creative potential. The emergence of online social groups was an important event in the sphere of…

Togetherness and Play under the Same Roof: Children's Perceptions about Families

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Oliveira-Formosinho, Julia

2009-01-01

The purpose of the research study presented in this article is to look at the ways that a specific group of children think about their families and to develop contextualized methods for listening to children's perspectives about their families. It starts with a brief presentation of the theoretical and pedagogical context where the study has been…

Anger and Depression Management: Psychoeducational Skill Training Interventions for Women Caregivers of a Relative with Dementia

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Coon, David W.; Thompson, Larry; Steffen, Ann; Sorocco, Kristen; Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores

2003-01-01

Purpose: This study examines the short-term impact of two theoretically based psychoeducational small group interventions with distressed caregivers, and it also examines the role of specific moderator and mediator variables on caregiver outcomes. Design and Methods: Female participants (N = 169) aged 50 and older who were caring for a…

An Inferential Confidence Interval Method of Establishing Statistical Equivalence that Corrects Tryon's (2001) Reduction Factor

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Tryon, Warren W.; Lewis, Charles

2008-01-01

Evidence of group matching frequently takes the form of a nonsignificant test of statistical difference. Theoretical hypotheses of no difference are also tested in this way. These practices are flawed in that null hypothesis statistical testing provides evidence against the null hypothesis and failing to reject H[subscript 0] is not evidence…

Graph-Theoretic Statistical Methods for Detecting and Localizing Distributional Change in Multivariate Data

DTIC Science & Technology

2015-06-01

The weekly Navigators Bible study group, a rotating cast totaling about 120 men led by Bob Reehm, was a crucial ensemble in this effort. Their...grace, that we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need. Hebrews 4:15-16 For the Lord gives wisdom; from his mouth come knowledge

MODELS AND METHODS IN PRACTICAL BIOLOGY FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

BELFIELD, W.

THIS BOOK WAS WRITTEN TO FUNCTION AS A STUDENT LABORATORY MANUAL OR AS TEACHER RESOURCE MATERIAL FOR DEVELOPING A LABORATORY-CENTERED COURSE IN PRACTICAL BIOLOGY FOR STUDENTS IN THE 13-16 AGE GROUP. IT WAS DESIGNED TO SUPPLY A COMPREHENSIVE SET OF EXPERIMENTS WHICH, WHEN CARRIED OUT IN CONJUNCTION WITH NORMAL THEORETICAL AND ANATOMICAL STUDIES,…

The Pedagogy of Primary Historical Sources in Mathematics: Classroom Practice Meets Theoretical Frameworks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barnett, Janet Heine; Lodder, Jerry; Pengelley, David

2014-01-01

We analyze our method of teaching with primary historical sources within the context of theoretical frameworks for the role of history in teaching mathematics developed by Barbin, Fried, Jahnke, Jankvist, and Kjeldsen and Blomhøj, and more generally from the perspective of Sfard's theory of learning as communication. We present case studies for two of our guided student modules that are built around sequences of primary sources and are intended for learning core curricular material, one on logical implication, the other on the concept of a group. Additionally, we propose some conclusions about the advantages and challenges of using primary sources in teaching mathematics.

Characterization and structural study of the complex of Al(III) with 2,4-dihydroxy-benzophenone. Ionic strength and solvent effects.

PubMed

Castro, G T; Blanco, S E; Arce, S L; Ferretti, F H

2003-10-01

The complexation reaction between AlCl(3) and 2,4-dihydroxy-benzophenone with varying permittivity and ionic strength of the reaction medium was investigated by theoretical and experimental procedures, namely, density functional (DFT) and UV-vis spectroscopic methods, respectively. The stoichiometric composition of the complex formed, which was determined by means of the molar ratio method, is 1:1. The molar absorptivity and stability constant of the complex were determined using a method designed by the authors. It was observed that the stoichiometric composition of the complex does not change with the used solvents and that the stability constant in methanol is higher than ethanol. Kinetic experiments in solutions with different ionic strength were also performed. The results obtained permit to conclude that the complex is formed through of a mechanism whose rate-determining step is a reaction between two ions with opposite unitary charges. In the theoretical study performed at the B3LYP/6-31G(d) level of theory using Tomasi's model, it was proposed that the formation of the complex involves one simple covalent bond between the aluminum atom and the oxygen atom of o-hydroxyl group of the ligand and a stronger coulombic attraction (or a second covalent bond) between the central atom and the carbonyl oxygen atom of 2,4-dihydroxy-benzophenone. Using the calculated magnitudes, it was predicted that the complex formed has higher thermodynamic stability in methanol than ethanol. It was also concluded that the planarity of the chelate ring favors a greater planarity of 4-hydroxy-benzoyl group of the complex with respect to the ligand, which agrees with the observed batochromic shifts. The formulated theoretical conclusions satisfactorily match the experimental determinations performed.

Annual Research Briefs - 2000: Center for Turbulence Research

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

2000-01-01

This report contains the 2000 annual progress reports of the postdoctoral Fellows and visiting scholars of the Center for Turbulence Research (CTR). It summarizes the research efforts undertaken under the core CTR program. Last year, CTR sponsored sixteen resident Postdoctoral Fellows, nine Research Associates, and two Senior Research Fellows, hosted seven short term visitors, and supported four doctoral students. The Research Associates are supported by the Departments of Defense and Energy. The reports in this volume are divided into five groups. The first group largely consists of the new areas of interest at CTR. It includes efficient algorithms for molecular dynamics, stability in protoplanetary disks, and experimental and numerical applications of evolutionary optimization algorithms for jet flow control. The next group of reports is in experimental, theoretical, and numerical modeling efforts in turbulent combustion. As more challenging computations are attempted, the need for additional theoretical and experimental studies in combustion has emerged. A pacing item for computation of nonpremixed combustion is the prediction of extinction and re-ignition phenomena, which is currently being addressed at CTR. The third group of reports is in the development of accurate and efficient numerical methods, which has always been an important part of CTR's work. This is the tool development part of the program which supports our high fidelity numerical simulations in such areas as turbulence in complex geometries, hypersonics, and acoustics. The final two groups of reports are concerned with LES and RANS prediction methods. There has been significant progress in wall modeling for LES of high Reynolds number turbulence and in validation of the v(exp 2) - f model for industrial applications.

Group-regularized individual prediction: theory and application to pain.

PubMed

Lindquist, Martin A; Krishnan, Anjali; López-Solà, Marina; Jepma, Marieke; Woo, Choong-Wan; Koban, Leonie; Roy, Mathieu; Atlas, Lauren Y; Schmidt, Liane; Chang, Luke J; Reynolds Losin, Elizabeth A; Eisenbarth, Hedwig; Ashar, Yoni K; Delk, Elizabeth; Wager, Tor D

2017-01-15

Multivariate pattern analysis (MVPA) has become an important tool for identifying brain representations of psychological processes and clinical outcomes using fMRI and related methods. Such methods can be used to predict or 'decode' psychological states in individual subjects. Single-subject MVPA approaches, however, are limited by the amount and quality of individual-subject data. In spite of higher spatial resolution, predictive accuracy from single-subject data often does not exceed what can be accomplished using coarser, group-level maps, because single-subject patterns are trained on limited amounts of often-noisy data. Here, we present a method that combines population-level priors, in the form of biomarker patterns developed on prior samples, with single-subject MVPA maps to improve single-subject prediction. Theoretical results and simulations motivate a weighting based on the relative variances of biomarker-based prediction-based on population-level predictive maps from prior groups-and individual-subject, cross-validated prediction. Empirical results predicting pain using brain activity on a trial-by-trial basis (single-trial prediction) across 6 studies (N=180 participants) confirm the theoretical predictions. Regularization based on a population-level biomarker-in this case, the Neurologic Pain Signature (NPS)-improved single-subject prediction accuracy compared with idiographic maps based on the individuals' data alone. The regularization scheme that we propose, which we term group-regularized individual prediction (GRIP), can be applied broadly to within-person MVPA-based prediction. We also show how GRIP can be used to evaluate data quality and provide benchmarks for the appropriateness of population-level maps like the NPS for a given individual or study. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Theoretical methods for estimating moments of inertia of trees and boles.

Treesearch

John A. Sturos

1973-01-01

Presents a theoretical method for estimating the mass moments of inertia of full trees and boles about a transverse axis. Estimates from the theoretical model compared closely with experimental data on aspen and red pine trees obtained in the field by the pendulum method. The theoretical method presented may be used to estimate the mass moments of inertia and other...

Cumulative culture in the laboratory: methodological and theoretical challenges.

PubMed

Miton, Helena; Charbonneau, Mathieu

2018-05-30

In the last decade, cultural transmission experiments (transmission chains, replacement, closed groups and seeded groups) have become important experimental tools in investigating cultural evolution. However, these methods face important challenges, especially regarding the operationalization of theoretical claims. In this review, we focus on the study of cumulative cultural evolution, the process by which traditions are gradually modified and, for technological traditions in particular, improved upon over time. We identify several mismatches between theoretical definitions of cumulative culture and their implementation in cultural transmission experiments. We argue that observed performance increase can be the result of participants learning faster in a group context rather than effectively leading to a cumulative effect. We also show that in laboratory experiments, participants are asked to complete quite simple tasks, which can undermine the evidential value of the diagnostic criterion traditionally used for cumulative culture (i.e. that cumulative culture is a process that produces solutions that no single individual could have invented on their own). We show that the use of unidimensional metrics of cumulativeness drastically curtail the variation that may be observed, which raises specific issues in the interpretation of the experimental evidence. We suggest several solutions to these mismatches (learning times, task complexity and variation) and develop the use of design spaces in experimentally investigating old and new questions about cumulative culture. © 2018 The Author(s).

Substituent effects on the relaxation dynamics of furan, furfural and β-furfural: a combined theoretical and experimental approach.

PubMed

Oesterling, Sven; Schalk, Oliver; Geng, Ting; Thomas, Richard D; Hansson, Tony; de Vivie-Riedle, Regina

2017-01-18

For the series furan, furfural and β-furfural we investigated the effect of substituents and their positioning on the photoinduced relaxation dynamics in a combined theoretical and experimental approach. Using time resolved photoelectron spectroscopy with a high intensity probe pulse, we can, for the first time, follow the whole deactivation process of furan through a two photon probe signal. Using the extended 2-electron 2-orbital model [Nenov et al., J. Chem. Phys., 2011, 135, 034304] we explain the formation of one central conical intersection and predict the influence of the aldehyde group of the derivatives on its geometry. This, as well as the relaxation mechanisms from photoexcitation to the final outcome was investigated using a variety of theoretical methods. Complete active space self consistent field was used for on-the-fly calculations while complete active space perturbation theory and coupled cluster theory were used to accurately describe critical configurations. Experiment and theory show the relaxation dynamics of furfural and β-furfural to be slowed down, and together they disclose an additional deactivation pathway, which is attributed to the n O lonepair state introduced with the aldehyde group.

Theoretical and experimental study of fenofibrate and simvastatin

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nicolás Vázquez, Inés; Rodríguez-Núñez, Jesús Rubén; Peña-Caballero, Vicente; Ruvalcaba, Rene Miranda; Aceves-Hernandez, Juan Manuel

2017-12-01

Fenofibrate, an oral fibrate lipid lowering agent, and simvastatin, which reduces plasma levels of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, are active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), currently in the market. We characterized these APIs by thermal analysis and conducted X-ray powder diffraction techniques. Studies should be carried out in the formulation stage before the final composition of a polypill may be established. Thus, it was found in thermochemical studies that both compounds present no chemical interactions in an equimolar mixture of solid samples at room temperature. Theoretical studies were employed to determine possible interactions between fenofibrate and simvastatin. A very weak intramolecular hydrogen bond is formed between the hydroxyl group (O5H5) of the simvastatin with chlorine and carbonyl group (C11O4, C1O2) of the fenofibrate molecule. These weak energy hydrogen bonds have no effect on the chemical stability of the compounds studied. The results were obtained using Density Functional Theory methods; particularly the BPE1BPE and B3LYP functional and 6-31++G** basis set. The values of energy show good approximation when are compared with similar calculations previously reported. Infrared spectra of monomers and dimers were obtained via theoretical calculations.

Partial Variance of Increments Method in Solar Wind Observations and Plasma Simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Greco, A.; Matthaeus, W. H.; Perri, S.; Osman, K. T.; Servidio, S.; Wan, M.; Dmitruk, P.

2018-02-01

The method called "PVI" (Partial Variance of Increments) has been increasingly used in analysis of spacecraft and numerical simulation data since its inception in 2008. The purpose of the method is to study the kinematics and formation of coherent structures in space plasmas, a topic that has gained considerable attention, leading the development of identification methods, observations, and associated theoretical research based on numerical simulations. This review paper will summarize key features of the method and provide a synopsis of the main results obtained by various groups using the method. This will enable new users or those considering methods of this type to find details and background collected in one place.

A novel series of thiosemicarbazone drugs: From synthesis to structure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ebrahimi, Hossein Pasha; Hadi, Jabbar S.; Alsalim, Tahseen A.; Ghali, Thaer S.; Bolandnazar, Zeinab

2015-02-01

A new series of thiosemicarbazones (TSCs) and their 1,3,4-thiadiazolines (TDZs) containing acetamide group have been synthesized from thiosemicarbazide compounds by the reaction of TSCs with cyclic ketones as well as aromatic aldehydes. The structures of newly synthesized 1,3,4-thiadiazole derivatives obtained by heterocyclization of the TSCs with acetic anhydride were experimentally characterized by spectral methods using IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR and mass spectroscopic methods. Furthermore, the structural, thermodynamic, and electronic properties of the studied compounds were also studied theoretically by performing Density Functional Theory (DFT) to access reliable results to the experimental values. The molecular geometry, the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO), the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO) and Mulliken atomic charges of the studied compounds have been calculated at the B3LYP method and standard 6-31+G(d,p) basis set starting from optimized geometry. The theoretical 13C chemical shift results were also calculated using the gauge independent atomic orbital (GIAO) approach and their respective linear correlations were obtained.

LandScape: a simple method to aggregate p-values and other stochastic variables without a priori grouping.

PubMed

Wiuf, Carsten; Schaumburg-Müller Pallesen, Jonatan; Foldager, Leslie; Grove, Jakob

2016-08-01

In many areas of science it is custom to perform many, potentially millions, of tests simultaneously. To gain statistical power it is common to group tests based on a priori criteria such as predefined regions or by sliding windows. However, it is not straightforward to choose grouping criteria and the results might depend on the chosen criteria. Methods that summarize, or aggregate, test statistics or p-values, without relying on a priori criteria, are therefore desirable. We present a simple method to aggregate a sequence of stochastic variables, such as test statistics or p-values, into fewer variables without assuming a priori defined groups. We provide different ways to evaluate the significance of the aggregated variables based on theoretical considerations and resampling techniques, and show that under certain assumptions the FWER is controlled in the strong sense. Validity of the method was demonstrated using simulations and real data analyses. Our method may be a useful supplement to standard procedures relying on evaluation of test statistics individually. Moreover, by being agnostic and not relying on predefined selected regions, it might be a practical alternative to conventionally used methods of aggregation of p-values over regions. The method is implemented in Python and freely available online (through GitHub, see the Supplementary information).

At Odds: Reconciling Experimental and Theoretical Results in High School Physics

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gates, Joshua

2009-01-01

For this experiment, students are divided into 2 groups and presented with a static equilibrium force-balance problem to solve. One group works entirely experimentally and the other group theoretically, using Newton's laws. The groups present their seemingly dissimilar results and must reconcile them through discussion. (Contains 3 figures.)

Dynamics of Alliance Formation and the Egalitarian Revolution

PubMed Central

Gavrilets, Sergey; Duenez-Guzman, Edgar A.; Vose, Michael D.

2008-01-01

Background Arguably the most influential force in human history is the formation of social coalitions and alliances (i.e., long-lasting coalitions) and their impact on individual power. Understanding the dynamics of alliance formation and its consequences for biological, social, and cultural evolution is a formidable theoretical challenge. In most great ape species, coalitions occur at individual and group levels and among both kin and non-kin. Nonetheless, ape societies remain essentially hierarchical, and coalitions rarely weaken social inequality. In contrast, human hunter-gatherers show a remarkable tendency to egalitarianism, and human coalitions and alliances occur not only among individuals and groups, but also among groups of groups. These observations suggest that the evolutionary dynamics of human coalitions can only be understood in the context of social networks and cognitive evolution. Methodology/Principal Findings Here, we develop a stochastic model describing the emergence of networks of allies resulting from within-group competition for status or mates between individuals utilizing dyadic information. The model shows that alliances often emerge in a phase transition-like fashion if the group size, awareness, aggressiveness, and persuasiveness of individuals are large and the decay rate of individual affinities is small. With cultural inheritance of social networks, a single leveling alliance including all group members can emerge in several generations. Conclusions/Significance We propose a simple and flexible theoretical approach for studying the dynamics of alliance emergence applicable where game-theoretic methods are not practical. Our approach is both scalable and expandable. It is scalable in that it can be generalized to larger groups, or groups of groups. It is expandable in that it allows for inclusion of additional factors such as behavioral, genetic, social, and cultural features. Our results suggest that a rapid transition from a hierarchical society of great apes to an egalitarian society of hunter-gatherers (often referred to as “egalitarian revolution”) could indeed follow an increase in human cognitive abilities. The establishment of stable group-wide egalitarian alliances creates conditions promoting the origin of cultural norms favoring the group interests over those of individuals. PMID:18827928

Fragmentation dynamics of meso-tetraphenyl iron (III) porphyrin chloride dication under energy control

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, B.; Allouche, A. R.; Bernard, J.; Brédy, R.; Qian, D. B.; Ma, X.; Martin, S.; Chen, L.

2017-03-01

Meso-tetraphenyl iron (III) porphyrin chloride dications (FeTPPCl2+)* were prepared in collisions with F+ and H+ at 3 keV. The dominant fragmentation channels were observed to involve the loss of the Cl atom and the successive loss of neutral phenyl groups for both collisional systems. The mass spectra in correlation with the deposited excitation energy distributions of the parent ions for the main fragmentation channels were measured by using the collision induced dissociation under energy control method. The global excitation energy distribution was found to be shifted to lower energies in collisions with H+ compared to collisions with F+ showing a noteworthy change of the excitation energy window using different projectile ions. Partial excitation energy distributions of the parent ions FeTPPCl2+ were obtained for each fragmentation group. In a theoretical work, we have calculated the dissociation energies for the loss of one and two phenyl groups, including phenyl and (phenyl ± H). The energy barrier for the hydrogen atom transfer during the loss of (phenyl-H) has been also calculated. The measured energy difference for the successive loss of two phenyl groups was compared with the theoretical values.

Monitoring progression of clinical reasoning skills during health sciences education using the case method - a qualitative observational study.

PubMed

Orban, Kristina; Ekelin, Maria; Edgren, Gudrun; Sandgren, Olof; Hovbrandt, Pia; Persson, Eva K

2017-09-11

Outcome- or competency-based education is well established in medical and health sciences education. Curricula are based on courses where students develop their competences and assessment is also usually course-based. Clinical reasoning is an important competence, and the aim of this study was to monitor and describe students' progression in professional clinical reasoning skills during health sciences education using observations of group discussions following the case method. In this qualitative study students from three different health education programmes were observed while discussing clinical cases in a modified Harvard case method session. A rubric with four dimensions - problem-solving process, disciplinary knowledge, character of discussion and communication - was used as an observational tool to identify clinical reasoning. A deductive content analysis was performed. The results revealed the students' transition over time from reasoning based strictly on theoretical knowledge to reasoning ability characterized by clinical considerations and experiences. Students who were approaching the end of their education immediately identified the most important problem and then focused on this in their discussion. Practice knowledge increased over time, which was seen as progression in the use of professional language, concepts, terms and the use of prior clinical experience. The character of the discussion evolved from theoretical considerations early in the education to clinical reasoning in later years. Communication within the groups was supportive and conducted with a professional tone. Our observations revealed progression in several aspects of students' clinical reasoning skills on a group level in their discussions of clinical cases. We suggest that the case method can be a useful tool in assessing quality in health sciences education.

A group theoretic method for string loop diagram

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Neveu, A.; West, P.

1987-08-01

The new approach to arbitrary string scattering proposed by the authors is used to compute the planar tadpole operator, including its measure, for the open bosonic string. The Virasoro gauge identities play a crucial role and are found to contain in general anomalous terms for open strings. Permanent address: Mathematics Department, King's College, London WC2R 2LS, UK.

Genograms and Family Sculpting: An Aid to Cross-Cultural Understanding in the Training of Psychology Students in South Africa.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Marchetti-Mercer, Maria C.; Cleaver, Glenda

2000-01-01

Describes a specific training method developed in a family therapy course at the University of Pretoria in South Africa, where genograms and family sculpting were used to improve cross-cultural understanding among psychology masters students. Discusses the theoretical implications of the group training process for the training of psychologists in…

Daring to Marry: Marriage Equality Activism After Proposition 8 as Challenge to the Assimilationist/Radical Binary in Queer Studies.

PubMed

Weber, Shannon

2015-01-01

I analyze three case studies of marriage equality activism and marriage equality-based groups after the passage of Proposition 8 in California. Evaluating the JoinTheImpact protests of 2008, the LGBTQ rights group GetEQUAL, and the group One Struggle One Fight, I argue that these groups revise queer theoretical arguments about marriage equality activism as by definition assimilationist, homonormative, and single-issue. In contrast to such claims, the cases studied here provide a snapshot of heterogeneous, intersectional, and coalition-based social justice work in which creative methods of protest, including direct action and flash mobs, are deployed in militant ways for marriage rights and beyond.

New strings for old Veneziano amplitudes. II. Group-theoretic treatment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kholodenko, A. L.

2006-09-01

In this part of our four parts work we use theory of polynomial invariants of finite pseudo-reflection groups in order to reconstruct both the Veneziano and Veneziano-like (tachyon-free) amplitudes and the generating function reproducing these amplitudes. We demonstrate that such generating function and amplitudes associated with it can be recovered with help of finite dimensional exactly solvableN=2 supersymmetric quantum mechanical model known earlier from works of Witten, Stone and others. Using the Lefschetz isomorphism theorem we replace traditional supersymmetric calculations by the group-theoretic thus solving the Veneziano model exactly using standard methods of representation theory. Mathematical correctness of our arguments relies on important theorems by Shepard and Todd, Serre and Solomon proven respectively in the early 50s and 60s and documented in the monograph by Bourbaki. Based on these theorems, we explain why the developed formalism leaves all known results of conformal field theories unchanged. We also explain why these theorems impose stringent requirements connecting analytical properties of scattering amplitudes with symmetries of space-time in which such amplitudes act.

Insight into the C-F bond mechanism of molecular analogs for antibacterial drug design.

PubMed

Liu, Junna; Lv, Biyu; Liu, Huaqing; Li, Xin; Yin, Weiping

2018-06-01

The activities of biological molecules usually rely on both of intra-molecular and intermolecular interactions between their function groups. These interactions include interonic attraction theory, Van der Waal's forces and the function of geometry on the individual molecules, whether they are naturally or synthetic. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the antibacterial activity of C-F bond compound using combination of experiments verification and theoretical calculation. We target on the insect natural products from the maggots of Chrysomyis megacephala Fabricius. Based on density functional theory(DFT) and B3LYP method, a theoretical study of the C-F bond on fluoride was designed to explore compounds 2 and 4 antibacterial structure-activity relationship. With the progress in DFT, first-principle calculation based on DFT has gradually become a routine method for drug design, quantum chemistry and other science fields.

Ethnocultural women's experiences of breast cancer: a qualitative meta-study.

PubMed

Howard, A Fuchsia; Balneaves, Lynda G; Bottorff, Joan L

2007-01-01

A growing number of studies have been conducted that explore the breast cancer experiences of women from diverse ethnocultural groups. To advance knowledge and provide a foundation for future research, a synthesis was conducted of 15 qualitative research studies focusing on women from ethnocultural groups diagnosed with breast cancer. A qualitative meta-study approach was used that included analysis of the theoretical orientations and methodological approaches underlying the research, and an interpretive synthesis of research findings. Ethnocultural groups represented in the studies included Asian American, Aboriginal, Hispanic, and African American women. The synthesis revealed diverse experiences within and among these ethnocultural groups represented in 5 major themes: (a) the "othered" experience of a breast cancer diagnosis, (b) the treatment experience as "other," (c) losses associated with breast cancer, (d) the family context of breast cancer experiences, and (e) coping with cancer through spirituality and community involvement. The integration of findings from the 15 studies also revealed how methodological and theoretical approaches to conducting this research influenced understandings of the experiences of breast cancer. Further experiential breast cancer research with ethnocultural groups is needed, as well as the use of research methods that illuminate the ways that ethnicity, class, age, and gender relations are played out in healthcare settings.

Theoretically Informed Correlates of Hepatitis B Knowledge among Four Asian Groups: The Health Behavior Framework

PubMed Central

Maxwell, AE; Stewart, SL; Glenn, BA; Wong, WK; Yasui, Y; Chang, LC; Taylor, VM; Nguyen, TT; Chen, MS; Bastani, R

2012-01-01

Background Few studies have examined theoretically informed constructs related to hepatitis B (HBV) testing, and comparisons across studies is challenging due to lack of uniformity in constructs assessed. This analysis examines relationships among Health Behavior Framework factors across four Asian American groups to advance the development of theory-based interventions for HBV testing in at-risk populations. Methods Data were collected from 2007–2010 as part of baseline surveys during four intervention trials promoting HBV testing among Vietnamese-, Hmong-, Korean- and Cambodian-Americans (n = 1,735). Health Behavior Framework constructs assessed included: awareness of HBV, knowledge of transmission routes, perceived susceptibility, perceived severity, doctor recommendation, stigma of HBV infection, and perceived efficacy of testing. Within each group we assessed associations between our intermediate outcome of knowledge of HBV transmission and other constructs, to assess the concurrent validity of our model and instruments. Results While the absolute levels for Health Behavior Framework factors varied across groups, relationships between knowledge and other factors were generally consistent. This suggests similarities rather than differences with respect to posited drivers of HBV-related behavior. Discussion Our findings indicate that Health Behavior Framework constructs are applicable to diverse ethnic groups and provide preliminary evidence for the construct validity of the Health Behavior Framework. PMID:22799389

Single-layer group IV-V and group V-IV-III-VI semiconductors: Structural stability, electronic structures, optical properties, and photocatalysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lin, Jia-He; Zhang, Hong; Cheng, Xin-Lu; Miyamoto, Yoshiyuki

2017-07-01

Recently, single-layer group III monochalcogenides have attracted both theoretical and experimental interest at their potential applications in photonic devices, electronic devices, and solar energy conversion. Excited by this, we theoretically design two kinds of highly stable single-layer group IV-V (IV =Si ,Ge , and Sn; V =N and P) and group V-IV-III-VI (IV =Si ,Ge , and Sn; V =N and P; III =Al ,Ga , and In; VI =O and S) compounds with the same structures with single-layer group III monochalcogenides via first-principles simulations. By using accurate hybrid functional and quasiparticle methods, we show the single-layer group IV-V and group V-IV-III-VI are indirect bandgap semiconductors with their bandgaps and band edge positions conforming to the criteria of photocatalysts for water splitting. By applying a biaxial strain on single-layer group IV-V, single-layer group IV nitrides show a potential on mechanical sensors due to their bandgaps showing an almost linear response for strain. Furthermore, our calculations show that both single-layer group IV-V and group V-IV-III-VI have absorption from the visible light region to far-ultraviolet region, especially for single-layer SiN-AlO and SnN-InO, which have strong absorption in the visible light region, resulting in excellent potential for solar energy conversion and visible light photocatalytic water splitting. Our research provides valuable insight for finding more potential functional two-dimensional semiconductors applied in optoelectronics, solar energy conversion, and photocatalytic water splitting.

Measurement in Cross-Cultural Neuropsychology

PubMed Central

Pedraza, Otto; Mungas, Dan

2010-01-01

The measurement of cognitive abilities across diverse cultural, racial, and ethnic groups has a contentious history, with broad political, legal, economic, and ethical repercussions. Advances in psychometric methods and converging scientific ideas about genetic variation afford new tools and theoretical contexts to move beyond the reflective analysis of between-group test score discrepancies. Neuropsychology is poised to benefit from these advances to cultivate a richer understanding of the factors that underlie cognitive test score disparities. To this end, the present article considers several topics relevant to the measurement of cognitive abilities across groups from diverse ancestral origins, including fairness and bias, equivalence, diagnostic validity, item response theory, and differential item functioning. PMID:18814034

Exploratory research session on the quantization of the gravitational field. At the Institute for Theoretical Physics, Copenhagen, Denmark, June-July 1957

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

DeWitt, Bryce S.

2017-06-01

During the period June-July 1957 six physicists met at the Institute for Theoretical Physics of the University of Copenhagen in Denmark to work together on problems connected with the quantization of the gravitational field. A large part of the discussion was devoted to exposition of the individual work of the various participants, but a number of new results were also obtained. The topics investigated by these physicists are outlined in this report and may be grouped under the following main headings: The theory of measurement. Topographical problems in general relativity. Feynman quantization. Canonical quantization. Approximation methods. Special problems.

Culture of rural nursing practice: a critical theoretical analysis of determinants of power in nursing.

PubMed

Gibb, Heather; Forsyth, Katreena; Anderson, Judith

This paper investigates the culture of workplace learning within a study of eight small hospitals in rural New South Wales (NSW), Australia. The study used a focus group method of data collection, undertaken before then after a series of interventions designed to nurture a culture that supports learning within the rural health care setting. Student AINs, AINs, ENs and RNs from any of the eight hospitals. Framed within a critical social perspective it applies a theory of culture to understand the determinants of social divisiveness that was occurring between different levels of the nursing workforce. These results are further analysed within a theoretical discussion of culture and power in nursing.

Modified task-based learning program promotes problem-solving capacity among Chinese medical postgraduates: a mixed quantitative survey.

PubMed

Tian, Yanping; Li, Chengren; Wang, Jiali; Cai, Qiyan; Wang, Hanzhi; Chen, Xingshu; Liu, Yunlai; Mei, Feng; Xiao, Lan; Jian, Rui; Li, Hongli

2017-09-07

Despite great advances, China's postgraduate education faces many problems, for example traditional lecture-based learning (LBL) method provides fewer oppotunities to apply knowledge in a working situation. Task-based learning (TBL) is an efficient strategy for increasing the connections among skills, knowledge and competences. This study aimed to evaluate the effect of a modified TBL model on problem-solving abilities among postgraduate medical students in China. We allocated 228 first-year postgraduate students at Third Military Medical University into two groups: the TBL group and LBL group. The TBL group was taught using a TBL program for immunohistochemistry. The curriculum consisted of five phases: task design, self-learning, experimental operations, discussion and summary. The LBL group was taught using traditional LBL. After the course, learning performance was assessed using theoretical and practical tests. The students' preferences and satisfaction of TBL and LBL were also evaluated using questionnaires. There were notable differences in the mean score rates in the practical test (P < 0.05): the number of high scores (>80) in the TBL group was higher than that in the LBL group. We observed no substantial differences in the theoretical test between the two groups (P > 0.05). The questionnaire results indicated that the TBL students were satisfied with teaching content, teaching methods and experiment content. The TBL program was also beneficial for the postgraduates in completing their research projects. Furthermore, the TBL students reported positive effects in terms of innovative thinking, collaboration, and communication. TBL is a powerful educational strategy for postgraduate education in China. Our modified TBL imparted basic knowledge to the students and also engaged them more effectively in applying knowledge to solve real-world issues. In conclusion, our TBL established a good foundation for the students' future in both medical research and clinical work.

Array measurements adapted to the number of available sensors: Theoretical and practical approach for ESAC method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Galiana-Merino, J. J.; Rosa-Cintas, S.; Rosa-Herranz, J.; Garrido, J.; Peláez, J. A.; Martino, S.; Delgado, J.

2016-05-01

Array measurements of ambient noise have become a useful technique to estimate the surface wave dispersion curves and subsequently the subsurface elastic parameters that characterize the studied soil. One of the logistical handicaps associated with this kind of measurements is the requirement of several stations recording at the same time, which limits their applicability in the case of research groups without enough infrastructure resources. In this paper, we describe the theoretical basis of the ESAC method and we deduce how the number of stations needed to implement any array layout can be reduced to only two stations. In this way, we propose a new methodology to implement an N stations array layout by using only M stations (M < N), which will be recording in different positions of the original prearranged N stations geometry at different times. We also provide some practical guidelines to implement the proposed approach and we show different examples where the obtained results confirm the theoretical foundations. Thus, the study carried out reflects that we can use a minimum of 2 stations to deploy any array layout originally designed for higher number of sensors.

Synthesis, spectroscopic and structural characterization of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine with theoretical calculations using density functional theory.

PubMed

Inkaya, Ersin; Dinçer, Muharrem; Sahan, Emine; Yıldırım, Ismail

2013-10-01

In this paper, we will report a combined experimental and theoretical investigation of the molecular structure and spectroscopic parameters (FT-IR, (1)H NMR, (13)C NMR) of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine. The compound crystallizes in the triclinic space group P-1 with Z=2. The molecular geometry was also optimized using density functional theory (DFT/B3LYP) method with the 6-311G(d,p) and 6-311++G(d,p) basis sets in ground state and compared with the experimental data. All the assignments of the theoretical frequencies were performed by potential energy distributions using VEDA 4 program. Information about the size, shape, charge density distribution and site of chemical reactivity of the molecules has been obtained by mapping electron density isosurface with electrostatic potential (ESP). Also, non-linear optical properties of the title compound were performed at B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p) level. The theoretical results showed an excellent agreement with the experimental values. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Synthesis, spectroscopic and structural characterization of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine with theoretical calculations using density functional theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

İnkaya, Ersin; Dinçer, Muharrem; Şahan, Emine; Yıldırım, İsmail

2013-10-01

In this paper, we will report a combined experimental and theoretical investigation of the molecular structure and spectroscopic parameters (FT-IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR) of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine. The compound crystallizes in the triclinic space group P-1 with Z = 2. The molecular geometry was also optimized using density functional theory (DFT/B3LYP) method with the 6-311G(d,p) and 6-311++G(d,p) basis sets in ground state and compared with the experimental data. All the assignments of the theoretical frequencies were performed by potential energy distributions using VEDA 4 program. Information about the size, shape, charge density distribution and site of chemical reactivity of the molecules has been obtained by mapping electron density isosurface with electrostatic potential (ESP). Also, non-linear optical properties of the title compound were performed at B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p) level. The theoretical results showed an excellent agreement with the experimental values.

UNO DMRG CASCI calculations of effective exchange integrals for m-phenylene-bis-methylene spin clusters

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kawakami, Takashi; Sano, Shinsuke; Saito, Toru; Sharma, Sandeep; Shoji, Mitsuo; Yamada, Satoru; Takano, Yu; Yamanaka, Shusuke; Okumura, Mitsutaka; Nakajima, Takahito; Yamaguchi, Kizashi

2017-09-01

Theoretical examinations of the ferromagnetic coupling in the m-phenylene-bis-methylene molecule and its oligomer were carried out. These systems are good candidates for exchange-coupled systems to investigate strong electronic correlations. We studied effective exchange integrals (J), which indicated magnetic coupling between interacting spins in these species. First, theoretical calculations based on a broken-symmetry single-reference procedure, i.e. the UHF, UMP2, UMP4, UCCSD(T) and UB3LYP methods, were carried out with a GAUSSIAN program code under an SR wave function. From these results, the J value by the UHF method was largely positive because of the strong ferromagnetic spin polarisation effect. The J value by the UCCSD(T) and UB3LYP methods improved an overestimation problem by correcting the dynamical electronic correlation. Next, magnetic coupling among these spins was studied using the CAS-based method of the symmetry-adapted multireference methods procedure. Thus, the UNO DMRG CASCI (UNO, unrestricted natural orbital; DMRG, density matrix renormalised group; CASCI, complete active space configuration interaction) method was mainly employed with a combination of ORCA and BLOCK program codes. DMRG CASCI calculations in valence electron counting, which included all orbitals to full valence CI, provided the most reliable result, and support the UB3LYP method for extended systems.

The essential role of social theory in qualitative public health research.

PubMed

Willis, Karen; Daly, Jeanne; Kealy, Michelle; Small, Rhonda; Koutroulis, Glenda; Green, Julie; Gibbs, Lisa; Thomas, Samantha

2007-10-01

To define the role of social theory and examine how research studies using qualitative methods can use social theory to generalize their results beyond the setting of the study or to other social groups. The assumptions underlying public health research using qualitative methods derive from a range of social theories that include conflict theory, structural functionalism, symbolic interactionism, the sociology of knowledge and feminism. Depending on the research problem, these and other social theories provide conceptual tools and models for constructing a suitable research framework, and for collecting and analysing data. In combination with the substantive health literature, the theoretical literature provides the conceptual bridge that links the conclusions of the study to other social groups and settings. While descriptive studies using qualitative research methods can generate important insights into social experience, the use of social theory in the construction and conduct of research enables researchers to extrapolate their findings to settings and groups broader than the ones in which the research was conducted.

A theory-based exercise intervention in patients with heart failure: A protocol for randomized, controlled trial

PubMed Central

Rajati, Fatemeh; Mostafavi, Firoozeh; Sharifirad, Gholamreza; Sadeghi, Masoomeh; Tavakol, Kamran; Feizi, Awat; Pashaei, Tahereh

2013-01-01

Background: Regular exercise has been associated with improved quality of life (QoL) in patients with heart failure (HF). However, less is known on the theoretical framework, depicting how educational intervention on psychological, social, and cognitive variables affects physical activity (PA). The purpose of this study is to assess the effectiveness of a social cognitive theory-based (SCT-based) exercise intervention in patients with HF. Materials and Methods: This is a randomized controlled trial, with measurements at baseline, immediately following the intervention, and at 1, 3, and 6 months follow-up. Sixty patients who are referred to the cardiac rehabilitation (CR) unit and meet the inclusion criteria will be randomly allocated to either an intervention group or a usual-care control group. Data will be collected using various methods (i.e., questionnaires, physical tests, paraclinical tests, patients’ interviews, and focus groups). The patients in the intervention group will receive eight face-to-face counseling sessions, two focus groups, and six educational sessions over a 2-month period. The intervention will include watching videos, using book and pamphlets, and sending short massage services to the participants. The primary outcome measures are PA and QoL. The secondary outcome measures will be the components of SCT, heart rate and blood pressure at rest, body mass index, left ventricular ejection fraction, exercise capacity, and maximum heart rate. Conclusion: The findings of this trial may assist with the development of a theoretical model for exercise intervention in CR. The intervention seems to be promising and has the potential to bridge the gap of the usually limited and incoherent provision of educational care in the CR setting. PMID:24379841

Visual Habituation Paradigm with Adults with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities: A New Way for Cognitive Assessment?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chard, Melissa; Roulin, Jean-Luc; Bouvard, Martine

2014-01-01

Background: The use of common psychological assessment tools is invalidated with persons with PIMD. The aim of this study was to test the feasibility of using a visual habituation procedure with a group of adults with PIMD, to develop a new theoretical and practical framework for the assessment of cognitive abilities. Methods: To test the…

Professional Learning Communities: Do Leadership Practices Impact Implementation and Sustainability and What Is the Relationship between a School's PLC and a School's Climate?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Moore, Theresa

2010-01-01

Research indicates that a theoretical framework known as a professional learning community can make a positive difference in schools. This mixed-method study examines teacher perceptions of school leadership and climate in two rural elementary schools in South Carolina. Using interviews, focus group sessions and a survey, the researcher answers…

Theoretical and conformational studies of a series of cannabinoids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Da Silva, Albérico B. F.; Trsic, Milan

1995-11-01

The MNDO semi-empirical method is applied to the study of a series of cannabinoids with the aim of providing an improved understanding of the structure-activity relationship (SAR). The conformation of some groups that seem important in the biological activity (psychoactivity) of these compounds is characterized. Some electronic properties, such as atomic net charges and HOMO and LUMO energies, are correlated with the psychoactive effect.

An integrated experimental and first-principles computational study of carbon dioxide mineral carbonation reactions in olivine and serpentine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gormley, Deirdre Marie

This dissertation is a unique integration of experimental and theoretical methods. The central issue that is being addressed is to find a long term and economically viable solution to the disposal of carbon dioxide gas from coal power plants. Mineral carbonation reactions have emerged as a permanent solution to the well-known "Greenhouse Gas" issue. Our group here at ASU along with groups at Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL), National Energy Technology Laboratory (NETL), Pennsylvania State in Utah (SAIC), and the Albany Research Center (ARC) comprise the working group managed by the US Department of Energy (DOE). We have been collaborating to develop a fundamental understanding of the carbonation reactions of candidate minerals which will ultimately be used to develop a pilot plant process. Two of the candidate minerals used in mineral sequestration processes are forsterite (olivine) and lizardite (serpentine). Both candidates require pre-treatment prior to reaction with carbon dioxide. Forsterite requires attrition (grinding), while lizardite requires a pre-heat treatment (dehydroxylation) step which removes chemically bound water. In Chapter 3 of this thesis, the thermodynamic properties of seven primary oxides involved in reactions with forsterite and lizardite are compared. A novel method was developed using a theoretical molecular quantum physics approach which reproduced experimental results with great accuracy. This method can now be used for other systems where experimental thermodynamic data is unavailable. In Chapters 4 and 5, the dehydroxylation mechanism for lizardite is studied using theoretical models in conjunction with experimental results. A possible mechanism for the dehydroxylation pathway is suggested. This long-awaited result may provide new insight regarding carbonation reactions in lizardite. Chapters 6 and 7 explore the carbonation reactions in forsterite. With the help of high resolution electron microscopy images and extremely large, 10,000 atom models, we have gained new understanding of the reaction layer on the surface of the forsterite crystal. Several computer codes were tested for calculations of electron energy loss near edge spectra, as comparison with experimental electron energy loss spectra, and a reliable strategy for calculation has been suggested. The electron energy loss results have enhanced our knowledge of the forsterite reaction layer.

The role of community mental health nurses caring for people with schizophrenia in Taiwan: a substantive grounded theory.

PubMed

Huang, Xuan-Yi; Yen, Wen-Jiuan; Liu, Shwu-Jiuan; Lin, Chouh-Jiuan

2008-03-01

The aim was to develop a practice theory that can be used to guide the direction of community nursing practice to help clients with schizophrenia and those who care for them. Substantive grounded theory was developed through use of grounded theory method of Strauss and Corbin. Two groups of participants in Taiwan were selected using theoretical sampling: one group consisted of community mental health nurses and the other group was clients with schizophrenia and those who cared for them. The number of participants in each group was determined by theoretical saturation. Semi-structured one-to-one in-depth interviews and unstructured non-participant observation were utilized for data collection. Data analysis involved three stages: open, axial and selective coding. During the process of coding and analysis, both inductive and deductive thinking were utilized and the constant comparative analysis process continued until data saturation occurred. To establish trustworthiness, the four criteria of credibility, transferability, dependability and confirmability were followed along with field trial, audit trial, member check and peer debriefing for reliability and validity. A substantive grounded theory, the role of community mental health nurses caring for people with schizophrenia in Taiwan, was developed through utilization of grounded theory method of Strauss and Corbin. In this paper, results and discussion focus on causal conditions, context, intervening conditions, consequences and phenomenon. The theory is the first to contribute knowledge about the field of mental health home visiting services in Taiwan to provide guidance for the delivery of quality care to assist people in the community with schizophrenia and their carers.

Developing theory-informed behaviour change interventions to implement evidence into practice: a systematic approach using the Theoretical Domains Framework.

PubMed

French, Simon D; Green, Sally E; O'Connor, Denise A; McKenzie, Joanne E; Francis, Jill J; Michie, Susan; Buchbinder, Rachelle; Schattner, Peter; Spike, Neil; Grimshaw, Jeremy M

2012-04-24

There is little systematic operational guidance about how best to develop complex interventions to reduce the gap between practice and evidence. This article is one in a Series of articles documenting the development and use of the Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) to advance the science of implementation research. The intervention was developed considering three main components: theory, evidence, and practical issues. We used a four-step approach, consisting of guiding questions, to direct the choice of the most appropriate components of an implementation intervention: Who needs to do what, differently? Using a theoretical framework, which barriers and enablers need to be addressed? Which intervention components (behaviour change techniques and mode(s) of delivery) could overcome the modifiable barriers and enhance the enablers? And how can behaviour change be measured and understood? A complex implementation intervention was designed that aimed to improve acute low back pain management in primary care. We used the TDF to identify the barriers and enablers to the uptake of evidence into practice and to guide the choice of intervention components. These components were then combined into a cohesive intervention. The intervention was delivered via two facilitated interactive small group workshops. We also produced a DVD to distribute to all participants in the intervention group. We chose outcome measures in order to assess the mediating mechanisms of behaviour change. We have illustrated a four-step systematic method for developing an intervention designed to change clinical practice based on a theoretical framework. The method of development provides a systematic framework that could be used by others developing complex implementation interventions. While this framework should be iteratively adjusted and refined to suit other contexts and settings, we believe that the four-step process should be maintained as the primary framework to guide researchers through a comprehensive intervention development process.

Renormalization group methods for the Reynolds stress transport equations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rubinstein, R.

1992-01-01

The Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group is used to analyze the pressure gradient-velocity correlation and return to isotropy terms in the Reynolds stress transport equations. The perturbation series for the relevant correlations, evaluated to lowest order in the epsilon-expansion of the Yakhot-Orszag theory, are infinite series in tensor product powers of the mean velocity gradient and its transpose. Formal lowest order Pade approximations to the sums of these series produce a rapid pressure strain model of the form proposed by Launder, Reece, and Rodi, and a return to isotropy model of the form proposed by Rotta. In both cases, the model constants are computed theoretically. The predicted Reynolds stress ratios in simple shear flows are evaluated and compared with experimental data. The possibility is discussed of deriving higher order nonlinear models by approximating the sums more accurately. The Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group provides a systematic procedure for deriving turbulence models. Typical applications have included theoretical derivation of the universal constants of isotropic turbulence theory, such as the Kolmogorov constant, and derivation of two equation models, again with theoretically computed constants and low Reynolds number forms of the equations. Recent work has applied this formalism to Reynolds stress modeling, previously in the form of a nonlinear eddy viscosity representation of the Reynolds stresses, which can be used to model the simplest normal stress effects. The present work attempts to apply the Yakhot-Orszag formalism to Reynolds stress transport modeling.

Delivery and Receipt of a Self-Determination-Theory-Based Extracurricular Physical Activity Intervention: Exploring Theoretical Fidelity in Action 3:30.

PubMed

Sebire, Simon J; Edwards, Mark J; Fox, Kenneth R; Davies, Ben; Banfield, Kathryn; Wood, Lesley; Jago, Russell

2016-08-01

The implementation, fidelity, and receipt of a self-determination-theory-based after-school physical activity intervention (Action 3:30) delivered by teaching assistants (TAs) was examined using a mixed-methods process evaluation. Physical activity motivation and need satisfaction were reported by 539 participants at baseline, the end of intervention, and 4-month follow-up. Pupil- and TA-reported autonomy-support and teaching efficacy were collected alongside interviews with 18 TAs and focus groups with 60 participants. Among intervention boys there were small increases in identified, introjected, and external motivation and no differences in need satisfaction. Among girls, intrinsic and identified motivation and autonomy and relatedness were lower in the intervention group. Qualitative evidence for fidelity was moderate, and boys reported greater need satisfaction than girls. TAs provided greater structure than involvement or autonomy-support and felt least efficacious when facing school-based challenges. The findings highlight the refinements needed to enhance theoretical fidelity and intervention effectiveness for boys and girls.

Theoretical study on the electronic structures and phosphorescent properties of four Ir(III) complexes with different substituents on the ancillary ligand

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Han, Deming; Shang, Xiaohong; Zhang, Gang; Zhao, Lihui

2013-12-01

The geometry structures, electronic structures, absorption and phosphorescent properties of four Ir(III) complexes {[(F2-ppy)2Ir(pta-X)], where F2-ppy = (2,4-difluoro)phenylpyridine; pta = pyridine-1,2,4-triazole; X = -CF3; -H; -CH3; -N(CH3)2}, are investigated using the density functional method. The results reveal that the electron-accepting group -CF3 has no obvious effect on absorption and emission properties, while the substitutive group -N(CH3)2 with strong electron-donating ability has obvious effect on the emission properties. The mobility of hole and electron were studied computationally based on the Marcus-Hush theory. Calculations of ionisation potential and electron affinity were used to evaluate the injection abilities of holes and electrons into these complexes. We hope that this theoretical work can provide a suitable guide to the future design and synthesis of novel phosphorescent materials for use in the organic light-emitting diodes.

Assessment of two theoretical methods to estimate potentiometrictitration curves of peptides: comparison with experiment

PubMed Central

Makowska, Joanna; Bagiñska, Katarzyna; Makowski, Mariusz; Jagielska, Anna; Liwo, Adam; Kasprzykowski, Franciszek; Chmurzyñski, Lech; Scheraga, Harold A.

2008-01-01

We compared the ability of two theoretical methods of pH-dependent conformational calculations to reproduce experimental potentiometric-titration curves of two models of peptides: Ac-K5-NHMe in 95% methanol (MeOH)/5% water mixture and Ac-XX(A)7OO-NH2 (XAO) (where X is diaminobutyric acid, A is alanine, and O is ornithine) in water, methanol (MeOH) and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), respectively. The titration curve of the former was taken from the literature, and the curve of the latter was determined in this work. The first theoretical method involves a conformational search using the Electrostatically Driven Monte Carlo (EDMC) method with a low-cost energy function (ECEPP/3 plus the SRFOPT surface-solvation model, assumming that all titratable groups are uncharged) and subsequent reevaluation of the free energy at a given pH with the Poisson-Boltzmann equation, considering variable protonation states. In the second procedure, MD simulations are run with the AMBER force field and the Generalized-Born model of electrostatic solvation, and the protonation states are sampled during constant-pH MD runs. In all three solvents, the first pKa of XAO is strongly downshifted compared to the value for the reference compounds (ethyl amine and propyl amine, respectively); the water and methanol curves have one, and the DMSO curve has two jumps characteristic of remarkable differences in the dissociation constants of acidic groups. The predicted titration curves of Ac-K5-NHMe are in good agreement with the experimental ones; better agreement is achieved with the MD-based method. The titration curves of XAO in methanol and DMSO, calculated using the MD-based approach, trace the shape of the experimental curves, reproducing the pH jump, while those calculated with the EDMC-based approach, and the titration curve in water calculated using the MD-based approach, have smooth shapes characteristic of the titration of weak multifunctional acids with small differences between the dissociation constants. Nevertheless, quantitative agreement between theoretically predicted and experimental titration curves is not achieved in all three solvents even with the MD-based approach which is manifested by a smaller pH range of the calculated titration curves with respect to the experimental curves. The poorer agreement obtained for water than for the non-aqueous solvents suggests a significant role of specific solvation in water, which cannot be accounted for by the mean-field solvation models. PMID:16509748

Assessment of two theoretical methods to estimate potentiometric titration curves of peptides: comparison with experiment.

PubMed

Makowska, Joanna; Bagiñska, Katarzyna; Makowski, Mariusz; Jagielska, Anna; Liwo, Adam; Kasprzykowski, Franciszek; Chmurzyñski, Lech; Scheraga, Harold A

2006-03-09

We compared the ability of two theoretical methods of pH-dependent conformational calculations to reproduce experimental potentiometric titration curves of two models of peptides: Ac-K5-NHMe in 95% methanol (MeOH)/5% water mixture and Ac-XX(A)7OO-NH2 (XAO) (where X is diaminobutyric acid, A is alanine, and O is ornithine) in water, methanol (MeOH), and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), respectively. The titration curve of the former was taken from the literature, and the curve of the latter was determined in this work. The first theoretical method involves a conformational search using the electrostatically driven Monte Carlo (EDMC) method with a low-cost energy function (ECEPP/3 plus the SRFOPT surface-solvation model, assumming that all titratable groups are uncharged) and subsequent reevaluation of the free energy at a given pH with the Poisson-Boltzmann equation, considering variable protonation states. In the second procedure, molecular dynamics (MD) simulations are run with the AMBER force field and the generalized Born model of electrostatic solvation, and the protonation states are sampled during constant-pH MD runs. In all three solvents, the first pKa of XAO is strongly downshifted compared to the value for the reference compounds (ethylamine and propylamine, respectively); the water and methanol curves have one, and the DMSO curve has two jumps characteristic of remarkable differences in the dissociation constants of acidic groups. The predicted titration curves of Ac-K5-NHMe are in good agreement with the experimental ones; better agreement is achieved with the MD-based method. The titration curves of XAO in methanol and DMSO, calculated using the MD-based approach, trace the shape of the experimental curves, reproducing the pH jump, while those calculated with the EDMC-based approach and the titration curve in water calculated using the MD-based approach have smooth shapes characteristic of the titration of weak multifunctional acids with small differences between the dissociation constants. Nevertheless, quantitative agreement between theoretically predicted and experimental titration curves is not achieved in all three solvents even with the MD-based approach, which is manifested by a smaller pH range of the calculated titration curves with respect to the experimental curves. The poorer agreement obtained for water than for the nonaqueous solvents suggests a significant role of specific solvation in water, which cannot be accounted for by the mean-field solvation models.

European Science Notes. Volume 40. Number 8.

DTIC Science & Technology

1986-08-01

Associate Chairman of the Oceanog- in radiance values using a theoretical raphy Department. Rayleigh atmosphere and those with the real atmosphere are...The which seeding might have on thickening Theoretical Aerodynamics Group is a part the boundary layer. His conclusion was, of the Aerodynamics... Theoretical Aerodynamics Group, the only way of obtaining such informa- headed by Sacher, consists of 14 engi- tion. neers, all of whom are working in

Synthesis of 2-(bis(cyanomethyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl methacrylate monomer molecule and its characterization by experimental and theoretical methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sas, E. B.; Cankaya, N.; Kurt, M.

2018-06-01

In this work 2-(bis(cyanomethyl)amino)-2-oxoethyl methacrylate monomer has been synthesized as newly, characterized both experimentally and theoretically. Experimentally, it has been characterized by FT-IR, FT-Raman, 1H and 13C NMR spectroscopy techniques. The theoretical calculations have been performed with Density Functional Theory (DFT) including B3LYP method. The scaled theoretical wavenumbers have been assigned based on total energy distribution (TED). Electronic properties of monomer have been performed using time-dependent TD-DFT/B3LYP/B3LYP/6-311G++(d,p) method. The results of experimental have been compared with theoretical values. Both experimental and theoretical methods have shown that the monomer was suitable for the literature.

Experimental and theoretical study of substituent effect on 13C NMR chemical shifts of 5-arylidene-2,4-thiazolidinediones

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rančić, Milica P.; Trišović, Nemanja P.; Milčić, Miloš K.; Ajaj, Ismail A.; Marinković, Aleksandar D.

2013-10-01

The electronic structure of 5-arylidene-2,4-thiazolidinediones has been studied by using experimental and theoretical methodology. The theoretical calculations of the investigated 5-arylidene-2,4-thiazolidinediones have been performed by the use of quantum chemical methods. The calculated 13C NMR chemical shifts and NBO atomic charges provide an insight into the influence of such a structure on the transmission of electronic substituent effects. Linear free energy relationships (LFERs) have been further applied to their 13C NMR chemical shifts. The correlation analyses for the substituent-induced chemical shifts (SCS) have been performed with σ using SSP (single substituent parameter), field (σF) and resonance (σR) parameters using DSP (dual substituent parameter), as well as the Yukawa-Tsuno model. The presented correlations account satisfactorily for the polar and resonance substituent effects operative at Cβ, and C7 carbons, while reverse substituent effect was found for Cα. The comparison of correlation results for the investigated molecules with those obtained for seven structurally related styrene series has indicated that specific cross-interaction of phenyl substituent and groups attached at Cβ carbon causes increased sensitivity of SCS Cβ to the resonance effect with increasing of electron-accepting capabilities of the group present at Cβ.

Iridium-Catalysed ortho-Directed Deuterium Labelling of Aromatic Esters--An Experimental and Theoretical Study on Directing Group Chemoselectivity.

PubMed

Devlin, Jennifer; Kerr, William J; Lindsay, David M; McCabe, Timothy J D; Reid, Marc; Tuttle, Tell

2015-06-25

Herein we report a combined experimental and theoretical study on the deuterium labelling of benzoate ester derivatives, utilizing our developed iridium N-heterocyclic carbene/phosphine catalysts. A range of benzoate esters were screened, including derivatives with electron-donating and -withdrawing groups in the para- position. The substrate scope, in terms of the alkoxy group, was studied and the nature of the catalyst counter-ion was shown to have a profound effect on the efficiency of isotope exchange. Finally, the observed chemoselectivity was rationalized by rate studies and theoretical calculations, and this insight was applied to the selective labelling of benzoate esters bearing a second directing group.

Chest drainage teaching and training for medical students. Use of a surgical ex vivo pig model.

PubMed

Tube, Milton Ignacio Carvalho; Netto, Fernando Antonio Campelo Spencer; Costa, Elaine; Lafayette, Daniell de Siqueira Araújo; Lima, George Augusto da Fonseca Carvalho Antunes; Menezes, Jamile Isabela Santos de; Aires, Vinicius Gueiros Buenos; Ferraz, Álvaro Antônio Bandeira; Campos, Josemberg Marins; Moraes, Fernando Ribeiro de

2016-05-01

Implement a constructivist approach in thoracic drainage training in surgical ex vivo pig models, to compare the acquisition of homogeneous surgical skills between medical students. Experimental study, prospective, transversal, analytical, controlled, three steps. Selection, training, evaluation. a) students without training in thoracic drainage; b) without exposure to constructivist methodology. 2) EXCLUSION CRITERIA: a) students developed surgical skills; b) a history of allergy. (N = 312). Two groups participated in the study: A and B. Lecture equal for both groups. Differentiated teaching: group A, descriptive and informative method; group B, learning method based on problems. A surgical ex vivo pig model for training the chest drain was created. Were applied pre and post-test, test goal-discursive and OSATS scale. Theoretical averages: Group A = 9.5 ± 0.5; Group B = 8.8 ± 1.1 (p = 0.006). Medium Practices: Group A = 22.8 ± 1.8; Group B = 23.0 ± 2.8 (p <0.001). Through the constructivist methodology implemented in the thoracic drainage training in surgical ex vivo pig models, has proven the acquisition of surgical skills homogeneous compared among medical students.

Structure of free radicals in irradiated acetyl-L-leucine single crystals at 77 K

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Almanov, G.A.; Bogdanchikov, G.A.; Usov, O.M.

1988-09-01

By using the EPR method, two types of radicals are observed, which are formed in acetyl-L-leucine single crystals irradiated at 77K. These are alkyl type radicals (CH/sub 3/)/sub 2/CCH/sub 2/CH(NHCOCH/sub 3/)COOH and peptide group radicals. When the crystals are defrozen to room temperatures, the radicals of the second type disappear without formation of paramagnetic particles. Two possible structures of the peptide group radicals were studied by the INDO method. On defreezing to room temperature, the alkyl group radical is retained, while the peptide radical disappears without formation of paramagnetic particles. For the protonated form of the anion-radical, a better agreementmore » is observed between the theoretically calculated and the experimentally obtained HFI constants. The quantum chemical analysis of the possible structures of the peptide group radicals indicates that the formation of the protonated form of the anion-radical is energetically favorable.« less

Group Work in Physical Education: Exploring the Interconnectedness of Theoretical Approaches and Practice

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Barker, Dean; Wallhead, Tristan; Brock, Sheri; Goodyear, Victoria; Amade-Escot, Chantal

2017-01-01

Student group work is a central feature of many contemporary pedagogical approaches to teaching physical education. Despite this proliferation, our understanding of the teaching-learning dynamics inherent in group work remains limited and has tended to be under-theorized. The purpose of this paper was to examine different theoretical approaches to…

A Theoretical Foundation for the Study of Inferential Error in Decision-Making Groups.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gouran, Dennis S.

To provide a theoretical base for investigating the influence of inferential error on group decision making, current literature on both inferential error and decision making is reviewed and applied to the Watergate incident. Although groups tend to make fewer inferential errors because members' inferences are generally not biased in the same…

Summary of presentation for research on social structure, agreement, and conflict in groups in extreme and isolated environments

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1990-01-01

Despite a vast amount of research, little is known concerning the effect of group structure, and individuals' understanding of that structure, on conflict in Antarctic groups. The overall objective of the research discussed is to determine the interrelationships of group structure, social cognition, and group function and conflict in isolated and extreme environments. In the two decades following WWII, a large body of research focused on the physiological, psychological, and social psychological factors affecting the functioning of individuals and groups in a variety of extreme and isolated environments in both the Arctic and Antarctic. There are two primary reasons for further research of this type. First, Antarctic polar stations are considered to be natural laboratories for the social and behavioral sciences and provide an opportunity to address certain theoretical and empirical questions concerned with agreement and conflict in social groups in general and group behavior in extreme, isolated environments in particular. Recent advances in the analysis of social networks and intracultural variation have improved the methods and have shifted the theoretical questions. The research is motivated by three classes of questions: (1) What are the characteristics of the social relations among individuals working and living together in extreme and isolated environments?; (2) What do individuals understand about their group, how does that understanding develop, and how is it socially distributed?; and (3) What is the relationship between that understanding and the functioning of the social group? Answers to these questions are important if we are to advance our knowledge of how individuals and groups adapt to extreme environments. Second, although Antarctic winter-over candidates may be evaluated as qualified on the basis of individual characteristics, they may fail to adapt because of certain characteristics of the social group. Consequently, the ability of winter-over-groups to adapt to these extreme conditions has varied dramatically from year to year. In the past, differences in personality, background, and social status have led to conflicts between individuals or cliques precipitating, in turn, an overall decline in morale, failure to accomplish work tasks, and increases in insomnia, depression, anxiety, and alcohol abuse. A better understanding of the role of group structure and social cognition in processes of group adaptation and conflict in Antarctica would contribute towards the revision of existing screening methods, potentially leading to a reduction of group conflict and improved performance of scientific research and support activities. An improved screening protocol for the Antarctic would also have applications for other isolated environments such as scientific outposts and the proposed NASA space station. In sum, this research will (1) contribute significantly to our theoretical understanding of the role of social structure and cognition in the functioning of groups in isolation; (2) complement current work on health and adaptation in polar environments; and (3) provide for models of the formation of group structure that will aid in the development of improved procedures for assembling groups for the Antarctic and other isolated environments (e.g., space stations).

Growth of group II-VI semiconductor quantum dots with strong quantum confinement and low size dispersion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pandey, Praveen K.; Sharma, Kriti; Nagpal, Swati; Bhatnagar, P. K.; Mathur, P. C.

2003-11-01

CdTe quantum dots embedded in glass matrix are grown using two-step annealing method. The results for the optical transmission characterization are analysed and compared with the results obtained from CdTe quantum dots grown using conventional single-step annealing method. A theoretical model for the absorption spectra is used to quantitatively estimate the size dispersion in the two cases. In the present work, it is established that the quantum dots grown using two-step annealing method have stronger quantum confinement, reduced size dispersion and higher volume ratio as compared to the single-step annealed samples. (

Integrating professionalism teaching into undergraduate medical education in the UK setting.

PubMed

Goldie, John

2008-06-01

This paper examines how professionalism teaching might be integrated into undergraduate medical education in the United Kingdom setting. It advocates adopting an outcome-based approach to curriculum planning, using the Scottish Deans' Medical Curriculum Group's (SDMCG) outcomes as a starting point. In discussing the curricular content, potential learning methods and strategies, theoretical considerations are explored. Student selection, assessment and strategies for optimising the educational environment are also considered.

The orbital evolution of the AMOR asteroidal group during 11,550 years

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Babadzhanov, P. B.; Zausaev, A. F.; Pushkaryov, A. N.

The orbital evolution of twenty seven Amor asteroids was determined by the Everhart method for the time interval from 2250 AD to 9300 BC. Closest encounters with terrestrial planets are calculated in the evolution process. Stable resonances with Venus, Earth and Jupiter over the period from 2250 AD to 9300 BC have been obtained. Theoretical coordinates of radiants on initial and final moments of integrating were calculated.

Crystal structure, vibrational, spectral investigation, quantum chemical DFT calculations and thermal behavior of Diethyl [hydroxy (phenyl) methyl] phosphonate

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ouksel, Louiza; Chafaa, Salah; Bourzami, Riadh; Hamdouni, Noudjoud; Sebais, Miloud; Chafai, Nadjib

2017-09-01

Single Diethyl [hydroxy (phenyl) methyl] phosphonate (DHPMP) crystal with chemical formula C11H17O4P, was synthesized via the base-catalyzed Pudovik reaction and Lewis acid as catalyst. The results of SXRD analyzes indicate that this compound crystallizes into a mono-clinic system with space group P21/n symmetry and Z = 4. The crystal structure parameters are a = 9.293 Å, b = 8.103 Å, c = 17.542 Å, β = 95.329° and V = 1315.2 Å3, the structure displays one inter-molecular O-H⋯O hydrogen bonding. The UV-Visible absorption spectrum shows that the crystal exhibits a good optical transmission in the visible domain, and strong absorption in middle ultraviolet one. The vibrational frequencies of various functional groups present in DHPMP crystal have been deduced from FT-IR and FT-Raman spectra and then compared with theoretical values performed with DFT (B3LYP) method using 6-31G (p, d) basis sets. Chemical and thermodynamic parameters such as: ionization potential (I), electron affinity (A), hardness (σ), softness (η), electronegativity (χ) and electrophilicity index (ω), are also calculated using the same theoretical method. The thermal decomposition behavior of DHPMP, studied by using thermogravimetric analysis (TDG), shows a thermal stability until to 125 °C.

Bidirectional composition on lie groups for gradient-based image alignment.

PubMed

Mégret, Rémi; Authesserre, Jean-Baptiste; Berthoumieu, Yannick

2010-09-01

In this paper, a new formulation based on bidirectional composition on Lie groups (BCL) for parametric gradient-based image alignment is presented. Contrary to the conventional approaches, the BCL method takes advantage of the gradients of both template and current image without combining them a priori. Based on this bidirectional formulation, two methods are proposed and their relationship with state-of-the-art gradient based approaches is fully discussed. The first one, i.e., the BCL method, relies on the compositional framework to provide the minimization of the compensated error with respect to an augmented parameter vector. The second one, the projected BCL (PBCL), corresponds to a close approximation of the BCL approach. A comparative study is carried out dealing with computational complexity, convergence rate and frequence of convergence. Numerical experiments using a conventional benchmark show the performance improvement especially for asymmetric levels of noise, which is also discussed from a theoretical point of view.

Extrapolation techniques applied to matrix methods in neutron diffusion problems

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mccready, Robert R

1956-01-01

A general matrix method is developed for the solution of characteristic-value problems of the type arising in many physical applications. The scheme employed is essentially that of Gauss and Seidel with appropriate modifications needed to make it applicable to characteristic-value problems. An iterative procedure produces a sequence of estimates to the answer; and extrapolation techniques, based upon previous behavior of iterants, are utilized in speeding convergence. Theoretically sound limits are placed on the magnitude of the extrapolation that may be tolerated. This matrix method is applied to the problem of finding criticality and neutron fluxes in a nuclear reactor with control rods. The two-dimensional finite-difference approximation to the two-group neutron fluxes in a nuclear reactor with control rods. The two-dimensional finite-difference approximation to the two-group neutron-diffusion equations is treated. Results for this example are indicated.

Experimental and theoretical investigations of the kinetics and mechanism of the Cl + 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone reaction

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aslan, L.; Priya, A. Mano; Sleiman, C.; Zeineddine, M. N.; Coddeville, P.; Fittschen, C.; Ballesteros, B.; Canosa, A.; Senthilkumar, L.; El Dib, G.; Tomas, A.

2017-10-01

The reaction of 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone (4H4M2P) with Cl atoms was studied for the first time experimentally and theoretically. Relative kinetic measurements were carried out at room temperature and 1 bar of synthetic air/N2 in two different environmental chambers: a 300 L Teflon bag and a 16 L borosilicate glass cell. Reactants, reference compounds and products were monitored either by IR absorption or by GC-FID. Theoretical calculations were performed using the density functional theory method at BH&HLYP level of theory for twelve hydrogen abstraction pathways. The individual rate coefficients for the most favorable H-abstraction pathways were calculated by canonical variational theory using small curvature tunneling method at 298 K. An average experimental rate coefficient of (7.4 ± 0.6) × 10-11 cm3 molecule-1 s-1 was obtained at 298 K, in good agreement with the theoretical rate coefficient. The branching ratios for each reaction channel were evaluated theoretically from the individual rate coefficients of the identified channels. The H-atom abstracted on the -CH2 group appeared to be the dominant channel with a small barrier height. Formaldehyde, acetic acid, HCl, CO2 and CO were identified by IR as the major primary products. The obtained results are presented and discussed in terms of structure-reactivity relationships. A mechanism is suggested for the formation of the observed products. The atmospheric implications of the studied reaction are presented and more particularly, the lifetime of 4H4M2P towards Cl atoms is evaluated to be about 3 days.

Frequency regularities of acoustic modes and multi-colour mode identification in rapidly rotating stars

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reese, D. R.; Lignières, F.; Ballot, J.; Dupret, M.-A.; Barban, C.; van't Veer-Menneret, C.; MacGregor, K. B.

2017-05-01

Context. Mode identification has remained a major obstacle in the interpretation of pulsation spectra in rapidly rotating stars. This has motivated recent work on calculating realistic multi-colour mode visibilities in this type of star. Aims: We would like to test mode identification methods and seismic diagnostics in rapidly rotating stars, using oscillation spectra that are based on these new theoretical predictions. Methods: We investigate the auto-correlation function and Fourier transform of theoretically calculated frequency spectra, in which modes are selected according to their visibilities. Given that intrinsic mode amplitudes are determined by non-linear saturation and cannot currently be theoretically predicted, we experimented with various ad-hoc prescriptions for setting the mode amplitudes, including using random values. Furthermore, we analyse the ratios between mode amplitudes observed in different photometric bands to see up to what extent they can identify modes. Results: When non-random intrinsic mode amplitudes are used, our results show that it is possible to extract a mean value for the large frequency separation or half its value and, sometimes, twice the rotation rate, from the auto-correlation of the frequency spectra. Furthermore, the Fourier transforms are mostly sensitive to the large frequency separation or half its value. The combination of the two methods may therefore measure and distinguish the two types of separations. When the intrinsic mode amplitudes include random factors, which seems more representative of real stars, the results are far less favourable. It is only when the large separation or half its value coincides with twice the rotation rate, that it might be possible to detect the signature of a frequency regularity. We also find that amplitude ratios are a good way of grouping together modes with similar characteristics. By analysing the frequencies of these groups, it is possible to constrain mode identification, as well as determine the large frequency separation and the rotation rate.

Study of switching electric circuits with DC hybrid breaker, one stage

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Niculescu, T.; Marcu, M.; Popescu, F. G.

2016-06-01

The paper presents a method of extinguishing the electric arc that occurs between the contacts of direct current breakers. The method consists of using an LC type extinguishing group to be optimally sized. From this point of view is presented a theoretical approach to the phenomena that occurs immediately after disconnecting the load and the specific diagrams are drawn. Using these, the elements extinguishing group we can choose. At the second part of the paper there is presented an analyses of the circuit switching process by decomposing the process in particular time sequences. For every time interval there was conceived a numerical simulation model in MATLAB-SIMULINK medium which integrates the characteristic differential equation and plots the capacitor voltage variation diagram and the circuit dumping current diagram.

8th International Symposium on Quantum Theory and Symmetries (QTS8)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bijker, Roelof; Krötzsch, Guillermo; Rosas-Ortiz, Óscar; Wolf, Kurt Bernardo

2014-05-01

The Quantum Theory and Symmetries (QTS) international symposia are periodic biannual meetings of the mathematical physics community with special interest in the methods of group theory in their many incarnations, particularly in the symmetries that arise in quantum systems. The QTSs alternate with the International Colloquia on Group Theoretical Methods in Physics since 1999, when Professor Heinz-Dietrich Doebner organized the first one in Goslar, Germany. Subsequent symposia were held in Krakóow, Poland (2001), Cincinnati, USA (2003), Varna, Bulgaria (2005), Valladolid, Spain (2007), Lexington, USA (2009), and Praha, Czech Republic (2011); the eighth QTS was awarded to Mexico (2013), and the next one (2015) will take place in Yerevan, Armenia. Conference photograph Further details, including committees and members, are available in the PDF

Microdesigning of Lightweight/High Strength Ceramic Materials

DTIC Science & Technology

1989-07-31

Continue on reverse if necessary and identiy by block number) FIELD GROUP SUB- GROUP Ceramics, Composite Materials, Colloidal Processing Iii 19. ABSTRACT...to identify key processing parameters that affect the microstructure of the composite material. The second section describes experimental results in...results of the significant theoretical effort made in our group . Theoretical models of particle-particle interaction, particle-polymer interaction

Combined DFT and BS study on the exchange coupling of dinuclear sandwich-type POM: comparison of different functionals and reliability of structure modeling.

PubMed

Yin, Bing; Xue, GangLin; Li, JianLi; Bai, Lu; Huang, YuanHe; Wen, ZhenYi; Jiang, ZhenYi

2012-05-01

The exchange coupling of a group of three dinuclear sandwich-type polyoxomolybdates [MM'(AsMo7O27)2](12-) with MM' = CrCr, FeFe, FeCr are theoretically predicted from combined DFT and broken-symmetry (BS) approach. Eight different XC functionals are utilized to calculate the exchange-coupling constant J from both the full crystalline structures and model structures of smaller size. The comparison between theoretical values and accurate experimental results supports the applicability of DFT-BS method in this new type of sandwich-type dinuclear polyoxomolybdates. However, a careful choice of functionals is necessary to achieve the desired accuracy. The encouraging results obtained from calculations on model structures highlight the great potential of application of structure modeling in theoretical study of POM. Structural modeling may not only reduce the computational cost of large POM species but also be able to take into account the external field effect arising from solvent molecules in solution or counterions in crystal.

Students' perceptions of a blended learning experience in dental education.

PubMed

Varthis, S; Anderson, O R

2018-02-01

"Flipped" instructional sequencing is a new instructional method where online instruction precedes the group meeting, allowing for more sophisticated learning through discussion and critical thinking during the in-person class session; a novel approach studied in this research. The purpose of this study was to document dental students' perceptions of flipped-based blended learning and to apply a new method of displaying their perceptions based on Likert-scale data analysis using a network diagramming method known as an item correlation network diagram (ICND). In addition, this article aimed to encourage institutions or course directors to consider self-regulated learning and social constructivism as a theoretical framework when blended learning is incorporated in dental curricula. Twenty (second year) dental students at a Northeastern Regional Dental School in the United States participated in this study. A Likert scale was administered before and after the learning experience to obtain evidence of their perceptions of its quality and educational merits. Item correlation network diagrams, based on the intercorrelations amongst the responses to the Likert-scale items, were constructed to display students' changes in perceptions before and after the learning experience. Students reported positive perceptions of the blended learning, and the ICND analysis of their responses before and after the learning experience provided insights into their social (group-based) cognition about the learning experience. The ICNDs are considered evidence of social or group-based cognition, because they are constructed from evidence obtained using intercorrelations of the total group responses to the Likert-scale items. The students positively received blended learning in dental education, and the ICND analyses demonstrated marked changes in their social cognition of the learning experience based on the pre- and post-Likert survey data. Self-regulated learning and social constructivism are encouraged as useful theoretical frameworks for a blended learning approach. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

[Application of PBL combined with SP method in during-course practice of endodontics for undergraduate dental students].

PubMed

Shao, Li-Na; Qiu, Li-Hong; Zhan, Fu-Liang; Xue, Ming

2016-10-01

To apply problem-based learning (PBL) combined with standardized patients(SP) in during-course practice of endodontics for undergraduate dental students, in order to improve the teaching quality. One hundred and four undergraduate dental students of China Medical University School of Stomatology were randomly divided into 2 groups, 52 students in each group. One group were taught with PBL combined with SP while the other group with lecture-based learning (LBL) alone. The teaching effect was measured with examination and questionnaire survey. The data were analyzed by Student's t test using SPSS 11.5 software package. Students in PBL combined with SP group was better than LBL group in case analysis, didactic tests, practical tests and total scores, and there was significant difference between the two groups (P<0.05). LBL group was better than PBL combined with SP group in basic theoretical knowledge scores, and there was significant difference between the two groups (P<0.05). SP and PBL combined with SP method were welcomed by undergraduate dental students. The abilities of undergraduate dental students can be improved by PBL combined with SP in different aspects. PBL combined with SP achieves satisfactory teaching effect, and can be applied in during-course practice of endodontics to undergraduate dental students.

Path synthesis of four-bar mechanisms using synergy of polynomial neural network and Stackelberg game theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ahmadi, Bahman; Nariman-zadeh, Nader; Jamali, Ali

2017-06-01

In this article, a novel approach based on game theory is presented for multi-objective optimal synthesis of four-bar mechanisms. The multi-objective optimization problem is modelled as a Stackelberg game. The more important objective function, tracking error, is considered as the leader, and the other objective function, deviation of the transmission angle from 90° (TA), is considered as the follower. In a new approach, a group method of data handling (GMDH)-type neural network is also utilized to construct an approximate model for the rational reaction set (RRS) of the follower. Using the proposed game-theoretic approach, the multi-objective optimal synthesis of a four-bar mechanism is then cast into a single-objective optimal synthesis using the leader variables and the obtained RRS of the follower. The superiority of using the synergy game-theoretic method of Stackelberg with a GMDH-type neural network is demonstrated for two case studies on the synthesis of four-bar mechanisms.

Learning outcomes of "The Oncology Patient" study among nursing students: A comparison of teaching strategies.

PubMed

Roca, Judith; Reguant, Mercedes; Canet, Olga

2016-11-01

Teaching strategies are essential in order to facilitate meaningful learning and the development of high-level thinking skills in students. To compare three teaching methodologies (problem-based learning, case-based teaching and traditional methods) in terms of the learning outcomes achieved by nursing students. This quasi-experimental research was carried out in the Nursing Degree programme in a group of 74 students who explored the subject of The Oncology Patient through the aforementioned strategies. A performance test was applied based on Bloom's Revised Taxonomy. A significant correlation was found between the intragroup theoretical and theoretical-practical dimensions. Likewise, intergroup differences were related to each teaching methodology. Hence, significant differences were estimated between the traditional methodology (x-=9.13), case-based teaching (x-=12.96) and problem-based learning (x-=14.84). Problem-based learning was shown to be the most successful learning method, followed by case-based teaching and the traditional methodology. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Phosphine polymerization by nitric oxide: experimental characterization and theoretical predictions of mechanism.

PubMed

Zhao, Yi-Lei; Flora, Jason W; Thweatt, William David; Garrison, Stephen L; Gonzalez, Carlos; Houk, K N; Marquez, Manuel

2009-02-02

A yellow solid material [P(x)H(y)] has been obtained in the reaction of phosphine (PH(3)) and nitric oxide (NO) at room temperature and characterized by thermogravimetric analysis mass spectrometry (TGA-MS) and attenuated total reflection Fourier transform infrared (ATR-FTIR) spectroscopy. In this work using complete basis set (CBS-QB3) methods a plausible mechanism has been investigated for phosphine polymerization in the presence of nitric oxide (NO). Theoretical explorations with the ab initio method suggest (a) instead of the monomer the nitric oxide dimer acts as an initial oxidant, (b) the resulting phosphine oxides (H(3)P=O <--> H(3)P(+)O(-)) in the gas phase draw each other via strong dipolar interactions between the P-O groups, and (c) consequently an autocatalyzed polymerization occurs among the phosphine oxides, forming P-P chemical bonds and losing water. The possible structures of polyhydride phosphorus polymer were discussed. In the calculations a series of cluster models was computed to simulate polymerization.

Identification of Conserved Moieties in Metabolic Networks by Graph Theoretical Analysis of Atom Transition Networks

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Haraldsdóttir, Hulda S.; Fleming, Ronan M. T.

Conserved moieties are groups of atoms that remain intact in all reactions of a metabolic network. Identification of conserved moieties gives insight into the structure and function of metabolic networks and facilitates metabolic modelling. All moiety conservation relations can be represented as nonnegative integer vectors in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix corresponding to a biochemical network. Algorithms exist to compute such vectors based only on reaction stoichiometry but their computational complexity has limited their application to relatively small metabolic networks. Moreover, the vectors returned by existing algorithms do not, in general, represent conservation of a specific moietymore » with a defined atomic structure. Here, we show that identification of conserved moieties requires data on reaction atom mappings in addition to stoichiometry. We present a novel method to identify conserved moieties in metabolic networks by graph theoretical analysis of their underlying atom transition networks. Our method returns the exact group of atoms belonging to each conserved moiety as well as the corresponding vector in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix. It can be implemented as a pipeline of polynomial time algorithms. Our implementation completes in under five minutes on a metabolic network with more than 4,000 mass balanced reactions. The scalability of the method enables extension of existing applications for moiety conservation relations to genome-scale metabolic networks. Finally, we also give examples of new applications made possible by elucidating the atomic structure of conserved moieties.« less

Bayesian randomized clinical trials: From fixed to adaptive design.

PubMed

Yin, Guosheng; Lam, Chi Kin; Shi, Haolun

2017-08-01

Randomized controlled studies are the gold standard for phase III clinical trials. Using α-spending functions to control the overall type I error rate, group sequential methods are well established and have been dominating phase III studies. Bayesian randomized design, on the other hand, can be viewed as a complement instead of competitive approach to the frequentist methods. For the fixed Bayesian design, the hypothesis testing can be cast in the posterior probability or Bayes factor framework, which has a direct link to the frequentist type I error rate. Bayesian group sequential design relies upon Bayesian decision-theoretic approaches based on backward induction, which is often computationally intensive. Compared with the frequentist approaches, Bayesian methods have several advantages. The posterior predictive probability serves as a useful and convenient tool for trial monitoring, and can be updated at any time as the data accrue during the trial. The Bayesian decision-theoretic framework possesses a direct link to the decision making in the practical setting, and can be modeled more realistically to reflect the actual cost-benefit analysis during the drug development process. Other merits include the possibility of hierarchical modeling and the use of informative priors, which would lead to a more comprehensive utilization of information from both historical and longitudinal data. From fixed to adaptive design, we focus on Bayesian randomized controlled clinical trials and make extensive comparisons with frequentist counterparts through numerical studies. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Identification of Conserved Moieties in Metabolic Networks by Graph Theoretical Analysis of Atom Transition Networks

PubMed Central

Haraldsdóttir, Hulda S.; Fleming, Ronan M. T.

2016-01-01

Conserved moieties are groups of atoms that remain intact in all reactions of a metabolic network. Identification of conserved moieties gives insight into the structure and function of metabolic networks and facilitates metabolic modelling. All moiety conservation relations can be represented as nonnegative integer vectors in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix corresponding to a biochemical network. Algorithms exist to compute such vectors based only on reaction stoichiometry but their computational complexity has limited their application to relatively small metabolic networks. Moreover, the vectors returned by existing algorithms do not, in general, represent conservation of a specific moiety with a defined atomic structure. Here, we show that identification of conserved moieties requires data on reaction atom mappings in addition to stoichiometry. We present a novel method to identify conserved moieties in metabolic networks by graph theoretical analysis of their underlying atom transition networks. Our method returns the exact group of atoms belonging to each conserved moiety as well as the corresponding vector in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix. It can be implemented as a pipeline of polynomial time algorithms. Our implementation completes in under five minutes on a metabolic network with more than 4,000 mass balanced reactions. The scalability of the method enables extension of existing applications for moiety conservation relations to genome-scale metabolic networks. We also give examples of new applications made possible by elucidating the atomic structure of conserved moieties. PMID:27870845

Identification of Conserved Moieties in Metabolic Networks by Graph Theoretical Analysis of Atom Transition Networks

DOE PAGES

Haraldsdóttir, Hulda S.; Fleming, Ronan M. T.

2016-11-21

Conserved moieties are groups of atoms that remain intact in all reactions of a metabolic network. Identification of conserved moieties gives insight into the structure and function of metabolic networks and facilitates metabolic modelling. All moiety conservation relations can be represented as nonnegative integer vectors in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix corresponding to a biochemical network. Algorithms exist to compute such vectors based only on reaction stoichiometry but their computational complexity has limited their application to relatively small metabolic networks. Moreover, the vectors returned by existing algorithms do not, in general, represent conservation of a specific moietymore » with a defined atomic structure. Here, we show that identification of conserved moieties requires data on reaction atom mappings in addition to stoichiometry. We present a novel method to identify conserved moieties in metabolic networks by graph theoretical analysis of their underlying atom transition networks. Our method returns the exact group of atoms belonging to each conserved moiety as well as the corresponding vector in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix. It can be implemented as a pipeline of polynomial time algorithms. Our implementation completes in under five minutes on a metabolic network with more than 4,000 mass balanced reactions. The scalability of the method enables extension of existing applications for moiety conservation relations to genome-scale metabolic networks. Finally, we also give examples of new applications made possible by elucidating the atomic structure of conserved moieties.« less

Identification of Conserved Moieties in Metabolic Networks by Graph Theoretical Analysis of Atom Transition Networks.

PubMed

Haraldsdóttir, Hulda S; Fleming, Ronan M T

2016-11-01

Conserved moieties are groups of atoms that remain intact in all reactions of a metabolic network. Identification of conserved moieties gives insight into the structure and function of metabolic networks and facilitates metabolic modelling. All moiety conservation relations can be represented as nonnegative integer vectors in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix corresponding to a biochemical network. Algorithms exist to compute such vectors based only on reaction stoichiometry but their computational complexity has limited their application to relatively small metabolic networks. Moreover, the vectors returned by existing algorithms do not, in general, represent conservation of a specific moiety with a defined atomic structure. Here, we show that identification of conserved moieties requires data on reaction atom mappings in addition to stoichiometry. We present a novel method to identify conserved moieties in metabolic networks by graph theoretical analysis of their underlying atom transition networks. Our method returns the exact group of atoms belonging to each conserved moiety as well as the corresponding vector in the left null space of the stoichiometric matrix. It can be implemented as a pipeline of polynomial time algorithms. Our implementation completes in under five minutes on a metabolic network with more than 4,000 mass balanced reactions. The scalability of the method enables extension of existing applications for moiety conservation relations to genome-scale metabolic networks. We also give examples of new applications made possible by elucidating the atomic structure of conserved moieties.

Systematic development of a self-help and motivational enhancement intervention to promote sexual health in HIV-positive men who have sex with men.

PubMed

Van Kesteren, Nicole M C; Kok, Gerjo; Hospers, Harm J; Schippers, Jan; De Wildt, Wencke

2006-12-01

The objective of this study was to describe the application of a systematic process-Intervention Mapping-to developing a theory- and evidence-based intervention to promote sexual health in HIV-positive men who have sex with men (MSM). Intervention Mapping provides a framework that gives program planners a systematic method for decision-making in each phase of intervention development. In Step 1, we focused on the improvement of two health-promoting behaviors: satisfactory sexual functioning and safer sexual behavior. These behaviors were then linked with selected personal and external determinants, such as attitudes and social support, to produce a set of proximal program objectives. In Step 2, theoretical methods were identified to influence the proximal program objectives and were translated into practical strategies. Although theoretical methods were derived from various theories, self-regulation theory and a cognitive model of behavior change provided the main framework for selecting the intervention methods. The main strategies chosen were bibliotherapy (i.e., the use of written material to help people solve problems or change behavior) and motivational interviewing. In Step 3, the theoretical methods and practical strategies were applied in a program that comprised a self-help guide, a motivational interviewing session and a motivational interviewing telephone call, both delivered by specialist nurses in HIV treatment centers. In Step 4, implementation was anticipated by developing a linkage group to ensure involvement of program users in the planning process and conducting additional research to understand how to implement our program better. In Step 5, program evaluation was anticipated based on the planning process from the previous Intervention Mapping steps.

Full Quantum Dynamics Simulation of a Realistic Molecular System Using the Adaptive Time-Dependent Density Matrix Renormalization Group Method.

PubMed

Yao, Yao; Sun, Ke-Wei; Luo, Zhen; Ma, Haibo

2018-01-18

The accurate theoretical interpretation of ultrafast time-resolved spectroscopy experiments relies on full quantum dynamics simulations for the investigated system, which is nevertheless computationally prohibitive for realistic molecular systems with a large number of electronic and/or vibrational degrees of freedom. In this work, we propose a unitary transformation approach for realistic vibronic Hamiltonians, which can be coped with using the adaptive time-dependent density matrix renormalization group (t-DMRG) method to efficiently evolve the nonadiabatic dynamics of a large molecular system. We demonstrate the accuracy and efficiency of this approach with an example of simulating the exciton dissociation process within an oligothiophene/fullerene heterojunction, indicating that t-DMRG can be a promising method for full quantum dynamics simulation in large chemical systems. Moreover, it is also shown that the proper vibronic features in the ultrafast electronic process can be obtained by simulating the two-dimensional (2D) electronic spectrum by virtue of the high computational efficiency of the t-DMRG method.

Comparative theoretical and experimental study on novel tri-quinoline system and its anticancer studies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gayathri, Kasirajan; Radhika, Ramachandran; Shankar, Ramasamy; Malathi, Mahalingam; Savithiri, Krishnaswamy; Sparkes, Hazel A.; Howard, Judith A. K.; Mohan, Palathurai Subramaniam

2017-04-01

A novel compound 2-chloro-3,6-bis-(quinolin-8-yloxymethyl)-quinoline 3 bearing a tri-quinoline moiety has been synthesized from 2-chloro-3,6-dimethyl quinoline 1 and 8-hydroxy quinoline 2 using dry acetone and K2CO3 as a base. 3 has been characterized by using FT-IR, FT-Raman, UV-Vis, 1H NMR, 13C NMR spectra and single crystal X-ray diffraction methods. We have also made a combined experimental and theoretical study on the molecular structure, vibrational spectra, NMR, FT-IR, FT-Raman and UV-Vis spectra of 2-chloro-3,6-bis-(quinolin-8-yloxymethyl)-quinoline. The theoretical studies of the title compound have been evaluated by using density functional theory calculations using B3LYP/6-31+G(d,p) and M06-2X/6-31+G(d,p) level of theories. The calculated theoretical values were found to be in good agreement with the experimental findings. The single crystal structure 3 crystallized in the orthorhombic space group Pna21. The compound 3 exhibits higher cytotoxicity in human cervical cancer cell lines (HeLa) than human breast cancer cell lines (MCF7).

Equation of state of U2Mo up-to Mbar pressure range: Ab-initio study

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mukherjee, D.; Sahoo, B. D.; Joshi, K. D.; Kaushik, T. C.

2018-04-01

Experimentally, U2Mo is known to exist in tetragonal structure at ambient conditions. In contrast to experimental reports, the past theoretical studies carried out in this material do not find this phase to be stable structure at zero pressure. In order to examine this discrepancy between experiment and theory, we have performed ab-initio electronic band structure calculations on this material. In our theoretical study, we have attempted to search for lowest enthalpy structure at ambient as well at high pressure up to 200 GPa, employing evolutionary structure search algorithm in conjunction with ab-inito method. Our investigations suggest that a hexagonal structure with space group symmetry P6/mmm is the lowest enthalpy structure not only at ambient pressure but also up to pressure range of ˜200 GPa. To further, substantiate the results of these static lattice calculations the elastic and lattice dynamical stability has also been analysed. The theoretical isotherm derived from these calculations has been utilized to determine the Hugoniot of this material. Various physical properties such as zero pressure equilibrium volume, bulk modulus and its pressure derivative has also been derived from theoretical isotherm.

Experiences of using the Theoretical Domains Framework across diverse clinical environments: a qualitative study.

PubMed

Phillips, Cameron J; Marshall, Andrea P; Chaves, Nadia J; Jankelowitz, Stacey K; Lin, Ivan B; Loy, Clement T; Rees, Gwyneth; Sakzewski, Leanne; Thomas, Susie; To, The-Phung; Wilkinson, Shelley A; Michie, Susan

2015-01-01

The Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) is an integrative framework developed from a synthesis of psychological theories as a vehicle to help apply theoretical approaches to interventions aimed at behavior change. This study explores experiences of TDF use by professionals from multiple disciplines across diverse clinical settings. Mixed methods were used to examine experiences, attitudes, and perspectives of health professionals in using the TDF in health care implementation projects. Individual interviews were conducted with ten health care professionals from six disciplines who used the TDF in implementation projects. Deductive content and thematic analysis were used. Three main themes and associated subthemes were identified including: 1) reasons for use of the TDF (increased confidence, broader perspective, and theoretical underpinnings); 2) challenges using the TDF (time and resources, operationalization of the TDF) and; 3) future use of the TDF. The TDF provided a useful, flexible framework for a diverse group of health professionals working across different clinical settings for the assessment of barriers and targeting resources to influence behavior change for implementation projects. The development of practical tools and training or support is likely to aid the utility of TDF.

[The establishment, development and application of classification approach of freshwater phytoplankton based on the functional group: a review].

PubMed

Yang, Wen; Zhu, Jin-Yong; Lu, Kai-Hong; Wan, Li; Mao, Xiao-Hua

2014-06-01

Appropriate schemes for classification of freshwater phytoplankton are prerequisites and important tools for revealing phytoplanktonic succession and studying freshwater ecosystems. An alternative approach, functional group of freshwater phytoplankton, has been proposed and developed due to the deficiencies of Linnaean and molecular identification in ecological applications. The functional group of phytoplankton is a classification scheme based on autoecology. In this study, the theoretical basis and classification criterion of functional group (FG), morpho-functional group (MFG) and morphology-based functional group (MBFG) were summarized, as well as their merits and demerits. FG was considered as the optimal classification approach for the aquatic ecology research and aquatic environment evaluation. The application status of FG was introduced, with the evaluation standards and problems of two approaches to assess water quality on the basis of FG, index methods of Q and QR, being briefly discussed.

Property Values as a Measure of Neighborhoods: An Application of Hedonic Price Theory.

PubMed

Leonard, Tammy; Powell-Wiley, Tiffany M; Ayers, Colby; Murdoch, James C; Yin, Wenyuan; Pruitt, Sandi L

2016-07-01

Researchers measuring relationships between neighborhoods and health have begun using property appraisal data as a source of information about neighborhoods. Economists have developed a rich tool kit to understand how neighborhood characteristics are quantified in appraisal values. This tool kit principally relies on hedonic (implicit) price models and has much to offer regarding the interpretation and operationalization of property appraisal data-derived neighborhood measures, which goes beyond the use of appraisal data as a measure of neighborhood socioeconomic status. We develop a theoretically informed hedonic-based neighborhood measure using residuals of a hedonic price regression applied to appraisal data in a single metropolitan area. We describe its characteristics, reliability in different types of neighborhoods, and correlation with other neighborhood measures (i.e., raw neighborhood appraisal values, census block group poverty, and observed property characteristics). We examine the association between all neighborhood measures and body mass index. The hedonic-based neighborhood measure was correlated in the expected direction with block group poverty rate and observed property characteristics. The neighborhood measure and average raw neighborhood appraisal value, but not census block group poverty, were associated with individual body mass index. We draw theoretically consistent methodology from the economics literature on hedonic price models to demonstrate how to leverage the implicit valuation of neighborhoods contained in publicly available appraisal data. Consistent measurement and application of the hedonic-based neighborhood measures in epidemiology will improve understanding of the relationships between neighborhoods and health. Researchers should proceed with a careful use of appraisal values utilizing theoretically informed methods such as this one.

Global Analysis of a-, b-, and c-Type Transitions Involving Tunneling Components of K= 0 and 1 States of the Methanol Dimer

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lugez, C. L.; Lovas, F. J.; Hougen, J. T.; Ohashi, N.

1999-03-01

Spectral data onK= 0 and 1 levels of the methanol dimer available from previous and present Fourier transform microwave measurements have been interpreted globally, using a group-theoretically derived effective Hamiltonian and corresponding tunneling matrix elements to describe the splittings arising from a large number of tunneling motions. In the present work, 302 new measurements (40K= 1-1 and 262K= 1-0 transitions) were added to the previous data set to give a total of 584 assigned transitions withJ≤ 6. As a result of the rather completeK= 0, 1 data set forJ≤ 4, the lone-pair exchange tunneling splittings were obtained experimentally. Matrix element expansions inJ(J+ 1) used in the previousK= 0 formalism were modified to apply toK> 0, essentially by making a number of real coefficients complex, as required by the generalized internal-axis-method tunneling formalism. To reduce the number of adjustable parameters to an acceptable level in both theK= 0 andK= 1 effective Hamiltonians (used in separateK= 0 andK= 1 least-squares fits), a rather large number of assumptions concerning probably negligible parameters had to be made. The present fitting results should thus be considered as providing assurance of the group-theoretical line assignments as well as a nearly quantitative global interpretation of the tunneling splittings, even though they do not yet unambiguously determine the relative contributions from all 25 group-theoretically inequivalent tunneling motions in this complex, nor do they permit quantitative extrapolation to higherKlevels.

Evaluating team-based, lecture-based, and hybrid learning methods for neurology clerkship in China: a method-comparison study

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background Neurology is complex, abstract, and difficult for students to learn. However, a good learning method for neurology clerkship training is required to help students quickly develop strong clinical thinking as well as problem-solving skills. Both the traditional lecture-based learning (LBL) and the relatively new team-based learning (TBL) methods have inherent strengths and weaknesses when applied to neurology clerkship education. However, the strengths of each method may complement the weaknesses of the other. Combining TBL with LBL may produce better learning outcomes than TBL or LBL alone. We propose a hybrid method (TBL + LBL) and designed an experiment to compare the learning outcomes with those of pure LBL and pure TBL. Methods One hundred twenty-seven fourth-year medical students attended a two-week neurology clerkship program organized by the Department of Neurology, Sun Yat-Sen Memorial Hospital. All of the students were from Grade 2007, Department of Clinical Medicine, Zhongshan School of Medicine, Sun Yat-Sen University. These students were assigned to one of three groups randomly: Group A (TBL + LBL, with 41 students), Group B (LBL, with 43 students), and Group C (TBL, with 43 students). The learning outcomes were evaluated by a questionnaire and two tests covering basic knowledge of neurology and clinical practice. Results The practice test scores of Group A were similar to those of Group B, but significantly higher than those of Group C. The theoretical test scores and the total scores of Group A were significantly higher than those of Groups B and C. In addition, 100% of the students in Group A were satisfied with the combination of TBL + LBL. Conclusions Our results support our proposal that the combination of TBL + LBL is acceptable to students and produces better learning outcomes than either method alone in neurology clerkships. In addition, the proposed hybrid method may also be suited for other medical clerkships that require students to absorb a large amount of abstract and complex course materials in a short period, such as pediatrics and internal medicine clerkships. PMID:24884854

Graph theoretic analysis of structural connectivity across the spectrum of Alzheimer's disease: The importance of graph creation methods

PubMed Central

Phillips, David J.; McGlaughlin, Alec; Ruth, David; Jager, Leah R.; Soldan, Anja

2015-01-01

Graph theory is increasingly being used to study brain connectivity across the spectrum of Alzheimer's disease (AD), but prior findings have been inconsistent, likely reflecting methodological differences. We systematically investigated how methods of graph creation (i.e., type of correlation matrix and edge weighting) affect structural network properties and group differences. We estimated the structural connectivity of brain networks based on correlation maps of cortical thickness obtained from MRI. Four groups were compared: 126 cognitively normal older adults, 103 individuals with Mild Cognitive Impairment (MCI) who retained MCI status for at least 3 years (stable MCI), 108 individuals with MCI who progressed to AD-dementia within 3 years (progressive MCI), and 105 individuals with AD-dementia. Small-world measures of connectivity (characteristic path length and clustering coefficient) differed across groups, consistent with prior studies. Groups were best discriminated by the Randić index, which measures the degree to which highly connected nodes connect to other highly connected nodes. The Randić index differentiated the stable and progressive MCI groups, suggesting that it might be useful for tracking and predicting the progression of AD. Notably, however, the magnitude and direction of group differences in all three measures were dependent on the method of graph creation, indicating that it is crucial to take into account how graphs are constructed when interpreting differences across diagnostic groups and studies. The algebraic connectivity measures showed few group differences, independent of the method of graph construction, suggesting that global connectivity as it relates to node degree is not altered in early AD. PMID:25984446

Theoretical and Experimental Spectroscopic Analysis of Cyano-Substituted Styrylpyridine Compounds

PubMed Central

Castro, Maria Eugenia; Percino, Maria Judith; Chapela, Victor M.; Ceron, Margarita; Soriano-Moro, Guillermo; Lopez-Cruz, Jorge; Melendez, Francisco J.

2013-01-01

A combined theoretical and experimental study on the structure, infrared, UV-Vis and 1H NMR data of trans-2-(m-cyanostyryl)pyridine, trans-2-[3-methyl-(m-cyanostyryl)] pyridine and trans-4-(m-cyanostyryl)pyridine is presented. The synthesis was carried out with an efficient Knoevenagel condensation using green chemistry conditions. Theoretical geometry optimizations and their IR spectra were carried out using the Density Functional Theory (DFT) in both gas and solution phases. For theoretical UV-Vis and 1H NMR spectra, the Time-Dependent DFT (TD-DFT) and the Gauge-Including Atomic Orbital (GIAO) methods were used, respectively. The theoretical characterization matched the experimental measurements, showing a good correlation. The effect of cyano- and methyl-substituents, as well as of the N-atom position in the pyridine ring on the UV-Vis, IR and NMR spectra, was evaluated. The UV-Vis results showed no significant effect due to electron-withdrawing cyano- and electron-donating methyl-substituents. The N-atom position, however, caused a slight change in the maximum absorption wavelengths. The IR normal modes were assigned for the cyano- and methyl-groups. 1H NMR spectra showed the typical doublet signals due to protons in the trans position of a double bond. The theoretical characterization was visibly useful to assign accurately the signals in IR and 1H NMR spectra, as well as to identify the most probable conformation that could be present in the formation of the styrylpyridine-like compounds. PMID:23429190

Nonlinear Wave Propagation

DTIC Science & Technology

1984-09-01

Asymptotic Results for a Model Equation for Low Reynolds Number Flow, SIAM J. Appi. Math., 35, July 1978. 3. A. S. Yokes : Group Theoretical Aspects of...Quadratic and Cubic Invariants in’ Classical Mechanics, J. Math. Anal. Appl.,’ 74, 342, (1980). 5. A. S. Pokas , P. A. Lagerstrom: On the Use of Lie...Mathematical Methods in Hydrodynamics and %Integrability in Dynamical System, pp. 237-241. 24. 14. J. Ablovitz and A. S. Pokas : A Direct Linearization

Mechanistic analysis of intramolecular free radical reactions toward synthesis of 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane derivatives.

PubMed

Soriano, Elena; Marco-Contelles, José

2009-06-05

The mechanisms for the formation of conformationally constrained epibatidine analogues by intramolecular free radical processes have been computationally addressed by means of DFT methods. The mechanism and the critical effect of the 7-nitrogen protecting group on the outcome of these radical-mediated cyclizations are discussed. Theoretical findings account for unexpected experimental results and can assist in the selection of proper precursors for a successful cyclization.

The orbital evolution of the Apollo asteroid group over 11,550 years

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zausaev, A. F.; Pushkarev, A. N.

1992-08-01

The Everhard method was used to monitor the orbital evolution of 20 Apollo asteroids in the time interval from 2250 A.D. to 9300 B.C. The closest encounters with large planets in the evolution process are calculated. Stable resonances with Venus and Earth over the period from 2250 A.D. to 9300 B.C. are obtained. Theoretical coordinates of radiants on initial and final moments of integration are calculated.

Systematic construction and control of stereo nerve vision network in intelligent manufacturing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liu, Hua; Wang, Helong; Guo, Chunjie; Ding, Quanxin; Zhou, Liwei

2017-10-01

A system method of constructing stereo vision by using neural network is proposed, and the operation and control mechanism in actual operation are proposed. This method makes effective use of the neural network in learning and memory function, by after training with samples. Moreover, the neural network can learn the nonlinear relationship in the stereoscopic vision system and the internal and external orientation elements. These considerations are Worthy of attention, which includes limited constraints, the scientific of critical group, the operating speed and the operability in technical aspects. The results support our theoretical forecast.

Quantitative characterisation of audio data by ordinal symbolic dynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aschenbrenner, T.; Monetti, R.; Amigó, J. M.; Bunk, W.

2013-06-01

Ordinal symbolic dynamics has developed into a valuable method to describe complex systems. Recently, using the concept of transcripts, the coupling behaviour of systems was assessed, combining the properties of the symmetric group with information theoretic ideas. In this contribution, methods from the field of ordinal symbolic dynamics are applied to the characterisation of audio data. Coupling complexity between frequency bands of solo violin music, as a fingerprint of the instrument, is used for classification purposes within a support vector machine scheme. Our results suggest that coupling complexity is able to capture essential characteristics, sufficient to distinguish among different violins.

Effects of nitrogenous substituent groups on the benzene dication

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Forgy, C. C.; Schlimgen, A. W.; Mazziotti, D. A.

2018-05-01

The benzene dication possesses a pentagonal-pyramidal structure with a hexacoordinated carbon. In contrast, halogenated benzene dications retain a similar structure to their parent molecules. In this work, we report on theoretical studies of the structures of the dications of benzene with nitrogenous substituents. We find that the nitrobenzene dication favours a near ideal pentagonal-pyramidal structure, while the aniline dication favours a flat, hexagonal structure. Reduced-density-matrices methods give predictions in agreement with available ab initio calculations and experiment. These results are also compared with those from the Hartree-Fock method and density functional theory.

Tracker-assisted versus manual ablation zone centration in laser in situ keratomileusis for myopia and astigmatism.

PubMed

Pineros, Oscar E

2002-01-01

Eye tracker systems have been developed concomitantly with small scanning beams to theoretically reduce ablation zone decentration and for accurate registration of all the laser pulses on the cornea. The purpose of the study was to compare the tracker-assisted with the manual centration method. Twenty-five patients (48 eyes) with myopia and/or astigmatism had laser in situ keratomileusis (LASIK) between August 1998 and February 1999 with the Technolas 117C laser. Twenty patients (38 eyes, 80%) were available for follow-up at 3 months after surgery. Eyes were assigned randomly to one of two ablation zone centration methods: Group 1: Tracker-assisted (20 eyes), Group 2: Manual (18 eyes). Mean distance between the ablation zone center and the pupillary center in the tracker-assisted centration group was 0.55 +/- 0.30 mm (range, 0.10 to 1.4 mm), and in the manual centration group, 0.43 +/- 0.23 mm (range, 0.10 to 1.0 mm) (P = .177). There was no statistically significant difference in postoperative contrast sensitivity, glare, and Topographical Corneal Surface Regularity Index (SRI) between the two groups. We obtained good results with both centration methods. We did not find superiority of the tracker-assisted over manual regarding ablation zone centration, vision quality, or regularity of the ablation.

[Development and Effects of a Children's Sex Education Program for the Parents of Lower Elementary Grade Students].

PubMed

Lee, Eun Mi; Kim, Hyunlye

2017-04-01

This study was done to develop a children's sex education program for the parents of lower elementary grade students and to evaluate its effects on sexual knowledge, gender role attitude, parent efficacy for child's sex education, and marital consistency. A quasi-experimental with a non-equivalent control group pretest-posttest design was used. The participants were 29 couples (58 parents, experimental group=28, control group=30) from G city. The 5-week (5-session) program was developed based on 'A theory of protection: parents as sex educators' and used the case-based small group learning method. Data were collected during July and August 2015. The characteristics of the program developed in the present study were a theoretical-based, client-centered, multi-method. After the intervention, the experimental group showed a significant improvement in sexual knowledge, gender role attitudes, parent efficacy for child's sex education, and marital consistency, compared to the control group. The effect sizes of the program were .64 (knowledge), .65 (gender role attitudes), and .68 (parent efficacy). The results of this study provided implications for the parents as effective sex educator and the role expansion of school health nurses. © 2017 Korean Society of Nursing Science

Comprehensive evaluation on low-carbon development of coal enterprise groups.

PubMed

Wang, Bang-Jun; Wu, Yan-Fang; Zhao, Jia-Lu

2017-12-19

Scientifically evaluating the level of low-carbon development in terms of theoretical and practical significance is extremely important to coal enterprise groups for implementing national energy-related systems. This assessment can assist in building institutional mechanisms that are conducive for the economic development of coal business cycle and energy conservation as well as promoting the healthy development of coal enterprises to realize coal scientific development and resource utilization. First, by adopting systematic analysis method, this study builds low-carbon development evaluation index system for coal enterprise groups. Second, to determine the weight serving as guideline and criteria of the index, analytic hierarchy process (AHP) is applied using integrated linear weighted sum method to evaluate the level of low-carbon development of coal enterprise groups. Evaluation is also performed by coal enterprise groups, and the process comprises field analysis and evaluation. Finally, industrial policies are proposed regarding the development of low-carbon coal conglomerate strategies and measures. This study aims mainly to guide the low-carbon development of coal enterprise groups, solve the problem of coal mining and the destruction of ecological environment, support the conservation of raw materials and various resources, and achieve the sustainable development of the coal industry.

FTIR of binary lead borate glass: Structural investigation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Othman, H. A.; Elkholy, H. S.; Hager, I. Z.

2016-02-01

The glass samples were prepared according to the following formula: (100-x) B2O3 - x PbO, where x = 20-80 mol% by melt quenching method. The density of the prepared samples was measured and molar volume was calculated. IR spectra were measured for the prepared samples to investigate the glass structure. The IR spectra were deconvoluted using curves of Gaussian shape at approximately the same frequencies. The deconvoluted data were used to study the effect of PbO content on all the structural borate groups. Some structural parameters such as density, packing density, bond length and bond force constant were theoretically calculated and were compared to the obtained experimental results. Deviation between the experimental and theoretically calculated parameters reflects the dual role of PbO content on the network of borate glass.

Why feminism in public health?

PubMed

Hammarström, A

1999-12-01

The issues raised in this editorial and exemplified within a number of the studies reported in this issue indicate new directions for public health, directions which take feminist scholarship, both outside and within the medical framework, into account. The changing potential of feminist public health, as derived from the articles in this issue, can be summarised within the following issues: new research areas, positioning women as actors, development of theoretical frameworks, reflexive theory of science, interplay between sex and gender, gender-sensitive methods, diversities among women/men, pro-feminist research on men's health and using the results for change. Thus, feminist public health represents a shift towards the new public health, with holistic and multidisciplinary activities, based on theoretical pluralism, multiple perspectives and collective actions with the aim of improving the health of gender-subordinated groups.

Molecular structure and vibrational spectra of three substituted 4-thioflavones by density functional theory and ab initio Hartree-Fock calculations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Xiao-Hong; Liu, Xiang-Ru; Zhang, Xian-Zhou

2011-01-01

The vibrational frequencies of three substituted 4-thioflavones in the ground state have been calculated using the Hartree-Fock and density functional method (B3LYP) with 6-31G* and 6-31+G** basis sets. The structural analysis shows that there exists H-bonding in the selected compounds and the hydrogen bond lengths increase with the augment of the conjugate parameters of the substituent group on the benzene ring. A complete vibrational assignment aided by the theoretical harmonic wavenumber analysis was proposed. The theoretical spectrograms for FT-IR spectra of the title compounds have been constructed. In addition, it is noted that the selected compounds show significant activity against Shigella flexniri. Several electronic properties and thermodynamic parameters were also calculated.

Theoretical and experimental determination of L -shell decay rates, line widths, and fluorescence yields in Ge

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Guerra, M.; Sampaio, J. M.; Madeira, T. I.; Parente, F.; Indelicato, P.; Marques, J. P.; Santos, J. P.; Hoszowska, J.; Dousse, J.-Cl.; Loperetti, L.; Zeeshan, F.; Müller, M.; Unterumsberger, R.; Beckhoff, B.

2015-08-01

Fluorescence yields (FYs) for the Ge L shell were determined by a theoretical and two experimental groups within the framework of the International Initiative on X-Ray Fundamental Parameters Collaboration. Calculations were performed using the Dirac-Fock method, including relativistic and QED corrections. The experimental value of the L3FY ωL 3 was determined at the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt undulator beamline of the synchrotron radiation facility BESSY II in Berlin, Germany, and the L α1 ,2 and L β1 line widths were measured at the Swiss Light Source, Paul Scherrer Institute, Switzerland, using monochromatized synchrotron radiation and a von Hamos x-ray crystal spectrometer. The measured fluorescence yields and line widths are compared to the corresponding calculated values.

Cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol and method of making same

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hsu, L. C.; Sheibley, D. W.; Philipp, W. H. (Inventor)

1981-01-01

A film-forming polyvinyl alcohol polymer is mixed with a polyaldehyde-polysaccharide cross-linking agent having at least two monosaccharide units and a plurality of aldehyde groups per molecule, perferably an average of at least one aldehyde group per monosaccharide units. The cross-linking agent, such as a polydialdehyde starch, is used in an amount of about 2.5 to 20% of the theoretical amount required to cross-link all of the available hydroxyl groups of the polyvinyl alcohol polymer. Reaction between the polymer and cross-linking agent is effected in aqueous acidic solution to produce the cross-linked polymer. The polymer product has low electrical resistivity and other properties rendering it suitable for making separators for alkaline batteries.

[Therapeutic education didactic techniques].

PubMed

Valverde, Maite; Vidal, Mercè; Jansa, Margarida

2012-10-01

This article includes an introduction to the role of Therapeutic Education for Diabetes treatment according to the recommendations of the American Diabetes Association (ADA), the Diabetes Education Study Group (DESG) of the "European Association for Study of Diabetes (EASD) and the clinical Practice Guidelines (CPG) of the Spanish Ministry of Health. We analyze theoretical models and the differences between teaching vs. learning as well as current trends (including Internet), that can facilitate meaningful learning of people with diabetes and their families and relatives. We analyze the differences, similarities, advantages and disadvantages of individual and group education. Finally, we describe different educational techniques (metaplan, case method, brainstorming, role playing, games, seminars, autobiography, forums, chats,..) applicable to individual, group or virtual education and its application depending on the learning objective.

A Diagnostic Marker to Discriminate Childhood Apraxia of Speech From Speech Delay: III. Theoretical Coherence of the Pause Marker with Speech Processing Deficits in Childhood Apraxia of Speech

PubMed Central

Strand, Edythe A.; Fourakis, Marios; Jakielski, Kathy J.; Hall, Sheryl D.; Karlsson, Heather B.; Mabie, Heather L.; McSweeny, Jane L.; Tilkens, Christie M.; Wilson, David L.

2017-01-01

Purpose Previous articles in this supplement described rationale for and development of the pause marker (PM), a diagnostic marker of childhood apraxia of speech (CAS), and studies supporting its validity and reliability. The present article assesses the theoretical coherence of the PM with speech processing deficits in CAS. Method PM and other scores were obtained for 264 participants in 6 groups: CAS in idiopathic, neurogenetic, and complex neurodevelopmental disorders; adult-onset apraxia of speech (AAS) consequent to stroke and primary progressive apraxia of speech; and idiopathic speech delay. Results Participants with CAS and AAS had significantly lower scores than typically speaking reference participants and speech delay controls on measures posited to assess representational and transcoding processes. Representational deficits differed between CAS and AAS groups, with support for both underspecified linguistic representations and memory/access deficits in CAS, but for only the latter in AAS. CAS–AAS similarities in the age–sex standardized percentages of occurrence of the most frequent type of inappropriate pauses (abrupt) and significant differences in the standardized occurrence of appropriate pauses were consistent with speech processing findings. Conclusions Results support the hypotheses of core representational and transcoding speech processing deficits in CAS and theoretical coherence of the PM's pause-speech elements with these deficits. PMID:28384751

Efficient methods for overlapping group lasso.

PubMed

Yuan, Lei; Liu, Jun; Ye, Jieping

2013-09-01

The group Lasso is an extension of the Lasso for feature selection on (predefined) nonoverlapping groups of features. The nonoverlapping group structure limits its applicability in practice. There have been several recent attempts to study a more general formulation where groups of features are given, potentially with overlaps between the groups. The resulting optimization is, however, much more challenging to solve due to the group overlaps. In this paper, we consider the efficient optimization of the overlapping group Lasso penalized problem. We reveal several key properties of the proximal operator associated with the overlapping group Lasso, and compute the proximal operator by solving the smooth and convex dual problem, which allows the use of the gradient descent type of algorithms for the optimization. Our methods and theoretical results are then generalized to tackle the general overlapping group Lasso formulation based on the l(q) norm. We further extend our algorithm to solve a nonconvex overlapping group Lasso formulation based on the capped norm regularization, which reduces the estimation bias introduced by the convex penalty. We have performed empirical evaluations using both a synthetic and the breast cancer gene expression dataset, which consists of 8,141 genes organized into (overlapping) gene sets. Experimental results show that the proposed algorithm is more efficient than existing state-of-the-art algorithms. Results also demonstrate the effectiveness of the nonconvex formulation for overlapping group Lasso.

Extraction of guided wave dispersion curve in isotropic and anisotropic materials by Matrix Pencil method.

PubMed

Chang, C Y; Yuan, F G

2018-05-16

Guided wave dispersion curves in isotropic and anisotropic materials are extracted automatically from measured data by Matrix Pencil (MP) method investigating through k-t or x-ω domain with a broadband signal. A piezoelectric wafer emits a broadband excitation, linear chirp signal to generate guided waves in the plate. The propagating waves are measured at discrete locations along the lines for one-dimensional laser Doppler vibrometer (1-D LDV). Measurements are first Fourier transformed into either wavenumber-time k-t domain or space-frequency x-ω domain. MP method is then employed to extract the dispersion curves explicitly associated with different wave modes. In addition, the phase and group velocity are deduced by the relations between wavenumbers and frequencies. In this research, the inspections for dispersion relations on an aluminum plate by MP method from k-t or x-ω domain are demonstrated and compared with two-dimensional Fourier transform (2-D FFT). Other experiments on a thicker aluminum plate for higher modes and a composite plate are analyzed by MP method. Extracted relations of composite plate are confirmed by three-dimensional (3-D) theoretical curves computed numerically. The results explain that the MP method not only shows more accuracy for distinguishing the dispersion curves on isotropic material, but also obtains good agreements with theoretical curves on anisotropic and laminated materials. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A method of designing smartphone interface based on the extended user's mental model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhao, Wei; Li, Fengmin; Bian, Jiali; Pan, Juchen; Song, Song

2017-01-01

The user's mental model is the core guiding theory of product design, especially practical products. The essence of practical product is a tool which is used by users to meet their needs. Then, the most important feature of a tool is usability. The design method based on the user's mental model provides a series of practical and feasible theoretical guidance for improving the usability of the product according to the user's awareness of things. In this paper, we propose a method of designing smartphone interface based on the extended user's mental model according to further research on user groups. This approach achieves personalized customization of smartphone application interface and enhance application using efficiency.

Group III Acceptors with Shallow and Deep Levels in Silicon Carbide: ESR and ENDOR Studies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Il'in, I. V.; Uspenskaya, Yu. A.; Kramushchenko, D. D.; Muzafarova, M. V.; Soltamov, V. A.; Mokhov, E. N.; Baranov, P. G.

2018-04-01

Results of investigations of Group III acceptors (B, Al, and Ga) in crystals of silicon carbide using the most informative electron spin resonance and electron nuclear double resonance methods are presented. Structural models of the acceptors with shallow and deep levels are considered. In addition to the data obtained earlier, studies using high-frequency magnetic resonance were obtained, which allowed revealing orthorhombic deviations from the axial symmetry for the deep acceptors; theoretical analysis explains experimentally found shifts of g factors for the deep acceptors arising due to the orthorhombic deviations, which appear probably due to the Jahn-Teller effect.

Experimental study on slow flexural waves around the defect modes in a phononic crystal beam using fiber Bragg gratings

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chuang, Kuo-Chih; Zhang, Zhi-Qiang; Wang, Hua-Xin

2016-12-01

This work experimentally studies influences of the point defect modes on the group velocity of flexural waves in a phononic crystal Timoshenko beam. Using the transfer matrix method with a supercell technique, the band structures and the group velocities around the defect modes are theoretically obtained. Particularly, to demonstrate the existence of the localized defect modes inside the band gaps, a high-sensitivity fiber Bragg grating sensing system is set up and the displacement transmittance is measured. Slow propagation of flexural waves via defect coupling in the phononic crystal beam is then experimentally demonstrated with Hanning windowed tone burst excitations.

Being scientifical: Popularity, purpose and promotion of amateur research and investigation groups in the U.S

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hill, Sharon A.

21st century television and the Internet are awash in content regarding amateur paranormal investigators and research groups. These groups proliferated after reality investigation programs appeared on television. Exactly how many groups are active in the U.S. at any time is not known. The Internet provides an ideal means for people with niche interests to find each other and organize activities. This study collected information from 1000 websites of amateur research and investigation groups (ARIGs) to determine their location, area of inquiry, methodology and, particularly, to determine if they state that they use science as part of their mission, methods or goals. 57.3% of the ARIGs examined specifically noted or suggested use of science as part of the groups' approach to investigation and research. Even when not explicit, ARIGs often used science-like language, symbols and methods to describe their groups' views or activities. Yet, non-scientific and subjective methods were described as employed in conjunction with objective methods. Furthermore, what were considered scientific processes by ARIGs did not match with established methods and the ethos of the scientific research community or scientific processes of investigation. ARIGs failed to display fundamental understanding regarding objectivity, methodological naturalism, peer review, critical thought and theoretical plausibility. The processes of science appear to be mimicked to present a serious and credible reputation to the non-scientific public. These processes are also actively promoted in the media and directly to the local public as "scientific". These results highlight the gap between the scientific community and the lay public regarding the understanding of what it means to do science and what criteria are necessary to establish reliable knowledge about the world.

Perceived antecedents of emotional reactions in inter-ethnic relations.

PubMed

Dijker, A J; Koomen, W; van den Heuvel, H; Frijda, N H

1996-06-01

It is argued that the aspects of intergroup relations that potentially can arouse emotions in the perceiver are likely to become central and motivationally relevant elements of group stereotypes. Asking participants to report on the perceived antecedents of their emotional reactions to in-group and out-group members should therefore be an especially useful method to reveal the content of stereotypes. Native Dutch participants reported both the frequencies with which different emotions were felt in different intergroup relations and the perceived causes of these emotions. Analysis of self-reported antecedents of emotional reactions revealed that (a) despite a general in-group favourability bias, both the in-group and the two out-groups employed arouse different kinds of negative and positive emotions; and (b) differences in emotional reactions to the two out-groups are related to salient differences in perceived antecedents between these groups. Theoretical and practical implications of the present emphasis on the cognitive foundation of emotion in intergroup relations are discussed.

Share capitalism and worker wellbeing.

PubMed

Bryson, Alex; Clark, Andrew E; Freeman, Richard B; Green, Colin P

2016-10-01

We show that worker wellbeing is determined not only by the amount of compensation workers receive but also by how compensation is determined. While previous theoretical and empirical work has often been preoccupied with individual performance-related pay, we find that the receipt of a range of group-performance schemes (profit shares, group bonuses and share ownership) is associated with higher job satisfaction. This holds conditional on wage levels, so that pay methods are associated with greater job satisfaction in addition to that coming from higher wages. We use a variety of methods to control for unobserved individual and job-specific characteristics. We suggest that half of the share-capitalism effect is accounted for by employees reciprocating for the "gift"; we also show that share capitalism helps dampen the negative wellbeing effects of what we typically think of as "bad" aspects of job quality.

Involving High School Students in Computational Physics University Research: Theory Calculations of Toluene Adsorbed on Graphene

PubMed Central

Borck, Øyvind; Gunnarsson, Linda; Lydmark, Pär

2016-01-01

To increase public awareness of theoretical materials physics, a small group of high school students is invited to participate actively in a current research projects at Chalmers University of Technology. The Chalmers research group explores methods for filtrating hazardous and otherwise unwanted molecules from drinking water, for example by adsorption in active carbon filters. In this project, the students use graphene as an idealized model for active carbon, and estimate the energy of adsorption of the methylbenzene toluene on graphene with the help of the atomic-scale calculational method density functional theory. In this process the students develop an insight into applied quantum physics, a topic usually not taught at this educational level, and gain some experience with a couple of state-of-the-art calculational tools in materials research. PMID:27505418

Involving High School Students in Computational Physics University Research: Theory Calculations of Toluene Adsorbed on Graphene.

PubMed

Ericsson, Jonas; Husmark, Teodor; Mathiesen, Christoffer; Sepahvand, Benjamin; Borck, Øyvind; Gunnarsson, Linda; Lydmark, Pär; Schröder, Elsebeth

2016-01-01

To increase public awareness of theoretical materials physics, a small group of high school students is invited to participate actively in a current research projects at Chalmers University of Technology. The Chalmers research group explores methods for filtrating hazardous and otherwise unwanted molecules from drinking water, for example by adsorption in active carbon filters. In this project, the students use graphene as an idealized model for active carbon, and estimate the energy of adsorption of the methylbenzene toluene on graphene with the help of the atomic-scale calculational method density functional theory. In this process the students develop an insight into applied quantum physics, a topic usually not taught at this educational level, and gain some experience with a couple of state-of-the-art calculational tools in materials research.

¹J(CH) couplings in Group 14/IVA tetramethyls from the gas-phase NMR and DFT structural study: a search for the best computational protocol.

PubMed

Nazarski, Ryszard B; Makulski, Włodzimierz

2014-08-07

Four tetramethyl compounds EMe4 (E = C, Si, Ge, and Pb) were studied by high-resolution NMR spectroscopy in gaseous and liquid states at 300 K. Extrapolation of experimental vapor-phase C-H J-couplings to a zero-pressure limit permitted determining the (1)J(0,CH)s in methyl groups of their nearly isolated molecules. Theoretical predictions of the latter NMR parameters were also performed in a locally dense basis sets/pseudopotential (Sn, Pb) approach, by applying a few DFT methods pre-selected in calculations of other gas-phase molecular properties of all these species and SnMe4 (bond lengths, C-H stretching IR vibrations). A very good agreement theory vs. experiment was achieved with some computational protocols for all five systems. The trends observed in their geometry and associated coupling constants ((1)J(CH)s, (2)J(HH)s) are discussed and rationalized in terms of the substituent-induced rehybridization of the methyl group (treated as a ligand) carbon, by using Bent's rule and the newly proposed, theoretically derived values of the Mulliken electronegativity (χ) of related atoms and groups. All these χ data for the Group-14/IVA entities were under a lot of controversy for a very long time. As a result, the recommended χ values are semi-experimentally confirmed for the first time and only a small correction is suggested for χ(Ge) and χ(GeMe3).

Application-oriented computational studies on a series of D-π-A structured porphyrin sensitizers with different electron-donor groups.

PubMed

Fan, Chencheng; Zhang, Bao; Li, Yuanchao; Liang, Yuxia; Xue, Xiaodong; Feng, Yaqing

2015-11-11

A series of D-π-A zinc porphyrin sensitizers bearing a substituted iminodibenzyl group at the porphyrin meso position, which is expected to have different electron-donating abilities, were designed. Theoretical studies were performed to examine the photovoltaic properties of these molecules in dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSCs). In particular, the important concepts, the Fukui function and the extended condensed Fukui function, are employed to describe the electron-donating abilities accurately at the quantitative level. Tangui Le Bahers model was adopted to analyze charge transfer (CT) during electron transition. A correlation between the electron donating abilities of the derived iminodibenzyl group and CT was built to evaluate the cell performance based on sensitizers . The theoretical studies showed that porphyrins bearing an extremely strong electron-donating group (EDG) would fail in the generation of photocurrent in the closed circuit when applied in DSSCs due to the higher level of the HOMO energy than the redox potential of the redox couple (I(-)/I3(-)). The one with a weaker EDG () is expected to show better photovoltaic performance than porphyrin with an unsubstituted iminodibenzyl group. This study demonstrates a reliable method involving the employment of the Fukui function, the extended condensed Fukui function and the Tangui Le Bahers model for the evaluation of newly designed D-π-A type porphyrin sensitizers for use in DSSCs, and as guidance for future molecular design.

Synthesis of a mixed-valent tin nitride and considerations of its possible crystal structures

DOE PAGES

Caskey, Christopher M.; Holder, Aaron; Shulda, Sarah; ...

2016-04-12

Recent advances in theoretical structure prediction methods and high-throughput computational techniques are revolutionizing experimental discovery of the thermodynamically stable inorganic materials. Metastable materials represent a new frontier for these studies, since even simple binary non-ground state compounds of common elements may be awaiting discovery. However, there are significant research challenges related to non-equilibrium thin film synthesis and crystal structure predictions, such as small strained crystals in the experimental samples and energy minimization based theoretical algorithms. Here, we report on experimental synthesis and characterization, as well as theoretical first-principles calculations of a previously unreported mixed-valent binary tin nitride. Thin film experimentsmore » indicate that this novel material is N-deficient SnN with tin in the mixed ii/iv valence state and a small low-symmetry unit cell. Theoretical calculations suggest that the most likely crystal structure has the space group 2 (SG2) related to the distorted delafossite (SG166), which is nearly 0.1 eV/atom above the ground state SnN polymorph. Furthermore, this observation is rationalized by the structural similarity of the SnN distorted delafossite to the chemically related Sn 3N 4 spinel compound, which provides a fresh scientific insight into the reasons for growth of polymorphs of metastable materials. In addition to reporting on the discovery of the simple binary SnN compound, this paper illustrates a possible way of combining a wide range of advanced characterization techniques with the first-principle property calculation methods, to elucidate the most likely crystal structure of the previously unreported metastable materials.« less

Synthesis of a mixed-valent tin nitride and considerations of its possible crystal structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Caskey, Christopher M.; Holder, Aaron; Shulda, Sarah; Christensen, Steven T.; Diercks, David; Schwartz, Craig P.; Biagioni, David; Nordlund, Dennis; Kukliansky, Alon; Natan, Amir; Prendergast, David; Orvananos, Bernardo; Sun, Wenhao; Zhang, Xiuwen; Ceder, Gerbrand; Ginley, David S.; Tumas, William; Perkins, John D.; Stevanovic, Vladan; Pylypenko, Svitlana; Lany, Stephan; Richards, Ryan M.; Zakutayev, Andriy

2016-04-01

Recent advances in theoretical structure prediction methods and high-throughput computational techniques are revolutionizing experimental discovery of the thermodynamically stable inorganic materials. Metastable materials represent a new frontier for these studies, since even simple binary non-ground state compounds of common elements may be awaiting discovery. However, there are significant research challenges related to non-equilibrium thin film synthesis and crystal structure predictions, such as small strained crystals in the experimental samples and energy minimization based theoretical algorithms. Here, we report on experimental synthesis and characterization, as well as theoretical first-principles calculations of a previously unreported mixed-valent binary tin nitride. Thin film experiments indicate that this novel material is N-deficient SnN with tin in the mixed ii/iv valence state and a small low-symmetry unit cell. Theoretical calculations suggest that the most likely crystal structure has the space group 2 (SG2) related to the distorted delafossite (SG166), which is nearly 0.1 eV/atom above the ground state SnN polymorph. This observation is rationalized by the structural similarity of the SnN distorted delafossite to the chemically related Sn3N4 spinel compound, which provides a fresh scientific insight into the reasons for growth of polymorphs of metastable materials. In addition to reporting on the discovery of the simple binary SnN compound, this paper illustrates a possible way of combining a wide range of advanced characterization techniques with the first-principle property calculation methods, to elucidate the most likely crystal structure of the previously unreported metastable materials.

Synthesis of a mixed-valent tin nitride and considerations of its possible crystal structures.

PubMed

Caskey, Christopher M; Holder, Aaron; Shulda, Sarah; Christensen, Steven T; Diercks, David; Schwartz, Craig P; Biagioni, David; Nordlund, Dennis; Kukliansky, Alon; Natan, Amir; Prendergast, David; Orvananos, Bernardo; Sun, Wenhao; Zhang, Xiuwen; Ceder, Gerbrand; Ginley, David S; Tumas, William; Perkins, John D; Stevanovic, Vladan; Pylypenko, Svitlana; Lany, Stephan; Richards, Ryan M; Zakutayev, Andriy

2016-04-14

Recent advances in theoretical structure prediction methods and high-throughput computational techniques are revolutionizing experimental discovery of the thermodynamically stable inorganic materials. Metastable materials represent a new frontier for these studies, since even simple binary non-ground state compounds of common elements may be awaiting discovery. However, there are significant research challenges related to non-equilibrium thin film synthesis and crystal structure predictions, such as small strained crystals in the experimental samples and energy minimization based theoretical algorithms. Here, we report on experimental synthesis and characterization, as well as theoretical first-principles calculations of a previously unreported mixed-valent binary tin nitride. Thin film experiments indicate that this novel material is N-deficient SnN with tin in the mixed ii/iv valence state and a small low-symmetry unit cell. Theoretical calculations suggest that the most likely crystal structure has the space group 2 (SG2) related to the distorted delafossite (SG166), which is nearly 0.1 eV/atom above the ground state SnN polymorph. This observation is rationalized by the structural similarity of the SnN distorted delafossite to the chemically related Sn3N4 spinel compound, which provides a fresh scientific insight into the reasons for growth of polymorphs of metastable materials. In addition to reporting on the discovery of the simple binary SnN compound, this paper illustrates a possible way of combining a wide range of advanced characterization techniques with the first-principle property calculation methods, to elucidate the most likely crystal structure of the previously unreported metastable materials.

Synthesis of a mixed-valent tin nitride and considerations of its possible crystal structures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Caskey, Christopher M.; Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado 80401; Larix Chemical Science, Golden, Colorado 80401

2016-04-14

Recent advances in theoretical structure prediction methods and high-throughput computational techniques are revolutionizing experimental discovery of the thermodynamically stable inorganic materials. Metastable materials represent a new frontier for these studies, since even simple binary non-ground state compounds of common elements may be awaiting discovery. However, there are significant research challenges related to non-equilibrium thin film synthesis and crystal structure predictions, such as small strained crystals in the experimental samples and energy minimization based theoretical algorithms. Here, we report on experimental synthesis and characterization, as well as theoretical first-principles calculations of a previously unreported mixed-valent binary tin nitride. Thin film experimentsmore » indicate that this novel material is N-deficient SnN with tin in the mixed II/IV valence state and a small low-symmetry unit cell. Theoretical calculations suggest that the most likely crystal structure has the space group 2 (SG2) related to the distorted delafossite (SG166), which is nearly 0.1 eV/atom above the ground state SnN polymorph. This observation is rationalized by the structural similarity of the SnN distorted delafossite to the chemically related Sn{sub 3}N{sub 4} spinel compound, which provides a fresh scientific insight into the reasons for growth of polymorphs of metastable materials. In addition to reporting on the discovery of the simple binary SnN compound, this paper illustrates a possible way of combining a wide range of advanced characterization techniques with the first-principle property calculation methods, to elucidate the most likely crystal structure of the previously unreported metastable materials.« less

Ferrotoroidial propertiesof Non-Crystallographic Pointgroups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sireesha, G.; Devi, S. Uma; Yamini Sankar, CH.

2017-08-01

Primary ferroic crystals are the crystals with domain states that are distinguished by properties like spontaneous magnetization, strain, or polarisation. Secondary ferroic crystals are the crystals with domain states that are distinguished by piezoelectric tensor and they are named as Ferromagnetotoroidic (eV2), Ferromagnetoelastic (aeV [V2]) crystals respectively. Here “e” denotes zero rank tensor that changes under spatial inversion, “a” denotes zero rank tensor that changes under time inversion, and “V” denotes a polar vector. Recent observations (Van Aken et al., 2007) identified the fourth type of primary ferroic crystals, a ferrotoroidic crystal with domains distinguished by a toroidial moment. The number of independent constants of quasi crystals is theoretically derived by Wenge Yang et al., (1995). He also formulated the number of independent components of any physical property tensor of quasi crystals using group representation theory. This paper accounts the effect of symmetry on some ferrotoroidial properties of quasi Crystals with 5-fold, 8-fold, 10-fold and 12-fold symmetries using group theoretical methods. Also the number of independent constants is calculated and tabulated that helps in describing the ferrotoroidial properties.

Conformational, structural, vibrational and quantum chemical analysis on 4-aminobenzohydrazide and 4-hydroxybenzohydrazide--a comparative study.

PubMed

Arjunan, V; Jayaprakash, A; Carthigayan, K; Periandy, S; Mohan, S

2013-05-01

Experimental and theoretical quantum chemical studies were carried out on 4-hydroxybenzohydrazide (4HBH) and 4-aminobenzohydrazide (4ABH) using FTIR and FT-Raman spectral data. The structural characteristics and vibrational spectroscopic analysis were carried performed by quantum chemical methods with the hybrid exchange-correlation functional B3LYP using 6-31G(**), 6-311++G(**) and aug-cc-pVDZ basis sets. The most stable conformer of the title compounds have been determined from the analysis of potential energy surface. The stable molecular geometries, electronic and thermodynamic parameters, IR intensities, harmonic vibrational frequencies, depolarisation ratio and Raman intensities have been computed. Molecular electrostatic potential and frontier molecular orbitals were constructed to understand the electronic properties. The potential energy distributions (PEDs) were calculated to explain the mixing of fundamental modes. The theoretical geometrical parameters and the fundamental frequencies were compared with the experimental. The interactions of hydroxy and amino group substitutions on the characteristic vibrations of the ring and hydrazide group have been analysed. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A descriptive review on methods to prioritize outcomes in a health care context.

PubMed

Janssen, Inger M; Gerhardus, Ansgar; Schröer-Günther, Milly A; Scheibler, Fülöp

2015-12-01

Evidence synthesis has seen major methodological advances in reducing uncertainty and estimating the sizes of the effects. Much less is known about how to assess the relative value of different outcomes. To identify studies that assessed preferences for outcomes in health conditions. we searched MEDLINE, EMBASE, PsycINFO and the Cochrane Library in February 2014. eligible studies investigated preferences of patients, family members, the general population or healthcare professionals for health outcomes. The intention of this review was to include studies which focus on theoretical alternatives; studies which assessed preferences for distinct treatments were excluded. study characteristics as study objective, health condition, participants, elicitation method, and outcomes assessed in the study were extracted. One hundred and twenty-four studies were identified and categorized into four groups: (1) multi criteria decision analysis (MCDA) (n = 71), (2) rating or ranking (n = 25), (3) utility eliciting (n = 5) and (4) studies comparing different methods (n = 23). The number of outcomes assessed by method group varied. The comparison of different methods or subgroups within one study often resulted in different hierarchies of outcomes. A dominant method most suitable for application in evidence syntheses was not identified. As preferences of patients differ from those of other stakeholders (especially medical professionals), the choice of the group to be questioned is consequential. Further research needs to focus on validity and applicability of the identified methods. © 2014 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Theorising Teaching and Learning: Pre-Service Teachers' Theoretical Awareness of Learning

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Brante, Göran; Holmqvist Olander, Mona; Holmquist, Per-Ola; Palla, Marta

2015-01-01

We examine pre-service teachers' theoretical learning during one five-week training module, and their educators' learning about better lecture design to foster student learning. The study is iterative: interventions (one per group) were implemented sequentially in student groups A-C, the results of the previous intervention serving as the baseline…

Sweat Therapy Theory, Practice, and Efficacy

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Eason, Allen; Colmant, Stephen; Winterowd, Carrie

2009-01-01

The purpose of this article is to examine the potential application of sweat rituals to group counseling, adventure therapy, and other forms of group work by describing a theoretical model for how sweat rituals work and presenting the results of a randomized comparative outcome study on the efficacy of sweat therapy. The theoretical model proposes…

The Importance of Bonding to School for Healthy Development: Findings from the Social Development Research Group

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Catalano, Richard F.; Haggerty, Kevin P.; Oesterle, Sabrina; Fleming, Charles B.; Hawkins, J. David

2004-01-01

This paper summarizes investigations of school connectedness completed by the Social Development Research Group in two longitudinal studies, the Seattle Social Development Project and Raising Healthy Children. The theoretical importance of school connectedness, empirical support for the theoretical propositions of the impact of school…

Site-specific equilibrium isotopic fractionation of oxygen, carbon and calcium in apatite

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aufort, Julie; Ségalen, Loïc; Gervais, Christel; Paulatto, Lorenzo; Blanchard, Marc; Balan, Etienne

2017-12-01

The stable isotope composition of biogenic apatite is an important geochemical marker that can record environmental parameters and is widely used to infer past climates, biomineralization processes, dietary preferences and habitat of vertebrates. In this study, theoretical equilibrium isotopic fractionation of oxygen, carbon and calcium in hydroxyapatite and carbonate-bearing hydroxyapatite is investigated using first-principles methods based on density-functional theory and compared to the theoretical isotopic fractionation properties of calcite, CO2 and H2O. Considering the variability of apatite crystal-chemistry, special attention is given to specific contributions of crystal sites to isotopic fractionation. Significant internal fractionation is calculated for oxygen and carbon isotopes in CO3 between the different structural sites occupied by carbonate groups in apatite (typically 7‰ for both 18O/16O and 13C/12C fractionation at 37 °C). Compared with calcite-water oxygen isotope fractionation, occurrence of A-type substitution in apatite structure, in addition to the main B-type substitution, could explain the larger temperature dependence of oxygen isotope fractionation measured at low temperature between carbonate in apatite and water. Theoretical internal fractionation of oxygen isotopes between carbonate and phosphate in B-type carbonated apatite (∼8‰ at 37 °C) is consistent with experimental values obtained from modern and well-preserved fossil bio-apatites. Concerning calcium, theoretical results suggest a small fractionation between apatite and calcite (-0.17‰ at 37 °C). Internal fractionation reaching 0.8‰ at 37 °C occurs between the two Ca sites in hydroxyapatite. Furthermore, the Ca isotopic fractionation properties of apatite are affected by the occurrence of carbonate groups, which could contribute to the variability observed on natural samples. Owing to the complexity of apatite crystal-chemistry and in light of the theoretical results, measurements of site-specific isotopic fractionation properties could improve our understanding and the interpretation of isotopic records in apatites.

Common Processes in Evidence-Based Adolescent HIV Prevention Programs

PubMed Central

Ingram, Barbara L.; Flannery, Diane; Elkavich, Amy

2014-01-01

Dissemination of evidence-based HIV prevention programs for adolescents will be increased if community interventionists are able to distinguish core, essential program elements from optional, discretionary ones. We selected five successful adolescent HIV prevention programs, used a qualitative coding method to identify common processes described in the procedural manuals, and then compared the programs. Nineteen common processes were categorized as structural features, group management strategies, competence building, and addressing developmental challenges of adolescence. All programs shared the same structural features (goal-setting and session agendas), used an active engagement style of group management, and built cognitive competence. Programs varied in attention to developmental challenges, emphasis on behavioral and emotional competence, and group management methods. This qualitative analysis demonstrated that successful HIV programs contain processes not articulated in their developers’ theoretical models. By moving from the concrete specifics of branded interventions to identification of core, common processes, we are consistent with the progress of “common factors” research in psychotherapy. PMID:18330687

Violation of Bell inequalities for arbitrary-dimensional bipartite systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yang, Yanmin; Zheng, Zhu-Jun

2018-01-01

In this paper, we consider the violation of Bell inequalities for quantum system C^K⊗ C^K (integer K≥2) with group theoretical method. For general M possible measurements, and each measurement with K outcomes, the Bell inequalities based on the choice of two orbits are derived. When the observables are much enough, the quantum bounds are only dependent on M and approximate to the classical bounds. Moreover, the corresponding nonlocal games with two different scenarios are analyzed.

Desynchronization of stochastically synchronized chemical oscillators

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Snari, Razan; Tinsley, Mark R., E-mail: mark.tinsley@mail.wvu.edu, E-mail: kshowalt@wvu.edu; Faramarzi, Sadegh

Experimental and theoretical studies are presented on the design of perturbations that enhance desynchronization in populations of oscillators that are synchronized by periodic entrainment. A phase reduction approach is used to determine optimal perturbation timing based upon experimentally measured phase response curves. The effectiveness of the perturbation waveforms is tested experimentally in populations of periodically and stochastically synchronized chemical oscillators. The relevance of the approach to therapeutic methods for disrupting phase coherence in groups of stochastically synchronized neuronal oscillators is discussed.

Group theoretical symmetries and generalized Bäcklund transformations for integrable systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Haak, Guido

1994-05-01

A notion of symmetry for 1+1-dimensional integrable systems is presented which is consistent with their group theoretic description. It is shown how a group symmetry may be used together with a dynamical reduction to produce new generalizations of the Bäcklund transformation for the Korteweg-de Vries equation to its SL(n,C) generalization. An additional application to the relativistic invariance of the Leznov-Saveliev systems is given.

Intramolecular allyl transfer reaction from allyl ether to aldehyde groups: experimental and theoretical studies.

PubMed

Franco, Delphine; Wenger, Karine; Antonczak, Serge; Cabrol-Bass, Daniel; Duñach, Elisabet; Rocamora, Mercè; Gomez, Montserrat; Muller, Guillermo

2002-02-02

The intramolecular transfer of the allyl group of functionalized allyl aryl ethers to an aldehyde group in the presence of Ni0 complexes was studied from chemical, electrochemical and theoretical points of view. The chemical reaction involves the addition of Ni0 to the allyl ether followed by stoichiometric allylation. The electrochemical process is catalytic in nickel and involves the reduction of intermediate eta3-allylnickel(II) complexes.

Explaining ecological clusters of maternal depression in South Western Sydney

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background The aim of the qualitative study reported here was to: 1) explain the observed clustering of postnatal depressive symptoms in South Western Sydney; and 2) identify group-level mechanisms that would add to our understanding of the social determinants of maternal depression. Methods Critical realism provided the methodological underpinning for the study. The setting was four local government areas in South Western Sydney, Australia. Child and Family practitioners and mothers in naturally occurring mothers groups were interviewed. Results Using an open coding approach to maximise emergence of patterns and relationships we have identified seven theoretical concepts that might explain the observed spatial clustering of maternal depression. The theoretical concepts identified were: Community-level social networks; Social Capital and Social Cohesion; "Depressed community"; Access to services at the group level; Ethnic segregation and diversity; Supportive social policy; and Big business. Conclusions We postulate that these regional structural, economic, social and cultural mechanisms partially explain the pattern of maternal depression observed in families and communities within South Western Sydney. We further observe that powerful global economic and political forces are having an impact on the local situation. The challenge for policy and practice is to support mothers and their families within this adverse regional and global-economic context. PMID:24460690

Focus group interview: an underutilized research technique for improving theory and practice in health education.

PubMed

Basch, C E

1987-01-01

The purpose of this article is to increase awareness about and stimulate interest in using focus group interviews, a qualitative research technique, to advance the state-of-the-art of education and learning about health. After a brief discussion of small group process in health education, features of focus group interviews are presented, and a theoretical framework for planning a focus group study is summarized. Then, literature describing traditional and health-related applications of focus group interviews is reviewed and a synthesis of methodological limitations and advantages of this technique is presented. Implications are discussed regarding: need for more inductive qualitative research in health education; utility of focus group interviews for research and for formative and summative evaluation of health education programs; applicability of marketing research to understanding and influencing consumer behavior, despite notable distinctions between educational initiatives and marketing; and need for professional preparation faculty to consider increasing emphasis on qualitative research methods.

Spectrophotometric and theoretical studies of the protonation of Allura Red AC and Ponceau 4R

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bevziuk, Kateryna; Chebotarev, Alexander; Snigur, Denys; Bazel, Yaroslav; Fizer, Maksym; Sidey, Vasyl

2017-09-01

The acid-base properties of Allura Red AC and Ponceau 4R azo dyes were investigated by spectrophotometric, potentiometric and tristimulus colourimetry methods. Ionization constants of the functional groups were also found in aqueous solutions of the dyes. It was discovered that the wavelength of the maximum light absorption of Allura Red AC and Ponceau 4R solutions does not change significantly over a wide pH range. As a result, spectrophotometric methods yield little information for assessing the acid-base properties of the dyes. It was shown with a help of the tristimulus colourimetry method that it is possible to determine the ionization constants of the functional groups of the dyes even when there is significant overlap of the absorption bands of the acid-base forms. The basic spectrophotometric characteristics of the main forms of Allura Red AC and Ponceau 4R in water and organic solvents were calculated. The molar absorbance coefficients of azo forms were shown to increase as the dielectric permittivity of the solvent increases. It was determined that in aqueous solution the dyes exist in the azo form over a wide range of acidity - pH 2-12 for Allura Red AC (λmax = 505 nm; ελ = 3.1·104 dm3 mol-1 cm-1) and 1-13 for Ponceau 4R (λmax = 510 nm; ελ = 1.7·10-4 dm3 mol-1 cm-1). The most probable protonation/deprotonation schemes were theoretically determined for Allura Red AC and Ponceau 4R using DFT calculations.

Experimental and theoretical IR and Raman spectra of picolinic, nicotinic and isonicotinic acids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Koczoń, P.; Dobrowolski, J. Cz.; Lewandowski, W.; Mazurek, A. P.

2003-07-01

The experimental and theoretical (B3PW91/6-311++G**) vibrational (IR and Raman) spectra of picolinic, nicotinic and isonicotinic acids (pyridine-2-, -3-, and -4-carboxylic acid, respectively) were studied. Three stable calculated structures were found for picolinic acid: the structure with intramolecular hydrogen COOH⋯N bond, and the two without hydrogen bond. For the nicotinic acid two stable theoretical structures differ in orientation of the COOH group with respect to the nitrogen atom, whereas for the isonicotinic acid only one form was stable. The theoretical vibrational spectra of the three acids were interpreted by means of potential energy distributions (PEDs) using VEDA 3 program. Next, selected experimental bands were assigned based on the scaled theoretical wavenumbers. Finally, the wavenumbers and intensities for the three isomeric acids were compared and discussed in terms of location of the carboxylic group.

Group Psychotherapy in Italy.

PubMed

Giannone, Francesca; Giordano, Cecilia; Di Blasi, Maria

2015-10-01

This article describes the history and the prevailing orientations of group psychotherapy in Italy (psychoanalytically oriented, psychodrama, CBT groups) and particularly group analysis. Provided free of charge by the Italian health system, group psychotherapy is growing, but its expansion is patchy. The main pathways of Italian training in the different group psychotherapy orientations are also presented. Clinical-theoretical elaboration on self development, psychopathology related to group experiences, and the methodological attention paid to objectives and methods in different clinical groups are issues related to group therapy in Italy. Difficulties in the relationship between research and clinical practice are discussed, as well as the empirical research network that tries to bridge the gap between research and clinical work in group psychotherapy. The economic crisis in Italy has led to massive cuts in health care and to an increasing demand for some forms of psychological treatment. For these reasons, and because of its positive cost-benefit ratio, group psychotherapy is now considered an important tool in the national health care system to expand the clinical response to different forms of psychological distress.

Josh Frieman elected to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences | News

Science.gov Websites

Academy of Arts and Sciences April 20, 2016 icon icon icon Josh Frieman, director of the Dark Energy Survey and member of the Fermilab Theoretical Astrophysics Group. Josh Frieman, director of the Dark Dark Energy Survey and a member of the Fermilab Theoretical Astrophysics Group, was elected to the

Design and feasibility testing of a novel group intervention for young women who binge drink in groups

PubMed Central

Crombie, Iain K.; Swanson, Vivien; Dimova, Elena D.; Melson, Ambrose J.; Fraser, Tracey M.; Barbour, Rosaline; Rice, Peter M.; Allan, Sheila

2018-01-01

Background Young women frequently drink alcohol in groups and binge drinking within these natural drinking groups is common. This study describes the design of a theoretically and empirically based group intervention to reduce binge drinking among young women. It also evaluates their engagement with the intervention and the acceptability of the study methods. Methods Friendship groups of women aged 18–35 years, who had two or more episodes of binge drinking (>6 UK units on one occasion; 48g of alcohol) in the previous 30 days, were recruited from the community. A face-to-face group intervention, based on the Health Action Process Approach, was delivered over three sessions. Components of the intervention were woven around fun activities, such as making alcohol free cocktails. Women were followed up four months after the intervention was delivered. Results The target of 24 groups (comprising 97 women) was recruited. The common pattern of drinking was infrequent, heavy drinking (mean consumption on the heaviest drinking day was UK 18.1 units). Process evaluation revealed that the intervention was delivered with high fidelity and acceptability of the study methods was high. The women engaged positively with intervention components and made group decisions about cutting down. Twenty two groups set goals to reduce their drinking, and these were translated into action plans. Retention of individuals at follow up was 87%. Conclusions This study successfully recruited groups of young women whose patterns of drinking place them at high risk of acute harm. This novel approach to delivering an alcohol intervention has potential to reduce binge drinking among young women. The high levels of engagement with key steps in the behavior change process suggests that the group intervention should be tested in a full randomised controlled trial. PMID:29494683

Carbon dioxide capture using covalent organic frameworks (COFs) type material-a theoretical investigation.

PubMed

Dash, Bibek

2018-04-26

The present work deals with a density functional theory (DFT) study of porous organic framework materials containing - groups for CO 2 capture. In this study, first principle calculations were performed for CO 2 adsorption using N-containing covalent organic framework (COFs) models. Ab initio and DFT-based methods were used to characterize the N-containing porous model system based on their interaction energies upon complexing with CO 2 and nitrogen gas. Binding energies (BEs) of CO 2 and N 2 molecules with the polymer framework were calculated with DFT methods. Hybrid B3LYP and second order MP2 methods combined with of Pople 6-31G(d,p) and correlation consistent basis sets cc-pVDZ, cc-pVTZ and aug-ccVDZ were used to calculate BEs. The effect of linker groups in the designed covalent organic framework model system on the CO 2 and N 2 interactions was studied using quantum calculations.

Extension of the validation of AOAC Official Method 2005.06 for dc-GTX2,3: interlaboratory study.

PubMed

Ben-Gigirey, Begoña; Rodríguez-Velasco, María L; Gago-Martínez, Ana

2012-01-01

AOAC Official Method(SM) 2005.06 for the determination of saxitoxin (STX)-group toxins in shellfish by LC with fluorescence detection with precolumn oxidation was previously validated and adopted First Action following a collaborative study. However, the method was not validated for all key STX-group toxins, and procedures to quantify some of them were not provided. With more STX-group toxin standards commercially available and modifications to procedures, it was possible to overcome some of these difficulties. The European Union Reference Laboratory for Marine Biotoxins conducted an interlaboratory exercise to extend AOAC Official Method 2005.06 validation for dc-GTX2,3 and to compile precision data for several STX-group toxins. This paper reports the study design and the results obtained. The performance characteristics for dc-GTX2,3 (intralaboratory and interlaboratory precision, recovery, and theoretical quantification limit) were evaluated. The mean recoveries obtained for dc-GTX2,3 were, in general, low (53.1-58.6%). The RSD for reproducibility (RSD(r)%) for dc-GTX2,3 in all samples ranged from 28.2 to 45.7%, and HorRat values ranged from 1.5 to 2.8. The article also describes a hydrolysis protocol to convert GTX6 to NEO, which has been proven to be useful for the quantification of GTX6 while the GTX6 standard is not available. The performance of the participant laboratories in the application of this method was compared with that obtained from the original collaborative study of the method. Intralaboratory and interlaboratory precision data for several STX-group toxins, including dc-NEO and GTX6, are reported here. This study can be useful for those laboratories determining STX-group toxins to fully implement AOAC Official Method 2005.06 for official paralytic shellfish poisoning control. However the overall quantitative performance obtained with the method was poor for certain toxins.

Pseudoracemic amino acid complexes: blind predictions for flexible two-component crystals.

PubMed

Görbitz, Carl Henrik; Dalhus, Bjørn; Day, Graeme M

2010-08-14

Ab initio prediction of the crystal packing in complexes between two flexible molecules is a particularly challenging computational chemistry problem. In this work we present results of single crystal structure determinations as well as theoretical predictions for three 1 ratio 1 complexes between hydrophobic l- and d-amino acids (pseudoracemates), known from previous crystallographic work to form structures with one of two alternative hydrogen bonding arrangements. These are accurately reproduced in the theoretical predictions together with a series of patterns that have never been observed experimentally. In this bewildering forest of potential polymorphs, hydrogen bonding arrangements and molecular conformations, the theoretical predictions succeeded, for all three complexes, in finding the correct hydrogen bonding pattern. For two of the complexes, the calculations also reproduce the exact space group and side chain orientations in the best ranked predicted structure. This includes one complex for which the observed crystal packing clearly contradicted previous experience based on experimental data for a substantial number of related amino acid complexes. The results highlight the significant recent advances that have been made in computational methods for crystal structure prediction.

Exploring the Dominant Discourse of Baccalaureate Nursing Education in Iran

PubMed Central

Yazdannik, Ahmadreza; Yousefy, Alireza; Mohammadi, Sepideh

2017-01-01

Introduction: Understanding how academic dominant discourse is implicated in the shaping of nursing identity, professional aspirations and socialization of nursing students is useful as it can lead to strategies that promote nursing profession. Materials and Methods: This is a qualitative research conducted through discourse analysis approach. Semi-structured interviews, focus group, and direct observation of undergraduate theoretical and clinical courses were used to collect the data. Participants were 71 nursing students, 20 nursing educators, and 5 nursing board staffs from five universities in Iran. Results: Data analysis resulted in the development of four main themes that represent essential discourses of nursing education. The discourses explored are theoretical and scientific nursing, domination of biomedical paradigm, caring as an empty signifier, and more than expected role of research in nursing education discourse. Conclusions: The results indicated that academics attempt to define itself based on “scientific knowledge” and faculties seek to socialize students by emphasizing the scientific/theoretical basis of nursing and research, with the dominance of biomedical discourse. It fails to conceptually grasp the reality of nursing practice, and the result is an untested and impoverished theoretical discourse. The analysis highlights the need for the formation of a strong and new discourse, which contains articulation of signifiers extracted from the nature of the profession. PMID:28382053

Computation of pH-Dependent Binding Free Energies

PubMed Central

Kim, M. Olivia; McCammon, J. Andrew

2015-01-01

Protein-ligand binding accompanies changes in the surrounding electrostatic environments of the two binding partners and may lead to changes in protonation upon binding. In cases where the complex formation results in a net transfer of protons, the binding process is pH-dependent. However, conventional free energy computations or molecular docking protocols typically employ fixed protonation states for the titratable groups in both binding partners set a priori, which are identical for the free and bound states. In this review, we draw attention to these important yet largely ignored binding-induced protonation changes in protein-ligand association by outlining physical origins and prevalence of the protonation changes upon binding. Following a summary of various theoretical methods for pKa prediction, we discuss the theoretical framework to examine the pH dependence of protein-ligand binding processes. PMID:26202905

Raman scattering in crystals

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Edwards, D.F.

1988-09-30

A tutorial presentation is given of Raman scattering in crystals. The physical concepts are emphasized rather than the detailed mathematical formalism. Starting with an introduction to the concepts of phonons and conservation laws, the effects of photon-phonon interactions are presented. This interaction concept is shown for a simple cubic crystal and is extended to a uniaxial crystal. The correlation table method is used for determining the number and symmetry of the Raman active modes. Finally, examples are given to illustrate the relative ease of using this group theoretical method and the predictions are compared with measured Raman spectra. 37 refs.,more » 17 figs., 6 tabs.« less

Robust d -wave pairing symmetry in multiorbital cobalt high-temperature superconductors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Yinxiang; Han, Xinloong; Qin, Shengshan; Le, Congcong; Wang, Qiang-Hua; Hu, Jiangping

2017-07-01

The pairing symmetry of the cobalt high-temperature (high-Tc) superconductors formed by vertex-shared cation-anion tetrahedral complexes is studied by the methods of mean-field, random phase approximation (RPA), and functional renormalization-group (FRG) analyses. The results of all of these methods show that the dx2-y2 pairing symmetry is robustly favored near half filling. The RPA and FRG methods, which are valid in weak-interaction regions, predict that the superconducting state is also strongly orbital selective, namely, the dx2-y2 orbital that has the largest density near half filling among the three t2 g orbitals dominates superconducting pairing. These results suggest that these materials, if synthesized, can provide an indisputable test of the high-Tc pairing mechanism and the validity of different theoretical methods.

Health Professionals' Explanations of Suicidal Behaviour: Effects of Professional Group, Theoretical Intervention Model, and Patient Suicide Experience.

PubMed

Rothes, Inês Areal; Henriques, Margarida Rangel

2017-12-01

In a help relation with a suicidal person, the theoretical models of suicidality can be essential to guide the health professional's comprehension of the client/patient. The objectives of this study were to identify health professionals' explanations of suicidal behaviors and to study the effects of professional group, theoretical intervention models, and patient suicide experience in professionals' representations. Two hundred and forty-two health professionals filled out a self-report questionnaire. Exploratory principal components analysis was used. Five explanatory models were identified: psychological suffering, affective cognitive, sociocommunicational, adverse life events, and psychopathological. Results indicated that the psychological suffering and psychopathological models were the most valued by the professionals, while the sociocommunicational was seen as the least likely to explain suicidal behavior. Differences between professional groups were found. We concluded that training and reflection on theoretical models in general and in communicative issues in particular are needed in the education of health professionals.

When the Mannequin Dies, Creation and Exploration of a Theoretical Framework Using a Mixed Methods Approach.

PubMed

Tripathy, Shreepada; Miller, Karen H; Berkenbosch, John W; McKinley, Tara F; Boland, Kimberly A; Brown, Seth A; Calhoun, Aaron W

2016-06-01

Controversy exists in the simulation community as to the emotional and educational ramifications of mannequin death due to learner action or inaction. No theoretical framework to guide future investigations of learner actions currently exists. The purpose of our study was to generate a model of the learner experience of mannequin death using a mixed methods approach. The study consisted of an initial focus group phase composed of 11 learners who had previously experienced mannequin death due to action or inaction on the part of learners as defined by Leighton (Clin Simul Nurs. 2009;5(2):e59-e62). Transcripts were analyzed using grounded theory to generate a list of relevant themes that were further organized into a theoretical framework. With the use of this framework, a survey was generated and distributed to additional learners who had experienced mannequin death due to action or inaction. Results were analyzed using a mixed methods approach. Forty-one clinicians completed the survey. A correlation was found between the emotional experience of mannequin death and degree of presession anxiety (P < 0.001). Debriefing was found to significantly reduce negative emotion and enhance satisfaction. Sixty-nine percent of respondents indicated that mannequin death enhanced learning. These results were used to modify our framework. Using the previous approach, we created a model of the effect of mannequin death on the educational and psychological state of learners. We offer the final model as a guide to future research regarding the learner experience of mannequin death.

New ideas for teaching electrocardiogram interpretation and improving classroom teaching content.

PubMed

Zeng, Rui; Yue, Rong-Zheng; Tan, Chun-Yu; Wang, Qin; Kuang, Pu; Tian, Pan-Wen; Zuo, Chuan

2015-01-01

Interpreting an electrocardiogram (ECG) is not only one of the most important parts of diagnostics but also one of the most difficult areas to teach. Owing to the abstract nature of the basic theoretical knowledge of the ECG, its scattered characteristics, and tedious and difficult-to-remember subject matter, teaching how to interpret ECGs is as difficult for teachers to teach as it is for students to learn. In order to enable medical students to master basic knowledge of ECG interpretation skills in a limited teaching time, we modified the content used for traditional ECG teaching and now propose a new ECG teaching method called the "graphics-sequence memory method." A prospective randomized controlled study was designed to measure the actual effectiveness of ECG learning by students. Two hundred students were randomly placed under a traditional teaching group and an innovative teaching group, with 100 participants in each group. The teachers in the traditional teaching group utilized the traditional teaching outline, whereas the teachers in the innovative teaching group received training in line with the proposed teaching method and syllabus. All the students took an examination in the final semester by analyzing 20 ECGs from real clinical cases and submitted their ECG reports. The average ECG reading time was 32 minutes for the traditional teaching group and 18 minutes for the innovative teaching group. The average ECG accuracy results were 43% for the traditional teaching group and 77% for the innovative teaching group. Learning to accurately interpret ECGs is an important skill in the cardiac discipline, but the ECG's mechanisms are intricate and the content is scattered. Textbooks tend to make the students feel confused owing to the restrictions of the length and the format of the syllabi, apart from many other limitations. The graphics-sequence memory method was found to be a useful method for ECG teaching.

Employer Policies and Practices to Manage and Prevent Disability: Foreword to the Special Issue.

PubMed

Shaw, William S; Main, Chris J; Pransky, Glenn; Nicholas, Michael K; Anema, Johannes R; Linton, Steven J

2016-12-01

Purpose Employer policies and practices have been shown to impact workplace disability, but research in this area has waned in recent years despite an aging workforce, a growing prevalence of chronic health conditions, and a larger proportion of working-age adults on permanent work disability in many jurisdictions. The purpose of this article is to describe the background rationale and methodology for an invited conference designed to improve research of employer strategies to curtail work disability. Methods A multidisciplinary team of 26 international researchers with published research in employer-based disability management or related fields were invited to attend a 3-day conference in Hopkinton, Massachusetts, USA. The overall goal was to review the status of current research of workplace disability management and prevention, examine its relevance for employer decision-making, compare conceptual frameworks or theoretical perspectives, and recommend future research directions. Working groups were organized and draft manuscripts were prepared in advance. Conference activities included working group presentations and critiques, discussions with a panel of industry consultants and advisors, group interaction and debate, generation of final recommendations, and manuscript revision. Results/Conclusion Six principal domains were established with respect to future research: (a) further elucidation of the key workplace factors that buffer the disabling effects of injury and illness; (b) more innovative and feasible options for workplace intervention; (c) measurement of workplace-relevant disability outcomes; (d) a stronger theoretical framework for understanding the factors behind employer uptake and implementation; (e) a focus on special clinical populations and occupations where disability risk is most troubling; and (f) better representation of workers and employers that reflect the diverse and changing nature of work. Final comments and recommendations of the working groups are presented in the following six articles in this special issue of the Journal of Occupational Rehabilitation. Conference attendees recommended changes in methodology, collaboration strategies, and theoretical perspectives to improve the practical and scientific impact of future research of employer practices.

Barriers and facilitators towards implementing the Sepsis Six care bundle (BLISS-1): a mixed methods investigation using the theoretical domains framework.

PubMed

Roberts, Neil; Hooper, Guy; Lorencatto, Fabiana; Storr, Wendell; Spivey, Michael

2017-09-19

The 'Sepsis 6', a care bundle of basic, but vital, measures (e.g. intravenous fluid, antibiotics) has been implemented to improve sepsis treatment. However, uptake has been variable. Tools from behavioral sciences, such as the Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) may be used to understand and address such implementation issues. This study used a behavioral science approach to identify barriers and facilitators towards Sepsis Six implementation at a case study hospital. Semi-structured interviews based on the TDF were conducted with a sample group of consultants, junior doctors and nurses from Emergency Department, Medical and Surgical Admissions, to explore barriers/facilitators to Sepsis Six performance. Transcripts were analyzed following the combined principles of content and framework analysis. Emerging themes informed a questionnaire to explore generalizability and importance across a sample of 261 stakeholders. Median importance and agreement ratings for each theme were calculated overall and for each role and clinical area. These were used to identify important barriers and important facilitators as targets for performance improvement. No new belief statements were discovered and data saturation was deemed achieved after 10 interviews. 1699 utterances were coded into 64 belief statements, then collated into a 51-item questionnaire. 113 questionnaire responses were obtained (44.3% response rate). Important barriers included insufficient audit and feedback, poor teamwork and communication, concerns about using the Sepsis Six in certain patients, insufficient training, and resource concerns. Facilitators included confidence in knowledge and skills, beliefs in overall benefits of the bundle, beliefs that identification and management of septic patients fell within everyone's role, and that regular use of the bundle made it easier to remember. Some beliefs were applicable for the entire group, others were specific to particular staff groups. A range of barriers and facilitators towards Sepsis Six performance across different staff groups were systematically identified using a theoretically-informed approach. This can inform development of targeted performance improvement interventions.

PRO development: rigorous qualitative research as the crucial foundation.

PubMed

Lasch, Kathryn Eilene; Marquis, Patrick; Vigneux, Marc; Abetz, Linda; Arnould, Benoit; Bayliss, Martha; Crawford, Bruce; Rosa, Kathleen

2010-10-01

Recently published articles have described criteria to assess qualitative research in the health field in general, but very few articles have delineated qualitative methods to be used in the development of Patient-Reported Outcomes (PROs). In fact, how PROs are developed with subject input through focus groups and interviews has been given relatively short shrift in the PRO literature when compared to the plethora of quantitative articles on the psychometric properties of PROs. If documented at all, most PRO validation articles give little for the reader to evaluate the content validity of the measures and the credibility and trustworthiness of the methods used to develop them. Increasingly, however, scientists and authorities want to be assured that PRO items and scales have meaning and relevance to subjects. This article was developed by an international, interdisciplinary group of psychologists, psychometricians, regulatory experts, a physician, and a sociologist. It presents rigorous and appropriate qualitative research methods for developing PROs with content validity. The approach described combines an overarching phenomenological theoretical framework with grounded theory data collection and analysis methods to yield PRO items and scales that have content validity.

PRO development: rigorous qualitative research as the crucial foundation

PubMed Central

Marquis, Patrick; Vigneux, Marc; Abetz, Linda; Arnould, Benoit; Bayliss, Martha; Crawford, Bruce; Rosa, Kathleen

2010-01-01

Recently published articles have described criteria to assess qualitative research in the health field in general, but very few articles have delineated qualitative methods to be used in the development of Patient-Reported Outcomes (PROs). In fact, how PROs are developed with subject input through focus groups and interviews has been given relatively short shrift in the PRO literature when compared to the plethora of quantitative articles on the psychometric properties of PROs. If documented at all, most PRO validation articles give little for the reader to evaluate the content validity of the measures and the credibility and trustworthiness of the methods used to develop them. Increasingly, however, scientists and authorities want to be assured that PRO items and scales have meaning and relevance to subjects. This article was developed by an international, interdisciplinary group of psychologists, psychometricians, regulatory experts, a physician, and a sociologist. It presents rigorous and appropriate qualitative research methods for developing PROs with content validity. The approach described combines an overarching phenomenological theoretical framework with grounded theory data collection and analysis methods to yield PRO items and scales that have content validity. PMID:20512662

A group LASSO-based method for robustly inferring gene regulatory networks from multiple time-course datasets.

PubMed

Liu, Li-Zhi; Wu, Fang-Xiang; Zhang, Wen-Jun

2014-01-01

As an abstract mapping of the gene regulations in the cell, gene regulatory network is important to both biological research study and practical applications. The reverse engineering of gene regulatory networks from microarray gene expression data is a challenging research problem in systems biology. With the development of biological technologies, multiple time-course gene expression datasets might be collected for a specific gene network under different circumstances. The inference of a gene regulatory network can be improved by integrating these multiple datasets. It is also known that gene expression data may be contaminated with large errors or outliers, which may affect the inference results. A novel method, Huber group LASSO, is proposed to infer the same underlying network topology from multiple time-course gene expression datasets as well as to take the robustness to large error or outliers into account. To solve the optimization problem involved in the proposed method, an efficient algorithm which combines the ideas of auxiliary function minimization and block descent is developed. A stability selection method is adapted to our method to find a network topology consisting of edges with scores. The proposed method is applied to both simulation datasets and real experimental datasets. It shows that Huber group LASSO outperforms the group LASSO in terms of both areas under receiver operating characteristic curves and areas under the precision-recall curves. The convergence analysis of the algorithm theoretically shows that the sequence generated from the algorithm converges to the optimal solution of the problem. The simulation and real data examples demonstrate the effectiveness of the Huber group LASSO in integrating multiple time-course gene expression datasets and improving the resistance to large errors or outliers.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ditzler, Gregory; Morrison, J. Calvin; Lan, Yemin

Background: Some of the current software tools for comparative metagenomics provide ecologists with the ability to investigate and explore bacterial communities using α– & β–diversity. Feature subset selection – a sub-field of machine learning – can also provide a unique insight into the differences between metagenomic or 16S phenotypes. In particular, feature subset selection methods can obtain the operational taxonomic units (OTUs), or functional features, that have a high-level of influence on the condition being studied. For example, in a previous study we have used information-theoretic feature selection to understand the differences between protein family abundances that best discriminate betweenmore » age groups in the human gut microbiome. Results: We have developed a new Python command line tool, which is compatible with the widely adopted BIOM format, for microbial ecologists that implements information-theoretic subset selection methods for biological data formats. We demonstrate the software tools capabilities on publicly available datasets. Conclusions: We have made the software implementation of Fizzy available to the public under the GNU GPL license. The standalone implementation can be found at http://github.com/EESI/Fizzy.« less

Synthesis and First Principles Investigation of HMX/NMP Cocrystal Explosive

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lin, He; Zhu, Shun-Guan; Zhang, Lin; Peng, Xin-Hua; LI, Hong-Zhen

2013-10-01

1,3,5,7-Tetranitro-l,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)/N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) cocrystal explosive was prepared by a solution evaporation method. This cocrystal explosive crystallized in the trigonal system (space group ? ), with cell parameters a = 16.605(8) Å and c = 31.496(4) Å. Theoretical investigations of the formation mechanism of HMX/NMP cocrystal were carried out in Cambridge serial total energy package (CASTEP) based on dispersion-corrected density functional theory (DFT-D) with a plane wave scheme. The exchange-correlation potential was treated with the Perdew-Burke-Ernzerhof function of generalized gradient approximation, and dispersion force was correlated using Grimme's method. The band structure, density of states, projected density of states, and Mulliken populations were calculated at the generalized gradient approximation level. The results showed that the main host-guest interactions in HMX/NMP cocrystal were hydrogen bonds and stacking interactions, which were the same as those analyzed using X-ray diffraction. Theoretical investigations of HMX/NMP cocrystal explosive may provide the basis for the preparation of cocrystal explosive composed of HMX and energetic materials.

Fizzy: feature subset selection for metagenomics.

PubMed

Ditzler, Gregory; Morrison, J Calvin; Lan, Yemin; Rosen, Gail L

2015-11-04

Some of the current software tools for comparative metagenomics provide ecologists with the ability to investigate and explore bacterial communities using α- & β-diversity. Feature subset selection--a sub-field of machine learning--can also provide a unique insight into the differences between metagenomic or 16S phenotypes. In particular, feature subset selection methods can obtain the operational taxonomic units (OTUs), or functional features, that have a high-level of influence on the condition being studied. For example, in a previous study we have used information-theoretic feature selection to understand the differences between protein family abundances that best discriminate between age groups in the human gut microbiome. We have developed a new Python command line tool, which is compatible with the widely adopted BIOM format, for microbial ecologists that implements information-theoretic subset selection methods for biological data formats. We demonstrate the software tools capabilities on publicly available datasets. We have made the software implementation of Fizzy available to the public under the GNU GPL license. The standalone implementation can be found at http://github.com/EESI/Fizzy.

Fizzy. Feature subset selection for metagenomics

DOE PAGES

Ditzler, Gregory; Morrison, J. Calvin; Lan, Yemin; ...

2015-11-04

Background: Some of the current software tools for comparative metagenomics provide ecologists with the ability to investigate and explore bacterial communities using α– & β–diversity. Feature subset selection – a sub-field of machine learning – can also provide a unique insight into the differences between metagenomic or 16S phenotypes. In particular, feature subset selection methods can obtain the operational taxonomic units (OTUs), or functional features, that have a high-level of influence on the condition being studied. For example, in a previous study we have used information-theoretic feature selection to understand the differences between protein family abundances that best discriminate betweenmore » age groups in the human gut microbiome. Results: We have developed a new Python command line tool, which is compatible with the widely adopted BIOM format, for microbial ecologists that implements information-theoretic subset selection methods for biological data formats. We demonstrate the software tools capabilities on publicly available datasets. Conclusions: We have made the software implementation of Fizzy available to the public under the GNU GPL license. The standalone implementation can be found at http://github.com/EESI/Fizzy.« less

Absolute configuration in 4-alkyl- and 4-aryl-3,4-dihydro-2(1H)-pyrimidones: a combined theoretical and experimental investigation.

PubMed

Uray, G; Verdino, P; Belaj, F; Kappe, C O; Fabian, W M

2001-10-05

Structural features (orientation of the carboxyl group, ring puckering), electronic absorption, and circular dichroism spectra of 4-alkyl- and 4-aryl-dihydropyrimidones 1-5 are calculated by semiempirical (AM1, INDO/S), ab initio (HF/6-31G, CIS/6-31G, RPA/6-31G), and density functional theory (B3LYP/6-31G) methods. These calculations allow an assignment of the absolute configuration by comparison of simulated and experimental CD spectra. Although the ab initio methods greatly overestimate electronic transition energies, the general appearance of the experimental CD spectra is quite nicely reproduced by these calculations. Thus, comparison of experimental with calculated CD spectra is a reliable tool for the assignment of the absolute configuration. For 4-methyl derivatives 1, the first enantiopure DHPM examples with no additional aromatic substituent, the stereochemistry at C4 provided by the theoretical results is confirmed by X-ray structure determination of the diastereomeric salt 6. Additional support is the consistent HPLC elution order found for all investigated DHPMs on a cellulose-derived chiral stationary phase.

Generalized Tavis-Cummings models and quantum networks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gorokhov, A. V.

2018-04-01

The properties of quantum networks based on generalized Tavis-Cummings models are theoretically investigated. We have calculated the information transfer success rate from one node to another in a simple model of a quantum network realized with two-level atoms placed in the cavities and interacting with an external laser field and cavity photons. The method of dynamical group of the Hamiltonian and technique of corresponding coherent states were used for investigation of the temporal dynamics of the two nodes model.

Activities report in nuclear physics and particle acceleration

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jansen, J. F. W.; Demeijer, R. J.

1984-04-01

Research on nuclear resonances; charge transfer; breakup of light and heavy ions; reaction mechanisms of heavy ion collisions; high-spin states; and fundamental symmetries in weak interactions are outlined. Group theoretical methods applied to supersymmetries; phenomenological description of rotation-vibration coupling; a microscopic theory of collective variables; the binding energy of hydrogen adsorbed on stepped platinium; and single electron capture are discussed. Isotopes for nuclear medicine, for off-line nuclear spectroscopy work, and for the study of hyperfine interactions were produced.

Doing qualitative research in dentistry and dental education.

PubMed

Edmunds, S; Brown, G

2012-05-01

The purpose of this paper is to assist dental researchers to develop their expertise in qualitative research. It sketches the key characteristics of qualitative research; summarises theoretical perspectives; outlines the core skills of qualitative data collection and the procedures which underlie three methods of qualitative research: interviewing, focus groups and concept maps. The paper offers some guidance on writing qualitative research and provides examples of qualitative research drawn from dentistry and dental education. © 2012 John Wiley & Sons A/S.

Privacy-preserving periodical publishing for medical information

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jin, Hua; Ju, Shi-guang; Liu, Shan-cheng

2013-07-01

Existing privacy-preserving publishing models can not meet the requirement of periodical publishing for medical information whether these models are static or dynamic. This paper presents a (k,l)-anonymity model with keeping individual association and a principle based on (Epsilon)-invariance group for subsequent periodical publishing, and then, the PKIA and PSIGI algorithms are designed for them. The proposed methods can reserve more individual association with privacy-preserving and have better publishing quality. Experiments confirm our theoretical results and its practicability.

On Tradeoffs between Trust and Survivability using a Game Theoretic Approach

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-04-13

On Tradeoffs between Trust and Survivability using a Game Theoretic Approach Jin-Hee Cho and Ananthram Swami U.S. Army Research Laboratory...introduces a game theoretic approach, namely Aoyagi’s game theory based on positive collusion of players. This approach improves group trust by...communication and networking field [17]. We employ a game theoretic approach, namely Aoyagi’s game theory [2], to introduce the concept of positive

Strengths and weaknesses of Problem Based Learning from the professional perspective of registered nurses 1

PubMed Central

Cónsul-Giribet, María; Medina-Moya, José Luis

2014-01-01

OBJECTIVE: to identify competency strengths and weaknesses as perceived by nursing professionals who graduated with a integrated curriculum and competency-based through Problem Based Learning in small groups. METHOD: an intrinsic case study method was used, which analyzes this innovation through former students (from the first class) with three years of professional experience. The data were collected through a questionnaire and discussion groups. RESULTS: the results show that their competency level is valued in a very satisfactory manner. This level paradoxically contrasts with the lack of theoretical knowledge they perceived at the end of their education, when they started working in clinical practice. CONCLUSIONS: the teaching strategy was key to motivate an in-depth study and arouse the desire to know. In addition, Problem Based Learning favors and reinforces the decision to learn, which is that necessary in the course of professional life. PMID:25493666

Slow-light transmission with high group index and large normalized delay bandwidth product through successive defect rods on intrinsic photonic crystal waveguide

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Elshahat, Sayed; Khan, Karim; Yadav, Ashish; Bibbò, Luigi; Ouyang, Zhengbiao

2018-07-01

We proposed a strategy with successive cavities as energy reservoirs of electromagnetic energy and light-speed reducers introduced in the first and second rows of rods on the walls of an intrinsic photonic crystal waveguide (PCW) for slow-light transmission in the PCW concerning applications for optical communication, optical computation and optical signal processing. Subsequently, plane-wave expansion method (PWE) is used for studying slow-light properties and finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method to demonstrate the slow-light propagating property of our proposed structure. We obtained group index as exceedingly large as 6123 with normalized delay bandwidth product (NDBP) as high as 0.48. We designed a facile but more generalized structure that may provide a vital theoretical basis for further enhancing the storage capacity properties of slow light with wideband and high NDBP.

Share capitalism and worker wellbeing⋆, ⋆⋆

PubMed Central

Clark, Andrew E.; Freeman, Richard B.; Green, Colin P.

2017-01-01

We show that worker wellbeing is determined not only by the amount of compensation workers receive but also by how compensation is determined. While previous theoretical and empirical work has often been preoccupied with individual performance-related pay, we find that the receipt of a range of group-performance schemes (profit shares, group bonuses and share ownership) is associated with higher job satisfaction. This holds conditional on wage levels, so that pay methods are associated with greater job satisfaction in addition to that coming from higher wages. We use a variety of methods to control for unobserved individual and job-specific characteristics. We suggest that half of the share-capitalism effect is accounted for by employees reciprocating for the “gift”; we also show that share capitalism helps dampen the negative wellbeing effects of what we typically think of as “bad” aspects of job quality. PMID:28725118

Physical Chemistry of Reaction Dynamics in Ionic Liquids

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Margulis, Claudio Javier

2016-10-31

The Margulis group BES funded research at the University of Iowa is part of a broader collaborative effort that includes the groups of Blank (U. Minnesota), Castner (Rutgers U.), Maroncelli (Penn. State U.) and Wishart (BNL). The goal of this group of PIs is to better understand from an experimental and a theoretical perspective different aspects of photo-initiated electron transfer processes in a set of different room-temperature ionic-liquid systems. The Margulis contribution is theoretical and computational. Details are presented in the attached documentation.

System of multifunctional laser polarimetry of phase and amplitude anisotropy in the diagnosis of endometriosis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ushenko, Yu. O.; Dubolazov, O. V.; Olar, O. V.

2015-11-01

The theoretical background of azimuthally stable method Jones matrix mapping of histological sections of biopsy of uterine neck on the basis of spatial-frequency selection of the mechanisms of linear and circular birefringence is presented. The comparative results of measuring the coordinate distributions of complex degree of mutual anisotropy formed by polycristalline networks of blood plasma layers of donors (group 1) and patients with endometriosis (group 2). The values and ranges of change of the statistical (moments of the 1st - 4th order) parameters of complex degree of mutual anisotropy coordinate distributions are studied. The objective criteria of diagnostics of the pathology and differentiation of its severity degree are determined.

Multifunctional polarization tomography of optical anisotropy of biological layers in diagnosis of endometriosis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ushenko, O. G.; Koval, L. D.; Dubolazov, O. V.; Ushenko, Yu. O.; Savich, V. O.; Sidor, M. I.; Marchuk, Yu. F.

2015-09-01

The theoretical background of azimuthally stable method Jones matrix mapping of histological sections of biopsy of uterine neck on the basis of spatial-frequency selection of the mechanisms of linear and circular birefringence is presented. The comparative results of measuring the coordinate distributions of complex degree of mutual anisotropy formed by polycristalline networks of blood plasma layers of donors (group 1) and patients with endometriosis (group 2). The values and ranges of change of the statistical (moments of the 1st - 4th order) parameters of complex degree of mutual anisotropy coordinate distributions are studied. The objective criteria of diagnostics of the pathology and differentiation of its severity degree are determined.

Low-energy elastic electron scattering from furan

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Khakoo, M. A.; Muse, J.; Ralphs, K.

We report normalized experimental and theoretical differential cross sections for elastic electron scattering by C{sub 4}H{sub 4}O (furan) molecules from a collaborative project between several Brazilian theoretical groups and an experimental group at California State Fullerton, USA. The measurements are obtained by using the relative flow method with helium as the standard gas and a thin aperture target gas collimating source. The relative flow method is applied without the restriction imposed by the relative flow pressure condition on helium and the unknown gas. The experimental data were taken at incident electron energies of 1, 1.5, 1.73, 2, 2.7, 3, 5,more » 7, 10, 20, 30, and 50 eV and covered the angular range between 10 deg. and 130 deg. The measurements verify observed {pi}* shape resonances at 1.65{+-}0.05eV and 3.10{+-}0.05 eV scattering energies, in good agreement with the transmission electron data of Modelli and Burrow [J. Phys. Chem. A 108, 5721 (2004)]. Furthermore, the present results also indicated both resonances dominantly in the d-wave channel. The differential cross sections are integrated in the standard way to obtain integral elastic cross sections and momentum transfer cross sections. The calculations employed the Schwinger multichannel method with pseudopotentials and were performed in the static-exchange and in the static-exchange plus polarization approximations. The calculated integral and momentum transfer cross sections clearly revealed the presence of two shape resonances located at 1.95 and 3.56 eV and ascribed to the B{sub 1} and A{sub 2} symmetries of the C{sub 2v} point group, respectively, in very good agreement with the experimental findings. Overall agreement between theory and experiment regarding the differential, momentum transfer, and integral cross sections is very good, especially for energies below 10 eV.« less

Low-energy elastic electron scattering from furan

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Khakoo, M. A.; Muse, J.; Ralphs, K.; da Costa, R. F.; Bettega, M. H. F.; Lima, M. A. P.

2010-06-01

We report normalized experimental and theoretical differential cross sections for elastic electron scattering by C4H4O (furan) molecules from a collaborative project between several Brazilian theoretical groups and an experimental group at California State Fullerton, USA. The measurements are obtained by using the relative flow method with helium as the standard gas and a thin aperture target gas collimating source. The relative flow method is applied without the restriction imposed by the relative flow pressure condition on helium and the unknown gas. The experimental data were taken at incident electron energies of 1, 1.5, 1.73, 2, 2.7, 3, 5, 7, 10, 20, 30, and 50 eV and covered the angular range between 10° and 130°. The measurements verify observed π* shape resonances at 1.65±0.05eV and 3.10±0.05 eV scattering energies, in good agreement with the transmission electron data of Modelli and Burrow [J. Phys. Chem. AJPCAFH 1089-563910.1021/jp048759a 108, 5721 (2004)]. Furthermore, the present results also indicated both resonances dominantly in the d-wave channel. The differential cross sections are integrated in the standard way to obtain integral elastic cross sections and momentum transfer cross sections. The calculations employed the Schwinger multichannel method with pseudopotentials and were performed in the static-exchange and in the static-exchange plus polarization approximations. The calculated integral and momentum transfer cross sections clearly revealed the presence of two shape resonances located at 1.95 and 3.56 eV and ascribed to the B1 and A2 symmetries of the C2v point group, respectively, in very good agreement with the experimental findings. Overall agreement between theory and experiment regarding the differential, momentum transfer, and integral cross sections is very good, especially for energies below 10 eV.

The effect of reinforcing bars to flaw detection in RC structure using group velocity profile generated by surface waves

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lin, Yung-Chiang; Cheng, Chia-Chi; Wang, Hong-Hua; Hsu, Keng-Tsang; Chiang, Chih-Hung

2018-03-01

A new flaw detection method for concrete plate-like structure is realized using the dispersion profile of the group velocity of surface waves obtained by a sensor with proper distance from the transient impacting load. The waveform obtained by the sensor is analyzed using STFT and reassigned method to obtain a group velocity spectrogram. The delaminating crack or honeycomb which locates underneath the test line between the impactor and the receiver as well as the low-density layer on top of sound concrete are proved to be detectable in both numerical and experimental studies. The velocity turning point in the wavelength-velocity profile is about 1.6 to 2.2 times of the depths of the flaws or the low-density layer wavelength. As the proposed method is easy to operate, inexpensive and effective on solving many problems of concrete deterioration, one essential question to be concerned is the effect of dense reinforcing rebar to the stress wave propagation. In this preliminary study, the theoretical modal dispersion curves for a plain concrete plate and a concrete plate containing a thin steel layer are compared. A 2D numerical model with concrete and steel layers was constructed. The images of slowness spectrograms obtained by placing impactor and receiver at variant distances are compared with theoretical modal dispersion curve. Experiments are performed on a heavy lattice arranged bridge pier. The results show that the response of the rebar layers is near 0.3 ms/m in slowness spectrogram instead of around 0.5 ms/m plain concrete. The steel rebar layer affects the results more severely when the test line is parallel to the direction of shallower rebars. For more clearly observing the condition of concrete, one can filter the response in the waveform with the time less than 0.4 ms/m multiplying the impactor-receiver distance.

Local dark matter and dark energy as estimated on a scale of ~1 Mpc in a self-consistent way

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chernin, A. D.; Teerikorpi, P.; Valtonen, M. J.; Dolgachev, V. P.; Domozhilova, L. M.; Byrd, G. G.

2009-12-01

Context: Dark energy was first detected from large distances on gigaparsec scales. If it is vacuum energy (or Einstein's Λ), it should also exist in very local space. Here we discuss its measurement on megaparsec scales of the Local Group. Aims: We combine the modified Kahn-Woltjer method for the Milky Way-M 31 binary and the HST observations of the expansion flow around the Local Group in order to study in a self-consistent way and simultaneously the local density of dark energy and the dark matter mass contained within the Local Group. Methods: A theoretical model is used that accounts for the dynamical effects of dark energy on a scale of ~1 Mpc. Results: The local dark energy density is put into the range 0.8-3.7ρv (ρv is the globally measured density), and the Local Group mass lies within 3.1-5.8×1012 M⊙. The lower limit of the local dark energy density, about 4/5× the global value, is determined by the natural binding condition for the group binary and the maximal zero-gravity radius. The near coincidence of two values measured with independent methods on scales differing by ~1000 times is remarkable. The mass ~4×1012 M⊙ and the local dark energy density ~ρv are also consistent with the expansion flow close to the Local Group, within the standard cosmological model. Conclusions: One should take into account the dark energy in dynamical mass estimation methods for galaxy groups, including the virial theorem. Our analysis gives new strong evidence in favor of Einstein's idea of the universal antigravity described by the cosmological constant.

How do small groups make decisions? : A theoretical framework to inform the implementation and study of clinical competency committees.

PubMed

Chahine, Saad; Cristancho, Sayra; Padgett, Jessica; Lingard, Lorelei

2017-06-01

In the competency-based medical education (CBME) approach, clinical competency committees are responsible for making decisions about trainees' competence. However, we currently lack a theoretical model for group decision-making to inform this emerging assessment phenomenon. This paper proposes an organizing framework to study and guide the decision-making processes of clinical competency committees.This is an explanatory, non-exhaustive review, tailored to identify relevant theoretical and evidence-based papers related to small group decision-making. The search was conducted using Google Scholar, Web of Science, MEDLINE, ERIC, and PsycINFO for relevant literature. Using a thematic analysis, two researchers (SC & JP) met four times between April-June 2016 to consolidate the literature included in this review.Three theoretical orientations towards group decision-making emerged from the review: schema, constructivist, and social influence. Schema orientations focus on how groups use algorithms for decision-making. Constructivist orientations focus on how groups construct their shared understanding. Social influence orientations focus on how individual members influence the group's perspective on a decision. Moderators of decision-making relevant to all orientations include: guidelines, stressors, authority, and leadership.Clinical competency committees are the mechanisms by which groups of clinicians will be in charge of interpreting multiple assessment data points and coming to a shared decision about trainee competence. The way in which these committees make decisions can have huge implications for trainee progression and, ultimately, patient care. Therefore, there is a pressing need to build the science of how such group decision-making works in practice. This synthesis suggests a preliminary organizing framework that can be used in the implementation and study of clinical competency committees.

The design and testing of a caring teaching model based on the theoretical framework of caring in the Chinese Context: a mixed-method study.

PubMed

Guo, Yujie; Shen, Jie; Ye, Xuchun; Chen, Huali; Jiang, Anli

2013-08-01

This paper aims to report the design and test the effectiveness of an innovative caring teaching model based on the theoretical framework of caring in the Chinese context. Since the 1970's, caring has been a core value in nursing education. In a previous study, a theoretical framework of caring in the Chinese context is explored employing a grounded theory study, considered beneficial for caring education. A caring teaching model was designed theoretically and a one group pre- and post-test quasi-experimental study was administered to test its effectiveness. From Oct, 2009 to Jul, 2010, a cohort of grade-2 undergraduate nursing students (n=64) in a Chinese medical school was recruited to participate in the study. Data were gathered through quantitative and qualitative methods to evaluate the effectiveness of the caring teaching model. The caring teaching model created an esthetic situation and experiential learning style for teaching caring that was integrated within the curricula. Quantitative data from the quasi-experimental study showed that the post-test scores of each item were higher than those on the pre-test (p<0.01). Thematic analysis of 1220 narratives from students' caring journals and reports of participant class observation revealed two main thematic categories, which reflected, from the students' points of view, the development of student caring character and the impact that the caring teaching model had on this regard. The model could be used as an integrated approach to teach caring in nursing curricula. It would also be beneficial for nursing administrators in cultivating caring nurse practitioners. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Graph Theoretical Analysis, In Silico Modeling, Synthesis, Anti-Microbial and Anti-TB Evaluation of Novel Quinoxaline Derivatives.

PubMed

Saravanan, Govindaraj; Selvam, Theivendren Panneer; Alagarsamy, Veerachamy; Kunjiappan, Selvaraj; Joshi, Shrinivas D; Indhumathy, Murugan; Kumar, Pandurangan Dinesh

2018-05-01

We designed to synthesize a number of 2-(2-(substituted benzylidene) hydrazinyl)-N-(4-((3-(phenyl imino)-3,4-dihydro quinoxalin-2(1 H)-ylidene)amino) phenyl) acetamide S1-S13: with the hope to obtain more active and less toxic anti-microbial and anti-TB agents. A series of novel quinoxaline Schiff bases S1-S13: were synthesized from o-phenylenediamine and oxalic acid by a multistep synthesis. In present work, we are introducing graph theoretical analysis to identify drug target. In the connection of graph theoretical analysis, we utilised KEGG database and Cytoscape software. All the title compounds were evaluated for their in-vitro anti-microbial activity by using agar well diffusion method at three different concentration levels (50, 100 and 150 µg/ml). The MIC of the compounds was also determined by agar streak dilution method. The identified study report through graph theoretical analysis were highlights that the key virulence factor for pathogenic mycobacteria is a eukaryotic-like serine/threonine protein kinase, termed PknG. All compounds were found to display significant activity against entire tested bacteria and fungi. In addition the synthesized scaffolds were screened for their in vitro antituberculosis (anti-TB) activity against Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) strain H 37 Ra using standard drug Rifampicin. A number of analogs found markedly potent anti-microbial and anti-TB activity. The relationship between the functional group variation and the biological activity of the evaluated compounds were well discussed. The observed study report was showing that the compound S6: (4-nitro substitution) exhibited most potent effective anti-microbial and anti-TB activity out of various tested compounds. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Instructional Methods Within the Elementary-School Science Classroom Related to Improved Academic Performance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baum, Lisa

There is gap in passing rates on the standardized science assessment between European American and Hispanic American students. The purpose of this study was to examine student performance in science and the closing of the achievement gap between European American and Hispanic American students based upon receipt of an inquiry or noninquiry instruction method. Guided by the theoretical framework of constructive learning, this quantitative ex post facto research design gathered data from 8 teachers who had already implemented 1 of the 2 methods of instruction. The teachers were chosen through purposive sampling based on previous observations of instructional method and were placed into 2 groups depending upon the type of instruction: inquiry or noninquiry. Descriptive statistics were used to determine mean differences and a 2-way analysis of variance was used to determine mean differences in science test scores between European American and Hispanic American students and between the instructional methods to which they had been exposed. Results found that the inquiry instructional method was related to a significant increase in mean scores for both ethnic groups, but the achievement gap between the two groups was not closed by the inquiry instruction method. This study can promote positive social change for students by informing the efforts of educational leaders and teachers to create professional development using inquiry instruction. Students may perform higher on standardized tests when they are allowed to explore science by asking questions and answering their own questions through the collection and analysis of data.

Optimization of binding electrostatics: Charge complementarity in the barnase-barstar protein complex

PubMed Central

lee, Lee-Peng; Tidor, Bruce

2001-01-01

Theoretical and experimental studies have shown that the large desolvation penalty required for polar and charged groups frequently precludes their involvement in electrostatic interactions that contribute strongly to net stability in the folding or binding of proteins in aqueous solution near room temperature. We have previously developed a theoretical framework for computing optimized electrostatic interactions and illustrated use of the algorithm with simplified geometries. Given a receptor and model assumptions, the method computes the ligand-charge distribution that provides the most favorable balance of desolvation and interaction effects on binding. In this paper the method has been extended to treat complexes using actual molecular shapes. The barnase-barstar protein complex was investigated with barnase treated as a target receptor. The atomic point charges of barstar were varied to optimize the electrostatic binding free energy. Barnase and natural barstar form a tight complex (Kd ∼ 10−14 M) with many charged and polar groups near the interface that make this a particularly relevant system for investigating the role of electrostatic effects on binding. The results show that sets of barstar charges (resulting from optimization with different constraints) can be found that give rise to relatively large predicted improvements in electrostatic binding free energy. Principles for enhancing the effect of electrostatic interactions in molecular binding in aqueous environments are discussed in light of the optima. Our findings suggest that, in general, the enhancements in electrostatic binding free energy resulting from modification of polar and charged groups can be substantial. Moreover, a recently proposed definition of electrostatic complementarity is shown to be a useful tool for examining binding interfaces. Finally, calculational results suggest that wild-type barstar is closer to being affinity optimized than is barnase for their mutual binding, consistent with the known roles of these proteins. PMID:11266622

The Superior-Edge-of-the-Knee Incision Method in Lymphaticovenular Anastomosis for Lower Extremity Lymphedema.

PubMed

Seki, Yukio; Yamamoto, Takumi; Yoshimatsu, Hidehiko; Hayashi, Akitatsu; Kurazono, Arito; Mori, Masanori; Kato, Yoichi; Koshima, Isao

2015-11-01

Lymphatic vessel diameter and lymph flow are important for accurate anastomosis and effective lymph-to-venous flow in lymphaticovenular anastomosis. The authors developed a reliable method, the superioredge-of-the-knee incision method, for detecting and making the best use of high-flow lymphatic vessels in the distal medial thigh between the deep and superficial fascia, where movement of the knee, combined with compression between these fascial layers, theoretically results in upward propulsion of lymphatic fluid. Intraoperative detection of large lymphatic vessels and of venous reflux and postoperative lymphedematous volume reduction were compared between 15 patients in whom lymphaticovenular anastomoses with the superior-edge-of-the-knee incision method were undergone and 15 in whom conventional lymphaticovenular anastomoses were undergone. Lymphaticovenular anastomosis at the thigh yielded 30 anastomoses in the superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group and 32 anastomoses in the non-superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group. Large lymphatic vessels were more frequently found in the superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group than in the non-superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group (60.0 percent versus 18.8 percent; p = 0.002). Venous reflux occurred less frequently in the superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group than in the non-superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group (10.0 percent versus 65.6 percent; p < 0.001). Reduction of the lower extremity lymphedema index was significantly greater in the superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group than in the non-superior-edge-of-the-knee incision group (24.427 ± 12.400 versus 0.032 ± 20.535; p < 0.001). The superior-edge-of-the-knee incision method facilitates detection and use of large, high-flow lymphatic vessels in the distal medial thigh, both of which are important for optimum therapeutic effects in patients with lower extremity lymphedema. Therapeutic, III.

Experimental and theoretical study on the structure and vibrational spectra of β-2-aminopyridinium dihydrogenphosphate

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Çırak, Çağrı; Demir, Selçuk; Ucun, Fatih; Çubuk, Osman

2011-08-01

Experimental and theoretical vibrational spectra of β-2-aminopyridinium dihydrogenphosphate (β-2APDP) have been investigated. The FT-IR spectrum of β-2APDP was recorded in the region 4000-400 cm -1. The optimized molecular structure and theoretical vibrational frequencies of β-2APDP have been investigated using ab initio Hartree-Fock (HF) and density functional B3LYP method with 6-311++G(d,p) basis set. The optimized geometric parameters (bond lengths and bond angles) and theoretical frequencies have been compared with the corresponding experimental data and it is found that they agree well with each other. All the assignments of the theoretical frequencies were performed by potential energy distributions using VEDA 4 program. Furthermore, the used scale factors were obtained from the ratio of the frequency values of the strongest peaks in the experimental and theoretical IR spectra. From the results it was concluded that the B3LYP method is superior to the HF method for the vibrational frequencies.

Acceptance of technology-enhanced learning for a theoretical radiological science course: a randomized controlled trial.

PubMed

Nkenke, Emeka; Vairaktaris, Elefterios; Bauersachs, Anne; Eitner, Stephan; Budach, Alexander; Knipfer, Christoph; Stelzle, Florian

2012-03-30

Technology-enhanced learning (TEL) gives a view to improved education. However, there is a need to clarify how TEL can be used effectively. The study compared students' attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face course on theoretical radiological science and a TEL course where students could combine face-to-face lectures and e-learning modules at their best convenience. 42 third-year dental students were randomly assigned to the traditional face-to-face group and the TEL group. Both groups completed questionnaires before the beginning and after completion of the course on attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face lectures and technology-enhanced learning. After completion of the course both groups also filled in the validated German-language TRIL (Trierer Inventar zur Lehrevaluation) questionnaire for the evaluation of courses given at universities. Both groups had a positive attitude towards e-learning that did not change over time. The TEL group attended significantly less face-to-face lectures than the traditional group. However, both groups stated that face-to-face lectures were the basis for education in a theoretical radiological science course. The members of the TEL group rated e-mail reminders significantly more important when they filled in the questionnaire on attitudes and opinions towards a traditional face-to-face lectures and technology-enhanced learning for the second time after completion of the course. The members of the technology-enhanced learning group were significantly less confident in passing the exam compared to the members of the traditional group. However, examination results did not differ significantly for traditional and the TEL group. It seems that technology-enhanced learning in a theoretical radiological science course has the potential to reduce the need for face-to-face lectures. At the same time examination results are not impaired. However, technology-enhanced learning cannot completely replace traditional face-to-face lectures, because students indicate that they consider traditional teaching as the basis of their education.

The Ulam Index: Methods of Theoretical Computer Science Help in Identifying Chemical Substances

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Beltran, Adriana; Salvador, James

1997-01-01

In this paper, we show how methods developed for solving a theoretical computer problem of graph isomorphism are used in structural chemistry. We also discuss potential applications of these methods to exobiology: the search for life outside Earth.

Blood group typing based on recording the elastic scattering of laser radiation using the method of digital imaging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dolmashkin, A. A.; Dubrovskii, V. A.; Zabenkov, I. V.

2012-05-01

The possibility is demonstrated to determine the human blood group by recording the scattering of laser radiation with the help of the digital imaging method. It is experimentally shown that the action of a standing ultrasound wave leads to acceleration of the agglutination reaction of red blood cells, to formation of larger immune complexes of red blood cells, and, as a consequence, to acceleration of their sedimentation. In the absence of agglutination of red blood cells the ultrasound does not enhance the relevant processes. This difference in the results of ultrasound action on the mixture of blood and serum allows a method of blood typing to be offered. Theoretical modelling of the technique of the practical blood typing, carried out on the basis of the elastic light scattering theory, agrees well with the experimental results, which made it possible to plan further improvement of the proposed method. The studies of specific features of sedimentation of red blood cells and their immune complexes were aimed at the optimisation of the sample preparation, i.e., at the search for such experimental conditions that provide the maximal resolution of the method and the device for registering the reaction of red blood cells agglutination. The results of the study may be used in designing the instrumentation for blood group assessment in humans.

Single d-metal atoms on F(s) and F(s+) defects of MgO(001): a theoretical study across the periodic table.

PubMed

Neyman, Konstantin M; Inntam, Chan; Matveev, Alexei V; Nasluzov, Vladimir A; Rösch, Notker

2005-08-24

Single d-metal atoms on oxygen defects F(s) and F(s+) of the MgO(001) surface were studied theoretically. We employed an accurate density functional method combined with cluster models, embedded in an elastic polarizable environment, and we applied two gradient-corrected exchange-correlation functionals. In this way, we quantified how 17 metal atoms from groups 6-11 of the periodic table (Cu, Ag, Au; Ni, Pd, Pt; Co, Rh, Ir; Fe, Ru, Os; Mn, Re; and Cr, Mo, W) interact with terrace sites of MgO. We found bonding with F(s) and F(s+) defects to be in general stronger than that with O2- sites, except for Mn-, Re-, and Fe/F(s) complexes. In M/F(s) systems, electron density is accumulated on the metal center in a notable fashion. The binding energy on both kinds of O defects increases from 3d- to 4d- to 5d-atoms of a given group, at variance with the binding energy trend established earlier for the M/O2- complexes, 4d < 3d < 5d. Regarding the evolution of the binding energy along a period, group 7 atoms are slightly destabilized compared to their group 6 congeners in both the F(s) and F(s+) complexes; for later transition elements, the binding energy increases gradually up to group 10 and finally decreases again in group 11, most strongly on the F(s) site. This trend is governed by the negative charge on the adsorbed atoms. We discuss implications for an experimental detection of metal atoms on oxide supports based on computed core-level energies.

Randomized Face-to-Face vs. Home Exercise Interventions in Pregnant Women with Gestational Diabetes

PubMed Central

DOWNS, Danielle Symons; DINALLO, Jennifer M.; BIRCH, Leann L.; PAUL, Ian M.; ULBRECHT, Jan S.

2017-01-01

Objectives Evaluate effects of a theoretically-based, semi-intensive (Face-to-Face; F2F) exercise intervention and minimum-contact (Home) exercise intervention to the standard care (Control) on exercise, its motivational determinants, blood glucose levels, and insulin use of pregnant women with gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). Design Randomized control trial with two intervention arms and control (standard care). Method Participants (N=65) were randomized to a Control (standard prenatal care/GDM dietary counseling), Home (standard care + phone education/support + home exercise), or F2F (standard care + on-site education/support + guided exercise with instructor on 2 days/week) group from ~20 weeks gestation to delivery. Assessments of exercise and motivational determinants were obtained at baseline (20-weeks gestation) and follow-up (32-weeks gestation). Blood glucose levels (fasting/postprandial mg/dL) and insulin use were extrapolated from medical records. Results At the 32-week follow-up, the F2F group had significantly higher exercise min, pedometer steps/day, and motivational determinants (attitude, subjective norm, perceived control, intention) than controls (p’s < .05) and significantly higher exercise min and subjective norm than the Home group (p’s < .05); these effect sizes were medium-large (η2 = .11–.23). There was a medium effect (η2 = .13) on postprandial blood glucose at 36-weeks gestation with the F2F group having lower values than controls. Although not significant, the F2F group started insulin later (33 weeks gestation) than the Home (27 weeks) and Control (31 weeks) groups. Conclusion A theoretically-based, F2F exercise intervention has multiple health benefits and may be the necessary approach for promoting exercise motivation and behavior among GDM women. PMID:28428728

A Randomized Trial of a Diet and Exercise Intervention for Overweight and Obese Women from Economically Disadvantaged Neighborhoods: Sisters Taking Action for Real Success (STARS)

PubMed Central

Wilcox, Sara; Sharpe, Patricia A.; Parra-Medina, Deborah; Granner, Michelle; Hutto, Brent

2011-01-01

Background Lower socioeconomic status at both the individual and neighborhood level is associated with increased health risks. Weight loss can reduce this risk, but few high quality weight loss studies target this population. Objectives STARS tests a culturally-appropriate, group-based behavioral and social support intervention on body weight and waist circumference in women from financially disadvantaged neighborhoods. Design A stratified (by BMI) randomized trial. Randomization to group was generated by a random numbers table with allocation concealment by opaque envelopes. Methods Participants 25–50 years who had a BMI ≥ 25 kg/m2 and a waist circumference ≥ 88 cm were recruited from 18 census tracts in Columbia, SC with high rates of poverty between November 2008 and November 2010. All participants received a dietary and exercise counseling session. Intervention participants then receive 16 theoretically-based and tailored weekly group sessions followed by 8 weeks of telephone maintenance counseling. Control participants receive 16 weekly health education mailings. Measurements correspond to baseline, post-group intervention, and post-telephone counseling, and for intervention participants, after a 12-week no-contact period. Measurement staff was blinded to group assignment. Results Participants (N=155; n=80 intervention, n=75 minimal intervention control) were primarily African American (86.5%) and averaged 38.9 years with a mean BMI of 40.1 kg/m2 and waist circumference of 115.4 cm. Food insecurity was reported by 43% of participants. Summary STARS targets an underserved population with an innovative, tailored, and theoretically-grounded, group-based intervention followed by telephone maintenance. If effective, the approach has the potential to be feasible and cost-effective for community delivery. PMID:21864718

Uncertainty Estimates of Psychoacoustic Thresholds Obtained from Group Tests

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rathsam, Jonathan; Christian, Andrew

2016-01-01

Adaptive psychoacoustic test methods, in which the next signal level depends on the response to the previous signal, are the most efficient for determining psychoacoustic thresholds of individual subjects. In many tests conducted in the NASA psychoacoustic labs, the goal is to determine thresholds representative of the general population. To do this economically, non-adaptive testing methods are used in which three or four subjects are tested at the same time with predetermined signal levels. This approach requires us to identify techniques for assessing the uncertainty in resulting group-average psychoacoustic thresholds. In this presentation we examine the Delta Method of frequentist statistics, the Generalized Linear Model (GLM), the Nonparametric Bootstrap, a frequentist method, and Markov Chain Monte Carlo Posterior Estimation and a Bayesian approach. Each technique is exercised on a manufactured, theoretical dataset and then on datasets from two psychoacoustics facilities at NASA. The Delta Method is the simplest to implement and accurate for the cases studied. The GLM is found to be the least robust, and the Bootstrap takes the longest to calculate. The Bayesian Posterior Estimate is the most versatile technique examined because it allows the inclusion of prior information.

An information-theoretical perspective on weighted ensemble forecasts

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weijs, Steven V.; van de Giesen, Nick

2013-08-01

This paper presents an information-theoretical method for weighting ensemble forecasts with new information. Weighted ensemble forecasts can be used to adjust the distribution that an existing ensemble of time series represents, without modifying the values in the ensemble itself. The weighting can, for example, add new seasonal forecast information in an existing ensemble of historically measured time series that represents climatic uncertainty. A recent article in this journal compared several methods to determine the weights for the ensemble members and introduced the pdf-ratio method. In this article, a new method, the minimum relative entropy update (MRE-update), is presented. Based on the principle of minimum discrimination information, an extension of the principle of maximum entropy (POME), the method ensures that no more information is added to the ensemble than is present in the forecast. This is achieved by minimizing relative entropy, with the forecast information imposed as constraints. From this same perspective, an information-theoretical view on the various weighting methods is presented. The MRE-update is compared with the existing methods and the parallels with the pdf-ratio method are analysed. The paper provides a new, information-theoretical justification for one version of the pdf-ratio method that turns out to be equivalent to the MRE-update. All other methods result in sets of ensemble weights that, seen from the information-theoretical perspective, add either too little or too much (i.e. fictitious) information to the ensemble.

The role of causal criteria in causal inferences: Bradford Hill's "aspects of association".

PubMed

Ward, Andrew C

2009-06-17

As noted by Wesley Salmon and many others, causal concepts are ubiquitous in every branch of theoretical science, in the practical disciplines and in everyday life. In the theoretical and practical sciences especially, people often base claims about causal relations on applications of statistical methods to data. However, the source and type of data place important constraints on the choice of statistical methods as well as on the warrant attributed to the causal claims based on the use of such methods. For example, much of the data used by people interested in making causal claims come from non-experimental, observational studies in which random allocations to treatment and control groups are not present. Thus, one of the most important problems in the social and health sciences concerns making justified causal inferences using non-experimental, observational data. In this paper, I examine one method of justifying such inferences that is especially widespread in epidemiology and the health sciences generally - the use of causal criteria. I argue that while the use of causal criteria is not appropriate for either deductive or inductive inferences, they do have an important role to play in inferences to the best explanation. As such, causal criteria, exemplified by what Bradford Hill referred to as "aspects of [statistical] associations", have an indispensible part to play in the goal of making justified causal claims.

The role of causal criteria in causal inferences: Bradford Hill's "aspects of association"

PubMed Central

Ward, Andrew C

2009-01-01

As noted by Wesley Salmon and many others, causal concepts are ubiquitous in every branch of theoretical science, in the practical disciplines and in everyday life. In the theoretical and practical sciences especially, people often base claims about causal relations on applications of statistical methods to data. However, the source and type of data place important constraints on the choice of statistical methods as well as on the warrant attributed to the causal claims based on the use of such methods. For example, much of the data used by people interested in making causal claims come from non-experimental, observational studies in which random allocations to treatment and control groups are not present. Thus, one of the most important problems in the social and health sciences concerns making justified causal inferences using non-experimental, observational data. In this paper, I examine one method of justifying such inferences that is especially widespread in epidemiology and the health sciences generally – the use of causal criteria. I argue that while the use of causal criteria is not appropriate for either deductive or inductive inferences, they do have an important role to play in inferences to the best explanation. As such, causal criteria, exemplified by what Bradford Hill referred to as "aspects of [statistical] associations", have an indispensible part to play in the goal of making justified causal claims. PMID:19534788

Aging Oxidation Reactions on Atmospheric Black Carbon by OH Radicals. A Theoretical Modeling Study.

PubMed

Rojas, Laura; Peraza, Alexander; Ruette, Fernando

2015-12-31

Aging processes of black carbon (BC) particles require knowledge of their chemical reactivities, which have impact on cloud condensation nuclei (CCN) activities, radiant properties and health problems related to air pollutions. In the present work, interactions between several OH radicals with BC (modeled with a coronene molecule) were calculated by using DFT and PM6 codes as described by Mysak et al. Water interaction with BC was also included. Results show that OH radical adsorption is preferred on border sites, independent of the theoretical method employed. Potential energy curves using DFT(TPSS-D3) approach for OH chemisorption showed small-energy barriers, as reported in previous work with PM6. A dipole moment has been created, and the hydrophobic coronene surface is transformed to hydrophilic after the first OH chemisorption. Several stages were found in the BC aging by OH radicals, thus (a) Hydroxylation of coronene by several OH radical would lead to H abstractions directly from the substrate. (b) Abstraction of H from adsorbed OH (at the border sites) drives a C-C bond breaking and the formation of carboxyl groups. (c) Hydrogen abstraction from carboxyl group produces decarboxylation (CO2 plus water) as experimentally obtained. Potential energy curves of one of the reactive path were calculated with the PM6 method. The formation of products was confirmed using DFT. Coronene interaction with O2 was also considered to have a realistic atmospheric environment.

Integrated primary care, the collaboration imperative inter-organizational cooperation in the integrated primary care field: a theoretical framework

PubMed Central

Valentijn, Pim P; Bruijnzeels, Marc A; de Leeuw, Rob J; Schrijvers, Guus J.P

2012-01-01

Purpose Capacity problems and political pressures have led to a rapid change in the organization of primary care from mono disciplinary small business to complex inter-organizational relationships. It is assumed that inter-organizational collaboration is the driving force to achieve integrated (primary) care. Despite the importance of collaboration and integration of services in primary care, there is no unambiguous definition for both concepts. The purpose of this study is to examine and link the conceptualisation and validation of the terms inter-organizational collaboration and integrated primary care using a theoretical framework. Theory The theoretical framework is based on the complex collaboration process of negotiation among multiple stakeholder groups in primary care. Methods A literature review of health sciences and business databases, and targeted grey literature sources. Based on the literature review we operationalized the constructs of inter-organizational collaboration and integrated primary care in a theoretical framework. The framework is being validated in an explorative study of 80 primary care projects in the Netherlands. Results and conclusions Integrated primary care is considered as a multidimensional construct based on a continuum of integration, extending from segregation to integration. The synthesis of the current theories and concepts of inter-organizational collaboration is insufficient to deal with the complexity of collaborative issues in primary care. One coherent and integrated theoretical framework was found that could make the complex collaboration process in primary care transparent. This study presented theoretical framework is a first step to understand the patterns of successful collaboration and integration in primary care services. These patterns can give insights in the organization forms needed to create a good working integrated (primary) care system that fits the local needs of a population. Preliminary data of the patterns of collaboration and integration will be presented.

Diabetes Empowerment Council: Integrative Pilot Intervention for Transitioning Young Adults With Type 1 Diabetes

PubMed Central

Weigensberg, Marc J; Vigen, Cheryl; Sequeira, Paola; Spruijt-Metz, Donna; Juarez, Magaly; Florindez, Daniella; Peters, Anne; Pyatak, Elizabeth A

2018-01-01

Background The transition of young adults with type 1 diabetes (T1D) from pediatric to adult care is challenging and frequently accompanied by worsening of diabetes-related health. To date, there are no reports which prospectively assess the effects of theory-based psycho-behavioral interventions during the transition period neither on glycemic control nor on psychosocial factors that contribute to poor glycemic control. Therefore, the overall aim of this study was to develop and pilot test an integrative group intervention based on the underlying principles of self-determination theory (SDT), in young adults with T1D. Methods Fifty-one young adults with T1D participated in an education and case management-based transition program, of which 9 took part in the Diabetes Empowerment Council (DEC), a 12-week holistic, multimodality facilitated group intervention consisting of “council” process based on indigenous community practices, stress-reduction guided imagery, narrative medicine modalities, simple ritual, and other integrative modalities. Feasibility, acceptability, potential mechanism of effects, and bio-behavioral outcomes were determined using mixed qualitative and quantitative methods. Results The intervention was highly acceptable to participants, though presented significant feasibility challenges. Participants in DEC showed significant reductions in perceived stress and depression, and increases in general well-being relative to other control participants. Reduction in perceived stress, independent of intervention group, was associated with reductions in hemoglobin A1C. A theoretical model explaining the effects of the intervention included the promotion of relatedness and autonomy support, 2 important aspects of SDT. Conclusions The DEC is a promising group intervention for young adults with T1D going through transition to adult care. Future investigations will be necessary to resolve feasibility issues, optimize the multimodality intervention, determine full intervention effects, and fully test the role of the underlying theoretical model of action. ClinicalTrials.gov Registration Number NCT02807155; Registration date: June 15, 2016 (retrospectively registered) PMID:29552422

An Information Theoretic Analysis of Classification Sorting and Cognition by Ninth Grade Children within a Piagetian Setting.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Dunlop, David Livingston

The purpose of this study was to use an information theoretic memory model to quantitatively investigate classification sorting and recall behaviors of various groups of students. The model provided theorems for the determination of information theoretic measures from which inferences concerning mental processing were made. The basic procedure…

Synthesis, molecular structure, FT-IR, Raman, XRD and theoretical investigations of (2E)-1-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-en-1-one.

PubMed

Chidan Kumar, Chandraju Sadolalu; Fun, Hoong Kun; Parlak, Cemal; Rhyman, Lydia; Ramasami, Ponnadurai; Tursun, Mahir; Chandraju, Siddegowda; Quah, Ching Kheng

2014-11-11

A novel (2E)-1-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)prop-2-en-1-one [C17H11ClOS] compound has been synthesized and its structure has been characterized by FT-IR, Raman and single-crystal X-ray diffraction techniques. The isomers, optimized geometrical parameters, normal mode frequencies and corresponding vibrational assignments of the compound have been examined by means of the density functional theory method, employing, the Becke-3-Lee-Yang-Parr functional and the 6-311+G(3df,p) basis set. Reliable vibrational assignments and molecular orbitals have been investigated by the potential energy distribution and natural bonding orbital analyses, respectively. The compound crystallizes in the monoclinic space group P2₁/c with the unit cell parameters a=5.7827(8)Å, b=14.590(2)Å, c=16.138(2)Å and β=89.987 (°). The CC bond of the central enone group adopts an E configuration. There is a good agreement between the theoretically predicted structural parameters and vibrational frequencies and those obtained experimentally. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Surface Tension of Liquid Alkali, Alkaline, and Main Group Metals: Theoretical Treatment and Relationship Investigations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aqra, Fathi; Ayyad, Ahmed

2011-09-01

An improved theoretical method for calculating the surface tension of liquid metals is proposed. A recently derived equation that allows an accurate estimate of surface tension to be made for the large number of elements, based on statistical thermodynamics, is used for a means of calculating reliable values for the surface tension of pure liquid alkali, alkaline earth, and main group metals at the melting point, In order to increase the validity of the model, the surface tension of liquid lithium was calculated in the temperature range 454 K to 1300 K (181 °C to 1027 °C), where the calculated surface tension values follow a straight line behavior given by γ = 441 - 0.15 (T-Tm) (mJ m-2). The calculated surface excess entropy of liquid Li (- dγ/ dT) was found to be 0.15 mJ m-2 K-1, which agrees well with the reported experimental value (0.147 mJ/m2 K). Moreover, the relations of the calculated surface tension of alkali metals to atomic radius, heat of fusion, and specific heat capacity are described. The results are in excellent agreement with the existing experimental data.

Biometric Modeling of Gene-Environment Interplay: The Intersection of Theory and Method and Applications for Social Inequality

PubMed Central

South, Susan C.; Hamdi, Nayla; Krueger, Robert F.

2015-01-01

For more than a decade, biometric moderation models have been used to examine whether genetic and environmental influences on individual differences might vary within the population. These quantitative gene × environment interaction (G×E) models not only have the potential to elucidate when genetic and environmental influences on a phenotype might differ, but why, as they provide an empirical test of several theoretical paradigms that serve as useful heuristics to explain etiology—diathesis-stress, bioecological, differential susceptibility, and social control. In the current manuscript, we review how these developmental theories align with different patterns of findings from statistical models of gene-environment interplay. We then describe the extant empirical evidence, using work by our own research group and others, to lay out genetically-informative plausible accounts of how phenotypes related to social inequality—physical health and cognition—might relate to these theoretical models. PMID:26426103

Biometric Modeling of Gene-Environment Interplay: The Intersection of Theory and Method and Applications for Social Inequality.

PubMed

South, Susan C; Hamdi, Nayla R; Krueger, Robert F

2017-02-01

For more than a decade, biometric moderation models have been used to examine whether genetic and environmental influences on individual differences might vary within the population. These quantitative Gene × Environment interaction models have the potential to elucidate not only when genetic and environmental influences on a phenotype might differ, but also why, as they provide an empirical test of several theoretical paradigms that serve as useful heuristics to explain etiology-diathesis-stress, bioecological, differential susceptibility, and social control. In the current article, we review how these developmental theories align with different patterns of findings from statistical models of gene-environment interplay. We then describe the extant empirical evidence, using work by our own research group and others, to lay out genetically informative plausible accounts of how phenotypes related to social inequality-physical health and cognition-might relate to these theoretical models. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Applying information theory to small groups assessment: emotions and well-being at work.

PubMed

García-Izquierdo, Antonio León; Moreno, Blanca; García-Izquierdo, Mariano

2010-05-01

This paper explores and analyzes the relations between emotions and well-being in a sample of aviation personnel, passenger crew (flight attendants). There is an increasing interest in studying the influence of emotions and its role as psychosocial factors in the work environment as they are able to act as facilitators or shock absorbers. The contrast of the theoretical models by using traditional parametric techniques requires a large sample size to the efficient estimation of the coefficients that quantify the relations between variables. Since the available sample that we have is small, the most common size in European enterprises, we used the maximum entropy principle to explore the emotions that are involved in the psychosocial risks. The analyses show that this method takes advantage of the limited information available and guarantee an optimal estimation, the results of which are coherent with theoretical models and numerous empirical researches about emotions and well-being.

Novel aldehyde and thiosemicarbazone derivatives: Synthesis, spectroscopic characterization, structural studies and molecular docking studies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Karakurt, Tuncay; Tahtaci, Hakan; Subasi, Nuriye Tuna; Er, Mustafa; Ağar, Erbil

2016-12-01

In this study our purpose is that, synthesis and characterization of compounds containing the aldehyde and thiosemicarbazone groups and comparison of the theoretical results with the experimental results. The structures of all synthesized compounds were elucidated by IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR, elemental analyses techniques. The structure of compound (4) (C9H8N4O2S) was also elucidated by X-ray diffraction analysis. In addition, the theoretical IR spectrum, 1H NMR and 13C NMR chemical shift values, frontier molecular orbital values (FMO) of these molecules were analyzed by using Becke-3- Lee-Yang-Parr (B3LYP) method with LanL2DZ basis set. Finally, molecular docking studies were performed on synthesized compounds using the 4DKI beta-lactam protein structure to determine the potential binding mode of inhibitors.

Meteor showers associated with 2003EH1

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Babadzhanov, P. B.; Williams, I. P.; Kokhirova, G. I.

2008-06-01

Using the Everhart RADAU19 numerical integration method, the orbital evolution of the near-Earth asteroid 2003EH1 is investigated. This asteroid belongs to the Amor group and is moving on a comet-like orbit. The integrations are performed over one cycle of variation of the perihelion argument ω. Over such a cycle, the orbit intersect that of the Earth at eight different values of ω. The orbital parameters are different at each of these intersections and so a meteoroid stream surrounding such an orbit can produce eight different meteor showers, one at each crossing. The geocentric radiants and velocities of the eight theoretical meteor showers associated with these crossing points are determined. Using published data, observed meteor showers are identified with each of the theoretically predicted showers. The character of the orbit and the existence of observed meteor showers associated with 2003EH1 confirm the supposition that this object is an extinct comet.

Traveling Magnetic Field Applications for Materials Processing in Space

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Motakef, S.; Grugel, R. N.; Mazuruk, K.; Whitaker, Ann F. (Technical Monitor)

2001-01-01

Including the capability to induce a controlled fluid flow in the melt can significantly enrich research on solidification phenomena in a microgravity environment. The traveling magnetic field (TMF) is a promising technique to achieve this goal and is the aim of our ground-based project. In this presentation we will discuss new theoretical as well as experimental results recently obtained by our group. In particular, we experimentally demonstrated efficient mixing of metal alloys in long tubes subjected to TMF during processing. Application of this technique can be an elegant solution to ensure melt homogenization prior to solidification in a microgravity environment where natural convection is generally absent. Results of our theoretical work on TMF induced flows, such as convection control in Bridgman as well as in the Traveling Heater method, will be presented. Possible applications of TMF on board the ISS will also be discussed.

Intense upconversion luminescence and effect of local environment for Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped novel TeO2-BiCl3 glass system.

PubMed

Wang, Guonian; Dai, Shixun; Zhang, Junjie; Wen, Lei; Yang, Jianhu; Jiang, Zhonghong

2006-05-15

We present the results of a study that uses theoretical and experimental methods to investigate the characteristics of the upconversion luminescence of Tm3+/Yb3+ codoped TeO2-BiCl3 glass system as a function of the BiCl3 fraction. These glasses are potentially important in the design of upconversion fiber lasers. Effect of local environment around Tm3+ on upconversion fluorescence intensity was analyzed by theoretical calculations. The structure and spectroscopic properties were investigated in the experiments by measuring the Raman spectra, IR transmission spectra, and absorption and fluorescence intensities at room temperature. The results indicate that blue luminescence quantum efficiency increases with increasing BiCl3 content from 10 to 60 mol%, which were interpreted by the increase of asymmetry of glass structure, decrease of phonon energy and removing of OH- groups.

Problem-based learning in optical engineering studies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Voznesenskaya, Anna

2016-09-01

Nowadays, the Problem-Based Learning (PBL) is one of the most prospective educational technologies. PBL is based on evaluation of learning outcomes of a student, both professional and personal, instead of traditional evaluation of theoretical knowledge and selective practical skills. Such an approach requires changes in the curricula development. There should be introduced projects (cases) imitating real tasks from the professional life. These cases should include a problem summary with necessary theoretic description, charts, graphs, information sources etc, task to implement and evaluation indicators and criteria. Often these cases are evaluated with the assessment-center method. To motivate students for the given task they could be divided into groups and have a contest. Whilst it looks easy to implement in social, economic or teaching fields PBL is pretty complicated in engineering studies. Examples of cases in the first-cycle optical engineering studies are shown in this paper. Procedures of the PBL implementation and evaluation are described.

Interpersonal communication as an agent of normative influence: a mixed method study among the urban poor in India.

PubMed

Rimal, Rajiv N; Sripad, Pooja; Speizer, Ilene S; Calhoun, Lisa M

2015-08-12

Although social norms are thought to play an important role in couples' reproductive decisions, only limited theoretical or empirical guidance exists on how the underlying process works. Using the theory of normative social behavior (TNSB), through a mixed-method design, we investigated the role played by injunctive norms and interpersonal discussion in the relationship between descriptive norms and use of modern contraceptive methods among the urban poor in India. Data from a household survey (N = 11,811) were used to test the underlying theoretical propositions, and focus group interviews among men and women were then conducted to obtain more in-depth knowledge about decision-making processes related to modern contraceptive use. Spousal influence and interpersonal communication emerged as key factors in decision-making, waning in the later years of marriage, and they also moderated the influence of descriptive norms on behaviors. Norms around contraceptive use, which varied by parity, are rapidly changing with the country's urbanization and increased access to health information. Open interpersonal discussion, community norms, and perspectives are integral in enabling women and couples to use modern family planning to meet their current fertility desires and warrant sensitivity in the design of family planning policy and programs.

Wear Calculation Approach for Sliding - Friction Pairs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Springis, G.; Rudzitis, J.; Lungevics, J.; Berzins, K.

2017-05-01

One of the most important things how to predict the service life of different products is always connected with the choice of adequate method. With the development of production technologies and measuring devices and with ever increasing precision one can get the appropriate data to be used in analytic calculations. Historically one can find several theoretical wear calculation methods but still there are no exact wear calculation model that could be applied to all cases of wear processes because of difficulties connected with a variety of parameters that are involved in wear process of two or several surfaces. Analysing the wear prediction theories that could be classified into definite groups one can state that each of them has shortcomings that might impact the results thus making unnecessary theoretical calculations. The offered wear calculation method is based on the theories of different branches of science. It includes the description of 3D surface micro-topography using standardized roughness parameters, explains the regularities of particle separation from the material in the wear process using fatigue theory and takes into account material’s physical and mechanical characteristics and definite conditions of product’s working time. The proposed wear calculation model could be of value for prediction of the exploitation time for sliding friction pairs thus allowing the best technologies to be chosen for many mechanical details.

Low Barrier Methyl Rotation in 3-PENTYN-1-OL as Observed by Microwave Spectroscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Eibl, Konrad; Kannengießer, Raphaela; Stahl, Wolfgang; Nguyen, Ha Vinh Lam; Kleiner, Isabelle

2016-06-01

It is known that the barrier to internal rotation of the methyl groups in ethane (1) is about 1000 wn. If a C-C-triple bond is inserted between the methyl groups as a spacer (2), the torsional barrier is assumed to be dramatically lower, which is a common feature of ethinyl groups in general. To study this effect of almost free internal rotation, we measured the rotational spectrum of 3-pentyn-1-ol (3) by pulsed jet Fourier transform microwave spectroscopy in the frequency range from 2 to 26.5 GHz. Quantum chemical calculations at the MP2/6-311++G(d,p) level of theory yielded five stable conformers on the potential energy surface. The most stable conformer, which possesses C1 symmetry, was assigned and fitted using two theoretical approaches treating internal rotations, the rho axis method (BELGI-C1) and the combined axis method (XIAM). The molecular parameters as well as the internal rotation parameters were determined. A very low barrier to internal rotation of the methyl group of only 9.4545(95) wn was observed. R. M. Pitzer, Acc. Chem. Res., 1983, 16, 207-210

A guide to using the Theoretical Domains Framework of behaviour change to investigate implementation problems.

PubMed

Atkins, Lou; Francis, Jill; Islam, Rafat; O'Connor, Denise; Patey, Andrea; Ivers, Noah; Foy, Robbie; Duncan, Eilidh M; Colquhoun, Heather; Grimshaw, Jeremy M; Lawton, Rebecca; Michie, Susan

2017-06-21

Implementing new practices requires changes in the behaviour of relevant actors, and this is facilitated by understanding of the determinants of current and desired behaviours. The Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) was developed by a collaboration of behavioural scientists and implementation researchers who identified theories relevant to implementation and grouped constructs from these theories into domains. The collaboration aimed to provide a comprehensive, theory-informed approach to identify determinants of behaviour. The first version was published in 2005, and a subsequent version following a validation exercise was published in 2012. This guide offers practical guidance for those who wish to apply the TDF to assess implementation problems and support intervention design. It presents a brief rationale for using a theoretical approach to investigate and address implementation problems, summarises the TDF and its development, and describes how to apply the TDF to achieve implementation objectives. Examples from the implementation research literature are presented to illustrate relevant methods and practical considerations. Researchers from Canada, the UK and Australia attended a 3-day meeting in December 2012 to build an international collaboration among researchers and decision-makers interested in the advancing use of the TDF. The participants were experienced in using the TDF to assess implementation problems, design interventions, and/or understand change processes. This guide is an output of the meeting and also draws on the authors' collective experience. Examples from the implementation research literature judged by authors to be representative of specific applications of the TDF are included in this guide. We explain and illustrate methods, with a focus on qualitative approaches, for selecting and specifying target behaviours key to implementation, selecting the study design, deciding the sampling strategy, developing study materials, collecting and analysing data, and reporting findings of TDF-based studies. Areas for development include methods for triangulating data, e.g. from interviews, questionnaires and observation and methods for designing interventions based on TDF-based problem analysis. We offer this guide to the implementation community to assist in the application of the TDF to achieve implementation objectives. Benefits of using the TDF include the provision of a theoretical basis for implementation studies, good coverage of potential reasons for slow diffusion of evidence into practice and a method for progressing from theory-based investigation to intervention.

Optical Analog to Electromagnetically Induced Transparency in Cascaded Ring-Resonator Systems.

PubMed

Wang, Yonghua; Zheng, Hua; Xue, Chenyang; Zhang, Wendong

2016-07-25

The analogue of electromagnetically induced transparency in optical methods has shown great potential in slow light and sensing applications. Here, we experimentally demonstrated a coupled resonator induced transparency system with three cascaded ring coupled resonators in a silicon chip. The structure was modeled by using the transfer matrix method. Influences of various parameters including coupling ratio of couplers, waveguide loss and additional loss of couplers on transmission characteristic and group index have been investigated theoretically and numerically in detail. The transmission character of the system was measured by the vertical grating coupling method. The enhanced quality factor reached 1.22 × 10⁵. In addition, we further test the temperature performance of the device. The results provide a new method for the manipulation of light in highly integrated optical circuits and sensing applications.

Renormalization group analysis of anisotropic diffusion in turbulent shear flows

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rubinstein, Robert; Barton, J. Michael

1991-01-01

The renormalization group is applied to compute anisotropic corrections to the scalar eddy diffusivity representation of turbulent diffusion of a passive scalar. The corrections are linear in the mean velocity gradients. All model constants are computed theoretically. A form of the theory valid at arbitrary Reynolds number is derived. The theory applies only when convection of the velocity-scalar correlation can be neglected. A ratio of diffusivity components, found experimentally to have a nearly constant value in a variety of shear flows, is computed theoretically for flows in a certain state of equilibrium. The theoretical value is well within the fairly narrow range of experimentally observed values. Theoretical predictions of this diffusivity ratio are also compared with data from experiments and direct numerical simulations of homogeneous shear flows with constant velocity and scalar gradients.

Metastable Prepores in Tension-Free Lipid Bilayers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ting, Christina L.; Awasthi, Neha; Müller, Marcus; Hub, Jochen S.

2018-03-01

The formation and closure of aqueous pores in lipid bilayers is a key step in various biophysical processes. Large pores are well described by classical nucleation theory, but the free-energy landscape of small, biologically relevant pores has remained largely unexplored. The existence of small and metastable "prepores" was hypothesized decades ago from electroporation experiments, but resolving metastable prepores from theoretical models remained challenging. Using two complementary methods—atomistic simulations and self-consistent field theory of a minimal lipid model—we determine the parameters for which metastable prepores occur in lipid membranes. Both methods consistently suggest that pore metastability depends on the relative volume ratio between the lipid head group and lipid tails: lipids with a larger head-group volume fraction (or shorter saturated tails) form metastable prepores, whereas lipids with a smaller head-group volume fraction (or longer unsaturated tails) form unstable prepores.

A new theoretical approach to analyze complex processes in cytoskeleton proteins.

PubMed

Li, Xin; Kolomeisky, Anatoly B

2014-03-20

Cytoskeleton proteins are filament structures that support a large number of important biological processes. These dynamic biopolymers exist in nonequilibrium conditions stimulated by hydrolysis chemical reactions in their monomers. Current theoretical methods provide a comprehensive picture of biochemical and biophysical processes in cytoskeleton proteins. However, the description is only qualitative under biologically relevant conditions because utilized theoretical mean-field models neglect correlations. We develop a new theoretical method to describe dynamic processes in cytoskeleton proteins that takes into account spatial correlations in the chemical composition of these biopolymers. Our approach is based on analysis of probabilities of different clusters of subunits. It allows us to obtain exact analytical expressions for a variety of dynamic properties of cytoskeleton filaments. By comparing theoretical predictions with Monte Carlo computer simulations, it is shown that our method provides a fully quantitative description of complex dynamic phenomena in cytoskeleton proteins under all conditions.

Implementation of evidence on the nurse-patient relationship in psychiatric wards through a mixed method design: study protocol.

PubMed

Moreno-Poyato, Antonio R; Delgado-Hito, Pilar; Suárez-Pérez, Raquel; Leyva-Moral, Juan M; Aceña-Domínguez, Rosa; Carreras-Salvador, Regina; Roldán-Merino, Juan F; Lluch-Canut, Teresa; Montesó-Curto, Pilar

2017-01-01

Psychiatric nurses are aware of the importance of the therapeutic relationship in psychiatric units. Nevertheless, a review of the scientific evidence indicates that theoretical knowledge alone is insufficient to establish an adequate therapeutic alliance. Therefore, strategies are required to promote changes to enhance the establishment of the working relationship. The aims of the study are to generate changes in how nurses establish the therapeutic relationship in acute psychiatric units, based on participative action research and to evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of evidence through this method. The study will use a mixed method design. Qualitative methodology, through participative action research, will be employed to implement scientific evidence on the therapeutic relationship. A quasi-experimental, one-group, pre-test/post-test design will also be used to quantitatively measure the effectiveness of the implementation of the evidence. Participants will consist of nurses and patients from two psychiatric units in Barcelona. Nurses will be selected by theoretical sampling, and patients assigned to each nurses will be selected by consecutive sampling. Qualitative data will be gathered through discussion groups and field diaries. Quantitative data will be collected through the Working Alliance Inventory and the Interpersonal Reactivity Index. Qualitative data will be analysed through the technique of content analysis and quantitative data through descriptive and inferential statistics. This study will help to understand the process of change in a nursing team working in an inpatient psychiatric ward and will allow nurses to generate knowledge, identify difficulties, and establish strategies to implement change, as well as to assess whether the quality of the care they provide shows a qualitative improvement.

Cultural adaptation of evidence-based practice utilizing an iterative stakeholder process and theoretical framework: problem solving therapy for Chinese older adults

PubMed Central

Chu, Joyce P.; Huynh, Loanie; Areán, Patricia

2011-01-01

Objectives Main objectives were to familiarize the reader with a theoretical framework for modifying evidence-based interventions for cultural groups, and to provide an example of one method, Formative Method for Adapting Psychotherapies (FMAP), in the adaptation of an evidence-based intervention for a cultural group notorious for refusing mental health treatment. Methods Provider and client stakeholder input combined with an iterative testing process within the FMAP framework was utilized to create the Problem Solving Therapy—Chinese Older Adult (PST-COA) manual for depression. Data from pilot-testing the intervention with a clinically depressed Chinese elderly woman are reported. Results PST-COA is categorized as a ‘culturally-adapted’ treatment, where core mediating mechanisms of PST were preserved, but cultural themes of measurement methodology, stigma, hierarchical provider-client relationship expectations, and acculturation enhanced core components to make PST more understandable and relevant for Chinese elderly. Modifications also encompassed therapeutic framework and peripheral elements affecting engagement and retention. PST-COA applied with a depressed Chinese older adult indicated remission of clinical depression and improvement in mood. Fidelity with and acceptability of the treatment was sufficient as the client completed and reported high satisfaction with PST-COA. Conclusions PST, as a non-emotion-focused, evidence-based intervention, is a good fit for depressed Chinese elderly. Through an iterative stakeholder process of cultural adaptation, several culturally-specific modifications were applied to PST to create the PST-COA manual. PST-COA preserves core therapeutic PST elements but includes cultural adaptations in therapeutic framework and key administration and content areas that ensure greater applicability and effectiveness for the Chinese elderly community. PMID:21500283

Structure of 8B from elastic and inelastic 7Be+p scattering

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mitchell, J. P.; Rogachev, G. V.; Johnson, E. D.; Baby, L. T.; Kemper, K. W.; Moro, A. M.; Peplowski, P.; Volya, A. S.; Wiedenhöver, I.

2013-05-01

Background: Detailed experimental knowledge of the level structure of light weakly bound nuclei is necessary to guide the development of new theoretical approaches that combine nuclear structure with reaction dynamics.Purpose: The resonant structure of 8B is studied in this work.Method: Excitation functions for elastic and inelastic 7Be+p scattering were measured using a 7Be rare isotope beam. Excitation energies ranging between 1.6 and 3.4 MeV were investigated. An R-matrix analysis of the excitation functions was performed.Results: New low-lying resonances at 1.9, 2.54, and 3.3 MeV in 8B are reported with spin-parity assignment 0+, 2+, and 1+, respectively. Comparison to the time-dependent continuum shell (TDCSM) model and ab initio no-core shell model/resonating-group method (NCSM/RGM) calculations is performed. This work is a more detailed analysis of the data first published as a Rapid Communication. J. P. Mitchell, G. V. Rogachev, E. D. Johnson, L. T. Baby, K. W. Kemper , [Phys. Rev. CPRVCAN0556-281310.1103/PhysRevC.82.011601 82, 011601(R) (2010)].Conclusions: Identification of the 0+, 2+, 1+ states that were predicted by some models at relatively low energy but never observed experimentally is an important step toward understanding the structure of 8B. Their identification was aided by having both elastic and inelastic scattering data. Direct comparison of the cross sections and phase shifts predicted by the TDCSM and ab initio no-core shell model coupled with the resonating group method is of particular interest and provides a good test for these theoretical approaches.

Connecting single cell to collective cell behavior in a unified theoretical framework

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

George, Mishel; Bullo, Francesco; Campàs, Otger

Collective cell behavior is an essential part of tissue and organ morphogenesis during embryonic development, as well as of various disease processes, such as cancer. In contrast to many in vitro studies of collective cell migration, most cases of in vivo collective cell migration involve rather small groups of cells, with large sheets of migrating cells being less common. The vast majority of theoretical descriptions of collective cell behavior focus on large numbers of cells, but fail to accurately capture the dynamics of small groups of cells. Here we introduce a low-dimensional theoretical description that successfully captures single cell migration, cell collisions, collective dynamics in small groups of cells, and force propagation during sheet expansion, all within a common theoretical framework. Our description is derived from first principles and also includes key phenomenological aspects of cell migration that control the dynamics of traction forces. Among other results, we explain the counter-intuitive observations that pairs of cells repel each other upon collision while they behave in a coordinated manner within larger clusters.

Researching Society and Culture.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Seale, Clive, Ed.

This book provides theoretically informed guidance to practicing the key research methods for investigating society and culture. It is a text in both methods and methodology, in which the importance of understanding the historical, theoretical and institutional context in which particular methods have developed is stressed. The contributors of the…

The utility of vignettes to stimulate reflection on professionalism: theory and practice.

PubMed

Bernabeo, E C; Holmboe, E S; Ross, K; Chesluk, B; Ginsburg, S

2013-08-01

Professionalism remains a substantive theme in medical literature. There is an emerging emphasis on sociological and complex adaptive systems perspectives that refocuses attention from just the individual role to working within one's system to enact professionalism in practice. Reflecting on responses to professional dilemmas may be one method to help practicing physicians identify both internal and external factors contributing to (un) professional behavior. We present a rationale and theoretical framework that supports and guides a reflective approach to the self assessment of professionalism. Guided by principles grounded in this theoretical framework, we developed and piloted a set of vignettes on professionally challenging situations, designed to stimulate reflection in practicing physicians. Findings show that participants found the vignettes to be authentic and typical, and reported the group experience as facilitative around discussions of professional ambiguity. Providing an opportunity for physicians to reflect on professional behavior in an open and safe forum may be a practical way to guide physicians to assess themselves on professional behavior and engage with the complexities of their work. The finding that the focus groups led to reflection at a group level suggests that effective reflection on professional behavior may require a socially interactive process. Emphasizing both the behaviors and the internal and external context in which they occur can thus be viewed as critically important for understanding professionalism in practicing physicians.

Structural investigation of (2E)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)amino]prop-2-enoic acid: X-ray crystal structure, spectroscopy and DFT

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Venkatesan, Perumal; Rajakannan, Venkatachalam; Venkataramanan, Natarajan S.; Ilangovan, Andivelu; Sundius, Tom; Thamotharan, Subbiah

2016-09-01

The title compound, (2E)-2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)amino]prop-2-enoic acid is characterized by means of X-ray crystallography, spectroscopic methods and quantum chemical calculations. The title compound crystallizes in centrosymmetric space group P21/c. Moreover, the crystal structure is primarily stabilized through intramolecular Nsbnd H⋯O and Osbnd H⋯O and intermolecular Nsbnd H⋯O and Csbnd H⋯O interactions along with carbonyl⋯carbonyl and Csbnd H⋯C contacts. These intermolecular interactions are analysed and quantified by using Hirshfeld surface analysis, PIXEL energy, NBO, AIM and DFT calculations. The overall lattice energies of the title and parent compounds suggest that the title compound is stabilized by a 4.5 kcal mol-1 higher energy than the parent compound. The additional stabilization force comes from the methoxy substitution on the title molecule, which is evident since the methoxy group is involved in the intermolecular Csbnd H⋯O interaction as an acceptor. The vibrational modes of the interacting groups are investigated using both experimental and theoretical FT-IR and FT-Raman spectra. The experimental and theoretical UV-Vis spectra agree well. The time dependent DFT spectra show that the ligand-to-ligand charge transfer is responsible for the intense absorbance of the compound.

Aligning professional skills and active learning methods: an application for information and communications technology engineering

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Llorens, Ariadna; Berbegal-Mirabent, Jasmina; Llinàs-Audet, Xavier

2017-07-01

Engineering education is facing new challenges to effectively provide the appropriate skills to future engineering professionals according to market demands. This study proposes a model based on active learning methods, which is expected to facilitate the acquisition of the professional skills most highly valued in the information and communications technology (ICT) market. The theoretical foundations of the study are based on the specific literature on active learning methodologies. The Delphi method is used to establish the fit between learning methods and generic skills required by the ICT sector. An innovative proposition is therefore presented that groups the required skills in relation to the teaching method that best develops them. The qualitative research suggests that a combination of project-based learning and the learning contract is sufficient to ensure a satisfactory skills level for this profile of engineers.

ANCOVA Versus CHANGE From Baseline in Nonrandomized Studies: The Difference.

PubMed

van Breukelen, Gerard J P

2013-11-01

The pretest-posttest control group design can be analyzed with the posttest as dependent variable and the pretest as covariate (ANCOVA) or with the difference between posttest and pretest as dependent variable (CHANGE). These 2 methods can give contradictory results if groups differ at pretest, a phenomenon that is known as Lord's paradox. Literature claims that ANCOVA is preferable if treatment assignment is based on randomization or on the pretest and questionable for preexisting groups. Some literature suggests that Lord's paradox has to do with measurement error in the pretest. This article shows two new things: First, the claims are confirmed by proving the mathematical equivalence of ANCOVA to a repeated measures model without group effect at pretest. Second, correction for measurement error in the pretest is shown to lead back to ANCOVA or to CHANGE, depending on the assumed absence or presence of a true group difference at pretest. These two new theoretical results are illustrated with multilevel (mixed) regression and structural equation modeling of data from two studies.

A dynamic and ultrafast group delay tuning mechanism in two microcavities side-coupled with a waveguide system

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wang, Boyun; Wang, Tao, E-mail: wangtao@hust.edu.cn; Tang, Jian

2014-10-07

We theoretically propose a dynamic and ultrafast group delay tuning mechanism in two microcavities side-coupled to a waveguide system through external optical pump beams. The optical Kerr effect modulation method is applied to improve tuning rate with response time of subpicoseconds or even femtoseconds. The group delay of an all-optical analog to electromagnetically induced transparency effect can be controlled by tuning either the frequency of photonic crystal microcavities or the propagation phase of line waveguide. Group delay is controlled between 5.88 and 70.98 ps by dynamically tuning resonant frequencies of the microcavities. Alternatively, the group delay is controlled between 1.86more » and 12.08 ps by dynamically tuning the propagation phase of line waveguide. All observed schemes are analyzed rigorously through finite-difference time-domain simulations and coupled-mode formalism. Results show a new direction toward microstructure integration optical pulse trapping and all-optical dynamical storage of light devices in optical communication and quantum information processing.« less

Staying theoretically sensitive when conducting grounded theory research.

PubMed

Reay, Gudrun; Bouchal, Shelley Raffin; A Rankin, James

2016-09-01

Background Grounded theory (GT) is founded on the premise that underlying social patterns can be discovered and conceptualised into theories. The method and need for theoretical sensitivity are best understood in the historical context in which GT was developed. Theoretical sensitivity entails entering the field with no preconceptions, so as to remain open to the data and the emerging theory. Investigators also read literature from other fields to understand various ways to construct theories. Aim To explore the concept of theoretical sensitivity from a classical GT perspective, and discuss the ontological and epistemological foundations of GT. Discussion Difficulties in remaining theoretically sensitive throughout research are discussed and illustrated with examples. Emergence - the idea that theory and substance will emerge from the process of comparing data - and staying open to the data are emphasised. Conclusion Understanding theoretical sensitivity as an underlying guiding principle of GT helps the researcher make sense of important concepts, such as delaying the literature review, emergence and the constant comparative method (simultaneous collection, coding and analysis of data). Implications for practice Theoretical sensitivity and adherence to the GT research method allow researchers to discover theories that can bridge the gap between theory and practice.

High Versus Low Theoretical Fidelity Pedometer Intervention Using Social-Cognitive Theory on Steps and Self-Efficacy.

PubMed

Raedeke, Thomas D; Dlugonski, Deirdre

2017-12-01

This study was designed to compare a low versus high theoretical fidelity pedometer intervention applying social-cognitive theory on step counts and self-efficacy. Fifty-six public university employees participated in a 10-week randomized controlled trial with 2 conditions that varied in theoretical fidelity. Participants in the high theoretical fidelity condition wore a pedometer and participated in a weekly group walk followed by a meeting to discuss cognitive-behavioral strategies targeting self-efficacy. Participants in the low theoretical fidelity condition met for a group walk and also used a pedometer as a motivational tool and to monitor steps. Step counts were assessed throughout the 10-week intervention and after a no-treatment follow-up (20 weeks and 30 weeks). Self-efficacy was measured preintervention and postintervention. Participants in the high theoretical fidelity condition increased daily steps by 2,283 from preintervention to postintervention, whereas participants in the low fidelity condition demonstrated minimal change during the same time period (p = .002). Individuals attending at least 80% of the sessions in the high theoretical fidelity condition showed an increase of 3,217 daily steps (d = 1.03), whereas low attenders increased by 925 (d = 0.40). Attendance had minimal impact in the low theoretical fidelity condition. Follow-up data revealed that step counts were at least somewhat maintained. For self-efficacy, participants in the high, compared with those in the low, theoretical fidelity condition showed greater improvements. Findings highlight the importance of basing activity promotion efforts on theory. The high theoretical fidelity intervention that included cognitive-behavioral strategies targeting self-efficacy was more effective than the low theoretical fidelity intervention, especially for those with high attendance.

irGPU.proton.Net: Irregular strong charge interaction networks of protonatable groups in protein molecules--a GPU solver using the fast multipole method and statistical thermodynamics.

PubMed

Kantardjiev, Alexander A

2015-04-05

A cluster of strongly interacting ionization groups in protein molecules with irregular ionization behavior is suggestive for specific structure-function relationship. However, their computational treatment is unconventional (e.g., lack of convergence in naive self-consistent iterative algorithm). The stringent evaluation requires evaluation of Boltzmann averaged statistical mechanics sums and electrostatic energy estimation for each microstate. irGPU: Irregular strong interactions in proteins--a GPU solver is novel solution to a versatile problem in protein biophysics--atypical protonation behavior of coupled groups. The computational severity of the problem is alleviated by parallelization (via GPU kernels) which is applied for the electrostatic interaction evaluation (including explicit electrostatics via the fast multipole method) as well as statistical mechanics sums (partition function) estimation. Special attention is given to the ease of the service and encapsulation of theoretical details without sacrificing rigor of computational procedures. irGPU is not just a solution-in-principle but a promising practical application with potential to entice community into deeper understanding of principles governing biomolecule mechanisms. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Comparing geophysical measurements to theoretical estimates for soil mixtures at low pressures

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wildenschild, D; Berge, P A; Berryman, K G

1999-01-15

The authors obtained good estimates of measured velocities of sand-peat samples at low pressures by using a theoretical method, the self-consistent theory of Berryman (1980), using sand and porous peat to represent the microstructure of the mixture. They were unable to obtain useful estimates with several other theoretical approaches, because the properties of the quartz, air and peat components of the samples vary over several orders of magnitude. Methods that are useful for consolidated rock cannot be applied directly to unconsolidated materials. Instead, careful consideration of microstructure is necessary to adapt the methods successfully. Future work includes comparison of themore » measured velocity values to additional theoretical estimates, investigation of Vp/Vs ratios and wave amplitudes, as well as modeling of dry and saturated sand-clay mixtures (e.g., Bonner et al., 1997, 1998). The results suggest that field data can be interpreted by comparing laboratory measurements of soil velocities to theoretical estimates of velocities in order to establish a systematic method for predicting velocities for a full range of sand-organic material mixtures at various pressures. Once the theoretical relationship is obtained, it can be used to estimate the soil composition at various depths from field measurements of seismic velocities. Additional refining of the method for relating velocities to soil characteristics is useful for development inversion algorithms.« less

Accuracy and high-speed technique for autoprocessing of Young's fringes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Wenyi; Tan, Yushan

1991-12-01

In this paper, an accurate and high-speed method for auto-processing of Young's fringes is proposed. A group of 1-D sampled intensity values along three or more different directions are taken from Young's fringes, and the fringe spacings of each direction are obtained by 1-D FFT respectively. Two directions that have smaller fringe spacing are selected from all directions. The accurate fringe spacings along these two directions are obtained by using orthogonal coherent phase detection technique (OCPD). The actual spacing and angle of Young's fringes, therefore, can be calculated. In this paper, the principle of OCPD is introduced in detail. The accuracy of the method is evaluated theoretically and experimentally.

On the group theoretical approach to the Quantum Theory of an interacting spin-0 particle

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nisticò, Giuseppe

2016-01-01

We point out a difficulty that arises in extending the group theoretical approach that deductively establish the quantum theory of a free particle to the case of an interacting particle. Then we develop an approach which overcomes this difficulty. The result is a theory of an interacting particle where the standard theory is characterized by specific covariance properties related to the interaction.

Lecturers and students as stakeholders for education commissioning for learning disability nursing: focus group findings from a multiple method study.

PubMed

Gates, Bob; Statham, Mark

2013-10-01

In England, the numbers of learning disability nurses are declining; a need for urgent attention to workforce planning issues has been advocated. This paper considers views of lecturers, students and potential students as legitimate stakeholders for future education commissioning for this field of nursing. This project aimed to undertake a strategic review of learning disability nursing educational commissioning, to provide an 'evidence based' evaluation to inform future strategic commissioning of learning disability nursing for one Health Authority, UK. The project adopted a structured multiple methods approach to generate evidence from a number of data sources, this paper reports on the findings from one method [focus groups] used for two groups of stakeholders. Informants comprised 10 learning disability nursing students studying at a Higher Education Institution, 25 health and social care students studying at a Further Education College, and 6 academic staff from 5 universities; all informants were from the south of England. The method reported on in this paper is focus group methodology. Once completed, transcripts made were read in full, and subjected to content analysis. The process of content analysis led to the development of 11 theoretical categories that describe the multiplicity of views of informants, as to issues of importance for this element of the health workforce. The paper concludes by identifying key messages from these informants. It is suggested that both method and findings have national and international resonance, as stakeholder engagement is a universal issue in health care education commissioning. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Barriers and enablers to delivery of the Healthy Kids Check: an analysis informed by the Theoretical Domains Framework and COM-B model

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background More than a fifth of Australian children arrive at school developmentally vulnerable. To counteract this, the Healthy Kids Check (HKC), a one-off health assessment aimed at preschool children, was introduced in 2008 into Australian general practice. Delivery of services has, however, remained low. The Theoretical Domains Framework, which provides a method to understand behaviours theoretically, can be condensed into three core components: capability, opportunity and motivation, and the COM-B model. Utilising this system, this study aimed to determine the barriers and enablers to delivery of the HKC, to inform the design of an intervention to promote provision of HKC services in Australian general practice. Methods Data from 6 focus group discussions with 40 practitioners from general practices in socio-culturally diverse areas of Melbourne, Victoria, were analysed using thematic analysis. Results Many practitioners expressed uncertainty regarding their capabilities and the practicalities of delivering HKCs, but in some cases HKCs had acted as a catalyst for professional development. Key connections between immunisation services and delivery of HKCs prompted practices to have systems of recall and reminder in place. Standardisation of methods for developmental assessment and streamlined referral pathways affected practitioners’ confidence and motivation to perform HKCs. Conclusion Application of a systematic framework effectively demonstrated how a number of behaviours could be targeted to increase delivery of HKCs. Interventions need to target practice systems, the support of office staff and referral options, as well as practitioners’ training. Many behavioural changes could be applied through a single intervention programme delivered by the primary healthcare organisations charged with local healthcare needs (Medicare Locals) providing vital links between general practice, community and the health of young children. PMID:24886520

Structural, vibrational and theoretical studies of anilinium trichloroacetate: New hydrogen bonded molecular crystal with nonlinear optical properties

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tanak, H.; Pawlus, K.; Marchewka, M. K.; Pietraszko, A.

2014-01-01

In this work, we report a combined experimental and theoretical study on molecular structure, vibrational spectra and NBO analysis of the potential nonlinear optical (NLO) material anilinium trichloroacetate. The FT-IR and FT-Raman spectra of the compound have been recorded together between 4000-80 cm-1 and 3600-80 cm-1 regions, respectively. The compound crystallizes in the noncentrosymmetric space group of monoclinic system. The optimized molecular structure, vibrational wavenumbers, IR intensities and Raman activities have been calculated by using density functional method (B3LYP) with 6-311++G(d,p) as higher basis set. The obtained vibrational wavenumbers and optimized geometric parameters were seen to be in good agreement with the experimental data. DSC measurements on powder samples do not indicate clearly on the occurrence of phase transitions in the temperature 113-293 K. The Kurtz and Perry powder reflection technique appeared to be very effective in studies of second-order nonlinear optical properties of the molecule. The non-linear optical properties are also addressed theoretically. The predicted NLO properties of the title compound are much greater than ones of urea. In addition, DFT calculations of the title compound, molecular electrostatic potential, frontier orbitals and thermodynamic properties were also performed at 6-311++G(d,p) level of theory. For title crystal the SHG efficiency was estimated by Kurtz-Perry method to be deff = 0.70 deff (KDP).

Structural, vibrational and theoretical studies of anilinium trichloroacetate: new hydrogen bonded molecular crystal with nonlinear optical properties.

PubMed

Tanak, H; Pawlus, K; Marchewka, M K; Pietraszko, A

2014-01-24

In this work, we report a combined experimental and theoretical study on molecular structure, vibrational spectra and NBO analysis of the potential nonlinear optical (NLO) material anilinium trichloroacetate. The FT-IR and FT-Raman spectra of the compound have been recorded together between 4000-80 cm(-1) and 3600-80 cm(-1) regions, respectively. The compound crystallizes in the noncentrosymmetric space group of monoclinic system. The optimized molecular structure, vibrational wavenumbers, IR intensities and Raman activities have been calculated by using density functional method (B3LYP) with 6-311++G(d,p) as higher basis set. The obtained vibrational wavenumbers and optimized geometric parameters were seen to be in good agreement with the experimental data. DSC measurements on powder samples do not indicate clearly on the occurrence of phase transitions in the temperature 113-293 K. The Kurtz and Perry powder reflection technique appeared to be very effective in studies of second-order nonlinear optical properties of the molecule. The non-linear optical properties are also addressed theoretically. The predicted NLO properties of the title compound are much greater than ones of urea. In addition, DFT calculations of the title compound, molecular electrostatic potential, frontier orbitals and thermodynamic properties were also performed at 6-311++G(d,p) level of theory. For title crystal the SHG efficiency was estimated by Kurtz-Perry method to be d(eff)=0.70 d(eff) (KDP). Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Qualitative Assessment of Inquiry-Based Teaching Methods

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Briggs, Michael; Long, George; Owens, Katrina

2011-01-01

A new approach to teaching method assessment using student focused qualitative studies and the theoretical framework of mental models is proposed. The methodology is considered specifically for the advantages it offers when applied to the assessment of inquiry-based teaching methods. The theoretical foundation of mental models is discussed, and…

The influence of anharmonic and solvent effects on the theoretical vibrational spectra of the guanine-cytosine base pairs in Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen configurations.

PubMed

Bende, Attila; Muntean, Cristina M

2014-03-01

The theoretical IR and Raman spectra of the guanine-cytosine DNA base pairs in Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen configurations were computed using DFT method with M06-2X meta-hybrid GGA exchange-correlation functional, including the anharmonic corrections and solvent effects. The results for harmonic frequencies and their anharmonic corrections were compared with our previously calculated values obtained with the B3PW91 hybrid GGA functional. Significant differences were obtained for the anharmonic corrections calculated with the two different DFT functionals, especially for the stretching modes, while the corresponding harmonic frequencies did not differ considerable. For the Hoogtseen case the H⁺ vibration between the G-C base pair can be characterized as an asymmetric Duffing oscillator and therefore unrealistic anharmonic corrections for normal modes where this proton vibration is involved have been obtained. The spectral modification due to the anharmonic corrections, solvent effects and the influence of sugar-phosphate group for the Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen base pair configurations, respectively, were also discussed. For the Watson-Crick case also the influence of the stacking interaction on the theoretical IR and Raman spectra was analyzed. Including the anharmonic correction in our normal mode analysis is essential if one wants to obtain correct assignments of the theoretical frequency values as compared with the experimental spectra.

A modification in the technique of computing average lengths from the scales of fishes

USGS Publications Warehouse

Van Oosten, John

1953-01-01

In virtually all the studies that employ scales, otollths, or bony structures to obtain the growth history of fishes, it has been the custom to compute lengths for each individual fish and from these data obtain the average growth rates for any particular group. This method involves a considerable amount of mathematical manipulation, time, and effort. Theoretically it should be possible to obtain the same information simply by averaging the scale measurements for each year of life and the length of the fish employed and computing the average lengths from these data. This method would eliminate all calculations for individual fish. Although Van Oosten (1929: 338) pointed out many years ago the validity of this method of computation, his statements apparently have been overlooked by subsequent investigators.

Theoretical Study of the Effect of Enamel Parameters on Laser-Induced Surface Acoustic Waves in Human Incisor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yuan, Ling; Sun, Kaihua; Shen, Zhonghua; Ni, Xiaowu; Lu, Jian

2015-06-01

The laser ultrasound technique has great potential for clinical diagnosis of teeth because of its many advantages. To study laser surface acoustic wave (LSAW) propagation in human teeth, two theoretical methods, the finite element method (FEM) and Laguerre polynomial extension method (LPEM), are presented. The full field temperature values and SAW displacements in an incisor can be obtained by the FEM. The SAW phase velocity in a healthy incisor and dental caries is obtained by the LPEM. The methods and results of this work can provide a theoretical basis for nondestructive evaluation of human teeth with LSAWs.

Mapping a research agenda for the science of team science

PubMed Central

Falk-Krzesinski, Holly J; Contractor, Noshir; Fiore, Stephen M; Hall, Kara L; Kane, Cathleen; Keyton, Joann; Klein, Julie Thompson; Spring, Bonnie; Stokols, Daniel; Trochim, William

2012-01-01

An increase in cross-disciplinary, collaborative team science initiatives over the last few decades has spurred interest by multiple stakeholder groups in empirical research on scientific teams, giving rise to an emergent field referred to as the science of team science (SciTS). This study employed a collaborative team science concept-mapping evaluation methodology to develop a comprehensive research agenda for the SciTS field. Its integrative mixed-methods approach combined group process with statistical analysis to derive a conceptual framework that identifies research areas of team science and their relative importance to the emerging SciTS field. The findings from this concept-mapping project constitute a lever for moving SciTS forward at theoretical, empirical, and translational levels. PMID:23223093

Family and peer influences on adjustment among Chinese, Filipino, and White youth.

PubMed

Willgerodt, Mayumi Anne

2008-01-01

Little is known about the influence of parent-adolescent relationships and peer behavior on emotional distress and risky behaviors among Asian American adolescents; in particular, cross-cultural and longitudinal examinations are missing from the extant research. To test and compare a theoretical model examining the influence of family and peer factors on adolescent distress and risky behavior over time, using a nationally representative sample of Chinese, Filipino, and White adolescents. Data were utilized from Waves I (1994) and II (1995) of the National Longitudinal Study on Adolescent Health; the sample is composed of 194 Chinese, 345 Filipino, and 395 White adolescents and weighted to correct for design effects, yielding a nationally representative sample. Structural equation modeling was used to test the theoretical model for each ethnic group separately followed by multiple-group analyses. The measurement model was examined for each ethnic group, using both unweighted and weighted samples, and was deemed equivalent across groups. Tests of the theoretical model by ethnicity revealed that for each group, family bonds have significant negative effects on emotional distress and risky behaviors. For Filipino and White youth, peer risky behaviors influenced risky behaviors. Multiple-group analyses of the theoretical model indicated that the three ethnic groups did not differ significantly from one another. Findings suggest that family bonds and peer behavior exert significant influences on psychological and behavioral outcomes in Asian American youth and that these influences appear to be similar with White adolescents. Future research should be directed toward incorporating variables known to contribute to the impact of distress and risky behaviors in model testing and validating findings from this study.

Neural dynamics of grouping and segmentation explain properties of visual crowding.

PubMed

Francis, Gregory; Manassi, Mauro; Herzog, Michael H

2017-07-01

Investigations of visual crowding, where a target is difficult to identify because of flanking elements, has largely used a theoretical perspective based on local interactions where flanking elements pool with or substitute for properties of the target. This successful theoretical approach has motivated a wide variety of empirical investigations to identify mechanisms that cause crowding, and it has suggested practical applications to mitigate crowding effects. However, this theoretical approach has been unable to account for a parallel set of findings that crowding is influenced by long-range perceptual grouping effects. When the target and flankers are perceived as part of separate visual groups, crowding tends to be quite weak. Here, we describe how theoretical mechanisms for grouping and segmentation in cortical neural circuits can account for a wide variety of these long-range grouping effects. Building on previous work, we explain how crowding occurs in the model and explain how grouping in the model involves connected boundary signals that represent a key aspect of visual information. We then introduce new circuits that allow nonspecific top-down selection signals to flow along connected boundaries or within a surface contained by boundaries and thereby induce a segmentation that can separate the visual information corresponding to the flankers from the visual information corresponding to the target. When such segmentation occurs, crowding is shown to be weak. We compare the model's behavior to 5 sets of experimental findings on visual crowding and show that the model does a good job explaining the key empirical findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved).

Symbolic interactionism as a theoretical perspective for multiple method research.

PubMed

Benzies, K M; Allen, M N

2001-02-01

Qualitative and quantitative research rely on different epistemological assumptions about the nature of knowledge. However, the majority of nurse researchers who use multiple method designs do not address the problem of differing theoretical perspectives. Traditionally, symbolic interactionism has been viewed as one perspective underpinning qualitative research, but it is also the basis for quantitative studies. Rooted in social psychology, symbolic interactionism has a rich intellectual heritage that spans more than a century. Underlying symbolic interactionism is the major assumption that individuals act on the basis of the meaning that things have for them. The purpose of this paper is to present symbolic interactionism as a theoretical perspective for multiple method designs with the aim of expanding the dialogue about new methodologies. Symbolic interactionism can serve as a theoretical perspective for conceptually clear and soundly implemented multiple method research that will expand the understanding of human health behaviour.

Complex dispersion relation of surface acoustic waves at a lossy metasurface

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schwan, Logan; Geslain, Alan; Romero-García, Vicente; Groby, Jean-Philippe

2017-01-01

The complex dispersion relation of surface acoustic waves (SAWs) at a lossy resonant metasurface is theoretically and experimentally reported. The metasurface consists of the periodic arrangement of borehole resonators in a rigid substrate. The theoretical model relies on a boundary layer approach that provides the effective metasurface admittance governing the complex dispersion relation in the presence of viscous and thermal losses. The model is experimentally validated by measurements in the semi-anechoic chamber. The complex SAW dispersion relation is experimentally retrieved from the analysis of the spatial Laplace transform of the pressure scanned along a line at the metasurface. The geometrical spreading of the energy from the speaker is accounted for, and both the real and imaginary parts of the SAW wavenumber are obtained. The results show that the strong reduction of the SAW group velocity occurs jointly with a drastic attenuation of the wave, leading to the confinement of the field close to the source and preventing the efficient propagation of such slow-sound surface modes. The method opens perspectives to theoretically predict and experimentally characterize both the dispersion and the attenuation of surface waves at structured surfaces.

Theoretical development and first-principles analysis of strongly correlated systems

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Liu, Chen

A variety of quantum many-body methods have been developed for studying the strongly correlated electron systems. We have also proposed a computationally efficient and accurate approach, named the correlation matrix renormalization (CMR) method, to address the challenges. The initial implementation of the CMR method is designed for molecules which have theoretical advantages, including small size of system, manifest mechanism and strongly correlation effect such as bond breaking process. The theoretic development and benchmark tests of the CMR method are included in this thesis. Meanwhile, ground state total energy is the most important property of electronic calculations. We also investigated anmore » alternative approach to calculate the total energy, and extended this method for magnetic anisotropy energy (MAE) of ferromagnetic materials. In addition, another theoretical tool, dynamical mean- field theory (DMFT) on top of the DFT , has also been used in electronic structure calculations for an Iridium oxide to study the phase transition, which results from an interplay of the d electrons' internal degrees of freedom.« less

Ottawa Model of Implementation Leadership and Implementation Leadership Scale: mapping concepts for developing and evaluating theory-based leadership interventions

PubMed Central

Gifford, Wendy; Graham, Ian D; Ehrhart, Mark G; Davies, Barbara L; Aarons, Gregory A

2017-01-01

Purpose Leadership in health care is instrumental to creating a supportive organizational environment and positive staff attitudes for implementing evidence-based practices to improve patient care and outcomes. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the alignment of the Ottawa Model of Implementation Leadership (O-MILe), a theoretical model for developing implementation leadership, with the Implementation Leadership Scale (ILS), an empirically validated tool for measuring implementation leadership. A secondary objective is to describe the methodological process for aligning concepts of a theoretical model with an independently established measurement tool for evaluating theory-based interventions. Methods Modified template analysis was conducted to deductively map items of the ILS onto concepts of the O-MILe. An iterative process was used in which the model and scale developers (n=5) appraised the relevance, conceptual clarity, and fit of each ILS items with the O-MILe concepts through individual feedback and group discussions until consensus was reached. Results All 12 items of the ILS correspond to at least one O-MILe concept, demonstrating compatibility of the ILS as a measurement tool for the O-MILe theoretical constructs. Conclusion The O-MILe provides a theoretical basis for developing implementation leadership, and the ILS is a compatible tool for measuring leadership based on the O-MILe. Used together, the O-MILe and ILS provide an evidence- and theory-based approach for developing and measuring leadership for implementing evidence-based practices in health care. Template analysis offers a convenient approach for determining the compatibility of independently developed evaluation tools to test theoretical models. PMID:29355212

Stability of Poisson Equilibria and Hamiltonian Relative Equilibria by Energy Methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Patrick, George W.; Roberts, Mark; Wulff, Claudia

2004-12-01

We develop a general stability theory for equilibrium points of Poisson dynamical systems and relative equilibria of Hamiltonian systems with symmetries, including several generalisations of the Energy-Casimir and Energy-Momentum Methods. Using a topological generalisation of Lyapunov’s result that an extremal critical point of a conserved quantity is stable, we show that a Poisson equilibrium is stable if it is an isolated point in the intersection of a level set of a conserved function with a subset of the phase space that is related to the topology of the symplectic leaf space at that point. This criterion is applied to generalise the energy-momentum method to Hamiltonian systems which are invariant under non-compact symmetry groups for which the coadjoint orbit space is not Hausdorff. We also show that a G-stable relative equilibrium satisfies the stronger condition of being A-stable, where A is a specific group-theoretically defined subset of G which contains the momentum isotropy subgroup of the relative equilibrium. The results are illustrated by an application to the stability of a rigid body in an ideal irrotational fluid.

Pattern Activity Clustering and Evaluation (PACE)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Blasch, Erik; Banas, Christopher; Paul, Michael; Bussjager, Becky; Seetharaman, Guna

2012-06-01

With the vast amount of network information available on activities of people (i.e. motions, transportation routes, and site visits) there is a need to explore the salient properties of data that detect and discriminate the behavior of individuals. Recent machine learning approaches include methods of data mining, statistical analysis, clustering, and estimation that support activity-based intelligence. We seek to explore contemporary methods in activity analysis using machine learning techniques that discover and characterize behaviors that enable grouping, anomaly detection, and adversarial intent prediction. To evaluate these methods, we describe the mathematics and potential information theory metrics to characterize behavior. A scenario is presented to demonstrate the concept and metrics that could be useful for layered sensing behavior pattern learning and analysis. We leverage work on group tracking, learning and clustering approaches; as well as utilize information theoretical metrics for classification, behavioral and event pattern recognition, and activity and entity analysis. The performance evaluation of activity analysis supports high-level information fusion of user alerts, data queries and sensor management for data extraction, relations discovery, and situation analysis of existing data.

Optical spectra, electronic structure and aromaticity of benzannulated N-heterocyclic carbene and its analogues of the type C6H4(NR)2E: (E = Si, Ge, Sn, Pb).

PubMed

Aysin, Rinat R; Bukalov, Sergey S; Leites, Larissa A; Zabula, Alexander V

2017-07-11

A series of benzannulated N-heterocyclic compounds containing divalent 14 group atoms, C 6 H 4 (NR) 2 E II , E = C, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, have been studied by various experimental (vibrational and UV-vis spectroscopy) and theoretical (NICS, ISE, ACID) techniques. The methods used confirm 10 π-electron delocalization (aromaticity) in these heterocycles, however, the aromaticity sequences estimated by the criteria based on different physical properties do not coincide.

Vibrational excitation of water by electron impact

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Khakoo, M. A.; Winstead, C.; McKoy, V.

2009-05-15

Experimental and calculated differential cross sections (DCSs) for electron-impact excitation of the (010) bending mode and unresolved (100) symmetric and (001) antisymmetric stretching modes of water are presented. Measurements are reported at incident energies of 1-100 eV and scattering angles of 10 deg. - 130 deg. and are normalized to the elastic-scattering DCSs for water determined earlier by our group. The calculated cross sections are obtained in the adiabatic approximation from fixed-nuclei, electronically elastic scattering calculations using the Schwinger multichannel method. The present results are compared to available experimental and theoretical data.

Report of the Terrestrial Bodies Science Working Group. Volume 9: Complementary research and development

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Fanale, F. P.; Kaula, W. M.; Mccord, T. B.; Trombka, J. L.

1977-01-01

Topics discussed include the need for: the conception and development of a wide spectrum of experiments, instruments, and vehicles in order to derive the proper return from an exploration program; the effective use of alternative methods of data acquisition involving ground-based, airborne and near Earth orbital techniques to supplement spacraft mission; and continued reduction and analysis of existing data including laboratory and theoretical studies in order to benefit fully from experiments and to build on the past programs toward a logical and efficient exploration of the solar system.

Treatment of adolescent sexual offenders: theory-based practice.

PubMed

Sermabeikian, P; Martinez, D

1994-11-01

The treatment of adolescent sexual offenders (ASO) has its theoretical underpinnings in social learning theory. Although social learning theory has been frequently cited in literature, a comprehensive application of this theory, as applied to practice, has not been mapped out. The social learning and social cognitive theories of Bandura appear to be particularly relevant to the group treatment of this population. The application of these theories to practice, as demonstrated in a program model, is discussed as a means of demonstrating how theory-driven practice methods can be developed.

Ordering of the O-O stretching vibrational frequencies in ozone

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Scuseria, Gustavo E.; Lee, Timothy J.; Scheiner, Andrew C.; Schaefer, Henry F., III

1989-01-01

The ordering of nu1 and nu3 for O3 is incorrectly predicted by most theoretical methods, including some very high level methods. The first systematic electron correlation method based on one-reference configuration to solve this problem is the coupled cluster single and double excitation method. However, a relatively large basis set, triple zeta plus double polarization is required. Comparison with other theoretical methods is made.

Ghost vertices for the bosonic string using the group-theoretic approach to string theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Freeman, M. D.; West, P.

1988-04-01

The N-string tree-level scattering vertices for the bosonic string are extended to include anticommuting (ghost) oscillators. These vertices behave correctly under the action of the BRST charge Q and reproduce the known results for the scattering of physical states. This work is an application of the group-theoretic approach to string theory. Permanent address: Mathematics Department, King's College, Strand, London WC2R 2LS, UK.

A Group Theoretic Approach to Metaheuristic Local Search for Partitioning Problems

DTIC Science & Technology

2005-05-01

Tabu Search. Mathematical and Computer Modeling 39: 599-616. 107 Daskin , M.S., E. Stern. 1981. A Hierarchical Objective Set Covering Model for EMS... A Group Theoretic Approach to Metaheuristic Local Search for Partitioning Problems by Gary W. Kinney Jr., B.G.S., M.S. Dissertation Presented to the...DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A Approved for Public Release Distribution Unlimited The University of Texas at Austin May, 2005 20050504 002 REPORT

Mechanistic investigations of CO-photoextrusion and oxidative addition reactions of early transition-metal carbonyls: (η(5)-C5H5)M(CO)4 (M = V, Nb, Ta).

PubMed

Su, Shih-Hao; Su, Ming-Der

2016-06-28

The mechanisms for the photochemical Si-H bond activation reaction are studied theoretically using a model system of the group 5 organometallic compounds, η(5)-CpM(CO)4 (M = V, Nb, and Ta), with the M06-2X method and the Def2-SVPD basis set. Three types of reaction pathways that lead to final insertion products are identified. The structures of the intersystem crossings, which play a central role in these photo-activation reactions, are determined. The intermediates and transitional structures in either the singlet or triplet states are also calculated to provide a mechanistic explanation of the reaction pathways. All of the potential energy surfaces for the group 5 η(5)-CpM(CO)4 complexes are quite similar. In particular, the theoretical evidence suggests that after irradiation using light, η(5)-CpM(CO)4 quickly loses one CO ligand to yield two tricarbonyls, in either the singlet or the triplet states. The triplet tricarbonyl 16-electron intermediates, ([η(5)-CpM(CO)3](3)), play a key role in the formation of the final oxidative addition product, η(5)-CpM(CO)3(H)(SiMe3). However, the singlet counterparts, ([η(5)-CpM(CO)3](1)), play no role in the formation of the final product molecule, but their singlet metal centers interact weakly with solvent molecules ((Me3)SiH) to produce alkyl-solvated organometallic complexes, which are observable experimentally. This theoretical evidence is in accordance with the available experimental observations.

Momentum distributions for H 2 ( e , e ' p )

DOE PAGES

Ford, William P.; Jeschonnek, Sabine; Van Orden, J. W.

2014-12-29

[Background] A primary goal of deuteron electrodisintegration is the possibility of extracting the deuteron momentum distribution. This extraction is inherently fraught with difficulty, as the momentum distribution is not an observable and the extraction relies on theoretical models dependent on other models as input. [Purpose] We present a new method for extracting the momentum distribution which takes into account a wide variety of model inputs thus providing a theoretical uncertainty due to the various model constituents. [Method] The calculations presented here are using a Bethe-Salpeter like formalism with a wide variety of bound state wave functions, form factors, and finalmore » state interactions. We present a method to extract the momentum distributions from experimental cross sections, which takes into account the theoretical uncertainty from the various model constituents entering the calculation. [Results] In order to test the extraction pseudo-data was generated, and the extracted "experimental'' distribution, which has theoretical uncertainty from the various model inputs, was compared with the theoretical distribution used to generate the pseudo-data. [Conclusions] In the examples we compared the original distribution was typically within the error band of the extracted distribution. The input wave functions do contain some outliers which are discussed in the text, but at least this process can provide an upper bound on the deuteron momentum distribution. Due to the reliance on the theoretical calculation to obtain this quantity any extraction method should account for the theoretical error inherent in these calculations due to model inputs.« less

Theoretical Coalescence: A Method to Develop Qualitative Theory

PubMed Central

Morse, Janice M.

2018-01-01

Background Qualitative research is frequently context bound, lacks generalizability, and is limited in scope. Objectives The purpose of this article was to describe a method, theoretical coalescence, that provides a strategy for analyzing complex, high-level concepts and for developing generalizable theory. Theoretical coalescence is a method of theoretical expansion, inductive inquiry, of theory development, that uses data (rather than themes, categories, and published extracts of data) as the primary source for analysis. Here, using the development of the lay concept of enduring as an example, I explore the scientific development of the concept in multiple settings over many projects and link it within the Praxis Theory of Suffering. Methods As comprehension emerges when conducting theoretical coalescence, it is essential that raw data from various different situations be available for reinterpretation/reanalysis and comparison to identify the essential features of the concept. The concept is then reconstructed, with additional inquiry that builds description, and evidence is conducted and conceptualized to create a more expansive concept and theory. Results By utilizing apparently diverse data sets from different contexts that are linked by certain characteristics, the essential features of the concept emerge. Such inquiry is divergent and less bound by context yet purposeful, logical, and with significant pragmatic implications for practice in nursing and beyond our discipline. Conclusion Theoretical coalescence is a means by which qualitative inquiry is broadened to make an impact, to accommodate new theoretical shifts and concepts, and to make qualitative research applied and accessible in new ways. PMID:29360688

The composition of heterogeneous control laws

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kuipers, Benjamin; Astrom, Karl

1991-01-01

The fuzzy control literature and industrial practice provide certain nonlinear methods for combining heterogeneous control laws, but these methods have been very difficult to analyze theoretically. An alternate formulation and extension of this approach is presented that has several practical and theoretical benefits. An example of heterogeneous control is given and two alternate analysis methods are presented.

Influence of case-based e-learning on students' performance in point-of-care ultrasound courses: a randomized trial.

PubMed

Hempel, Dorothea; Sinnathurai, Sivajini; Haunhorst, Stephanie; Seibel, Armin; Michels, Guido; Heringer, Frank; Recker, Florian; Breitkreutz, Raoul

2016-08-01

Theoretical knowledge, visual perception, and sensorimotor skills are key elements in ultrasound education. Classroom-based presentations are used routinely to teach theoretical knowledge, whereas visual perception and sensorimotor skills typically require hands-on training (HT). We aimed to compare the effect of classroom-based lectures versus a case-based e-learning (based on clinical cases only) on the hands-on performance of trainees during an emergency ultrasound course. This is a randomized, controlled, parallel-group study. Sixty-two medical students were randomized into two groups [group 1 (G1) and group 2 (G2)]. G1 (n=29) was subjected to a precourse e-learning, based on 14 short screencasts (each 5 min), an on-site discussion (60 min), and a standardized HT session on the day of the course. G2 (n=31) received classroom-based presentations on the day of the course before an identical HT session. Both groups completed a multiple-choice (MC) pretest (test A), a practical postcourse test (objective structured clinical exam), and MC tests directly after the HT (test B) and 1 day after the course (test C). The Mann-Whitney U-test was used for statistical analysis. G1 performed markedly better in test A (median 84.2, 25%; 75% percentile: 68.5; 92.2) compared with G2 (65.8; 53.8; 80.4), who had not participated in case-based e-learning (P=0.0009). No differences were found in the objective structured clinical exam, test B, and test C. e-learning exclusively based on clinical cases is an effective method of education in preparation for HT sessions and can reduce attendance time in ultrasound courses.

Studies of QCD structure in high-energy collisions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nadolsky, Pavel M.

2016-06-26

”Studies of QCD structure in high-energy collisions” is a research project in theoretical particle physics at Southern Methodist University funded by US DOE Award DE-SC0013681. The award furnished bridge funding for one year (2015/04/15-2016/03/31) between the periods funded by Nadolsky’s DOE Early Career Research Award DE-SC0003870 (in 2010-2015) and a DOE grant DE-SC0010129 for SMU Department of Physics (starting in April 2016). The primary objective of the research is to provide theoretical predictions for Run-2 of the CERN Large Hadron Collider (LHC). The LHC physics program relies on state-of-the-art predictions in the field of quantum chromodynamics. The main effort ofmore » our group went into the global analysis of parton distribution functions (PDFs) employed by the bulk of LHC computations. Parton distributions describe internal structure of protons during ultrarelivistic collisions. A new generation of CTEQ parton distribution functions (PDFs), CT14, was released in summer 2015 and quickly adopted by the HEP community. The new CT14 parametrizations of PDFs were obtained using benchmarked NNLO calculations and latest data from LHC and Tevatron experiments. The group developed advanced methods for the PDF analysis and estimation of uncertainties in LHC predictions associated with the PDFs. We invented and refined a new ’meta-parametrization’ technique that streamlines usage of PDFs in Higgs boson production and other numerous LHC processes, by combining PDFs from various groups using multivariate stochastic sampling. In 2015, the PDF4LHC working group recommended to LHC experimental collaborations to use ’meta-parametrizations’ as a standard technique for computing PDF uncertainties. Finally, to include new QCD processes into the global fits, our group worked on several (N)NNLO calculations.« less

Oligomeric cationic polymethacrylates: a comparison of methods for determining molecular weight.

PubMed

Locock, Katherine E S; Meagher, Laurence; Haeussler, Matthias

2014-02-18

This study compares three common laboratory methods, size-exclusion chromatography (SEC), (1)H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight (MALDI-TOF), to determine the molecular weight of oligomeric cationic copolymers. The potential bias for each method was examined across a series of polymers that varied in molecular weight and cationic character (both choice of cation (amine versus guanidine) and relative proportion present). SEC was found to be the least accurate, overestimating Mn by an average of 140%, owing to the lack of appropriate cationic standards available, and the complexity involved in estimating the hydrodynamic volume of copolymers. MALDI-TOF approximated Mn well for the highly monodisperse (Đ < 1.1), low molecular weight (degree of polymerization (DP) <50) species but appeared unsuitable for the largest polymers in the series due to the mass bias associated with the technique. (1)H NMR was found to most accurately estimate Mn in this study, differing to theoretical values by only 5.2%. (1)H NMR end-group analysis is therefore an inexpensive and facile, primary quantitative method to estimate the molecular weight of oliogomeric cationic polymethacrylates if suitably distinct end-groups signals are present in the spectrum.

The Animadora Project: Identifying factors related to the promotion of physical activity among Mexican Americans with diabetes

PubMed Central

Ingram, Maia; Ruis, Maricruz; Mayorga, Maria Theresa; Rosales, Cecilia

2015-01-01

Purpose There is a dearth of information about factors related to physical activity among Mexican Americans with diabetes. Self efficacy and social support are associated with physical activity, however little is known about their role within different cultural groups. Design Focus groups were used to identify factors that motivate walking. Setting Two Mexican American communities located in Tucson, Arizona. Subjects Individuals who attended diabetes education. Intervention A community-based provider organized walking groups with people who previously attended diabetes classes. Walkers participated in focus groups exploring themes related to their experience. Measures Self efficacy, social support, and collective efficacy. Grounded theory was used to analyze focus group results using two rounds of analysis; the first identifying references to self efficacy and social support and the second adding collective efficacy as a theoretical basis for walking. Results Among 43 eligible participants, 20 participated in focus groups. Social support was expressed as commitment and companionship. Walkers demonstrated a high level of self efficacy for walking. Development of group identity/social cohesion was also a motivator to walk. Collective efficacy emerged as an applicable theoretical model encompassing these themes and their interrelationship. Conclusion Collective efficacy, or the belief that the group can improve their lives through collective effort, is a viable theoretical construct in the development of physical activity interventions targeting Mexican Americans with diabetes. PMID:19601479

Scanning for satisfaction or digging for dismay? Comparing findings from a postal survey with those from a focus group-study.

PubMed

Carlsen, Benedicte; Glenton, Claire

2012-09-03

Despite growing support for mixed methods approaches we still have little systematic knowledge about the consequences of combining surveys and focus groups. While the methodological aspects of questionnaire surveys have been researched extensively, the characteristics of focus group methodology are understudied. We suggest and discuss whether the focus group setting, as compared to questionnaire surveys, encourages participants to exaggerate views in a negative direction. Based on an example from our own research, where we conducted a survey as a follow up of a focus group study, and with reference to theoretical approaches and empirical evidence from the literature concerning survey respondent behaviour and small group dynamics, we discuss the possibility that a discrepancy in findings between the focus groups and the questionnaire reflects characteristics of the two different research methods. In contrast to the survey, the focus group study indicated that doctors were generally negative to clinical guidelines. We were not convinced that this difference in results was due to methodological flaws in either of the studies, and discuss instead how this difference may have been the result of a general methodological phenomenon. Based on studies of how survey questionnaires influence responses, it appears reasonable to claim that surveys are more likely to find exaggerated positive views. Conversely, there are some indications in the literature that focus groups may result in complaints and overly negative attitudes, but this is still an open question. We suggest that while problematic issues tend to be under-communicated in questionnaire surveys, they may be overstated in focus groups.We argue for the importance of increasing our understanding of focus group methodology, for example by reporting interesting discrepancies in mixed methods studies. In addition, more experimental research on focus groups should be conducted to advance the methodology and to test our hypothesis.

Scanning for satisfaction or digging for dismay? Comparing findings from a postal survey with those from a focus group-study

PubMed Central

2012-01-01

Background Despite growing support for mixed methods approaches we still have little systematic knowledge about the consequences of combining surveys and focus groups. While the methodological aspects of questionnaire surveys have been researched extensively, the characteristics of focus group methodology are understudied. We suggest and discuss whether the focus group setting, as compared to questionnaire surveys, encourages participants to exaggerate views in a negative direction. Discussion Based on an example from our own research, where we conducted a survey as a follow up of a focus group study, and with reference to theoretical approaches and empirical evidence from the literature concerning survey respondent behaviour and small group dynamics, we discuss the possibility that a discrepancy in findings between the focus groups and the questionnaire reflects characteristics of the two different research methods. In contrast to the survey, the focus group study indicated that doctors were generally negative to clinical guidelines. We were not convinced that this difference in results was due to methodological flaws in either of the studies, and discuss instead how this difference may have been the result of a general methodological phenomenon. Summary Based on studies of how survey questionnaires influence responses, it appears reasonable to claim that surveys are more likely to find exaggerated positive views. Conversely, there are some indications in the literature that focus groups may result in complaints and overly negative attitudes, but this is still an open question. We suggest that while problematic issues tend to be under-communicated in questionnaire surveys, they may be overstated in focus groups. We argue for the importance of increasing our understanding of focus group methodology, for example by reporting interesting discrepancies in mixed methods studies. In addition, more experimental research on focus groups should be conducted to advance the methodology and to test our hypothesis. PMID:22943658

Combining Users’ Needs With Health Behavior Models in Designing an Internet- and Mobile-Based Intervention for Physical Activity in Cardiac Rehabilitation

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background Internet-based physical activity interventions have great potential in supporting patients in cardiac rehabilitation. Health behavior change theories and user input are identified as important contributors in the effectiveness of the interventions, but they are rarely combined in a systematic way in the design of the interventions. Objective The aim of this study is to identify the appropriate theoretical framework, along with the needs of the users of a physical activity intervention for cardiac rehabilitation, and to combine them into an effective Internet- and mobile-based intervention. Methods We explain the theoretical framework of the intervention in a narrative overview of the existing health behavior change literature as it applies to physical activity. We also conducted a focus group with 11 participants of a cardiac rehabilitation program and used thematic analysis to identify and analyze patterns of meaning in the transcribed data. Results We chose stage-based approaches, specifically the transtheoretical model and the health action process approach as our main framework for tailoring, supplemented with other theoretical concepts such as regulatory focus within the appropriate stages. From the thematic analysis of the focus group data, we identified seven themes: (1) social, (2) motivation, (3) integration into everyday life, (4) information, (5) planning, (6) monitoring and feedback, and (7) concerns and potential problems. The final design of the intervention was based on both the theoretical review and the user input, and it is explained in detail. Conclusions We applied a combination of health behavioral theory and user input in designing our intervention. We think this is a promising design approach with the potential to combine the high efficacy of theory-based interventions with the higher perceived usefulness of interventions designed according to user input. Trial Registration Clinicaltrials.gov NCT01223170; http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01223170 (Archived by WebCite at http://www.webcitation.org/6M5FqT9Q2). PMID:24413185

Effect of communication skill training using group psychoeducation method on the stress level of psychiatry ward nurses.

PubMed

Ghazavi, Zahra; Lohrasbi, Fatemeh; Mehrabi, Tayebeh

2010-12-01

Nursing is a dynamic and supportive job, with the main role of taking care of patients. Maintaining appropriate communication of the nurse with the patients is particularly known as the main core of care in mental health. However, in spite of the importance of providing communication, one of the main sources of stress in nurses of psychiatry wards is communication with the patients. Some important reasons for inappropriate relationship between the nurse and patient can be lack of necessary skills to communicate with patients because of insufficient training. Although training communication skills is an important part of the education of medical and paramedical students, in recent studies it has been demonstrated that the communication skills learned in theoretical courses would not necessarily be transferred to clinical settings, and proving training in clinical settings is a must. The present study was carried out to determine the effect of training communication skills using psychoeducation method on the stress level of nurses of psychiatry wards in 2010. This is a quasi-experimental study. The participants were 45 nurses; 23 and 22 in the experiment and control groups, respectively, working in psychiatry wards of Noor and Farabi hospitals, Isfahan, Iran. The sampling was carried out by the census method, and then the participants were randomly assigned to the two groups of experiment and control, using random number table. The two groups filled out the demographic data form and also the questionnaire on nurses' occupational stress, designed by the researcher. The questionnaire was filled out three times; before, immediately after, and one month after the training. Training of communication skills was carried out using group psychoeducation method, in six sessions, each lasted for 1.5 hours. The training sessions of the experiment group were held in Farabi Hospital. The findings indicated that before the intervention, the members of the two groups had a high level of occupational stress. Immediately after the training, the stress level of the experiment group decreased significantly, and the decrease was sustained for the following one month. Training communicative skills using group psychoeducation method can decrease the occupational stress of psychiatry ward nurses.

The Protonation Site of para-Dimethylaminobenzoic Acid Using Atmospheric Pressure Ionization Methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chai, Yunfeng; Weng, Guofeng; Shen, Shanshan; Sun, Cuirong; Pan, Yuanjiang

2015-04-01

The protonation site of para-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ( p-DMABA) was investigated using atmospheric pressure ionization methods (ESI and APCI) coupled with collision-induced dissociation (CID), nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), and computational chemistry. Theoretical calculations and NMR experiments indicate that the dimethyl amino group is the preferred site of protonation both in the gas phase and aqueous solution. Protonation of p-DMABA occurs at the nitrogen atom by ESI independent of the solvents and other operation conditions under typical thermodynamic control. However, APCI produces a mixture of the nitrogen- and carbonyl oxygen-protonated p-DMABA when aprotic organic solvents (acetonitrile, acetone, and tetrahydrofuran) are used, exhibiting evident kinetic characteristics of protonation. But using protic organic solvents (methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol) in APCI still leads to the formation of thermodynamically stable N-protonated p-DMABA. These structural assignments were based on the different CID behavior of the N- and O-protonated p-DMABA. The losses of methyl radical and water are the diagnostic fragmentations of the N- and O-protonated p-DMABA, respectively. In addition, the N-protonated p-DMABA is more stable than the O-protonated p-DMABA in CID revealed by energy resolved experiments and theoretical calculations.

Instability risk analysis and risk assessment system establishment of underground storage caverns in bedded salt rock

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jing, Wenjun; Zhao, Yan

2018-02-01

Stability is an important part of geotechnical engineering research. The operating experiences of underground storage caverns in salt rock all around the world show that the stability of the caverns is the key problem of safe operation. Currently, the combination of theoretical analysis and numerical simulation are the mainly adopts method of reserve stability analysis. This paper introduces the concept of risk into the stability analysis of underground geotechnical structure, and studies the instability of underground storage cavern in salt rock from the perspective of risk analysis. Firstly, the definition and classification of cavern instability risk is proposed, and the damage mechanism is analyzed from the mechanical angle. Then the main stability evaluating indicators of cavern instability risk are proposed, and an evaluation method of cavern instability risk is put forward. Finally, the established cavern instability risk assessment system is applied to the analysis and prediction of cavern instability risk after 30 years of operation in a proposed storage cavern group in the Huai’an salt mine. This research can provide a useful theoretical base for the safe operation and management of underground storage caverns in salt rock.

Antibacterial activity, thermal stability and ab initio study of copolymer containing sulfobetaine and carboxybetaine groups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tarannum, Nazia; Singh, Meenakshi; Yadav, Anil K.

2017-10-01

Here, we have explored the antibacterial activity, thermal stability and theoretical study of two copolymers that contain sulfobetaine and carboetaine moiety. Copolymers were synthesized based on Schiff base chemistry with generation of zwitterionic centres by nucleophilic addition of sultone/lactone. To predict and confirm the molecular structure of zwitterionic polyelectrolyte molecule, the theoretical study of structural features and other thermodynamic characteristics of copolymer constituents was obtained by ab initio calculations. Various parameters such as geometry optimization, energy calculations, frequency calculations and intrinsic reaction coefficient (IRC) are simulated using Hartree Fock (HF) method. The geometry optimizations are analyzed at HF/3-21 G default level of theory. The vibrational frequency is calculated via density functional theory (DFT)/B3LYP 6-31G*(d) level whose values are in accord with the experimental observed frequency. Both copolymers have been successfully assessed for antibacterial activity against Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeuroginosa bacterial strains by disc diffusion method. The antibacterial study helped in evaluating zone of inhibition, minimum inhibitory concentration and minimum bactericidal concentration. Sulfobetaine copolymer is found to be more effective in curtailing the infection caused by bacteria as compared to carbobetaine.

Structure and electronic properties of azadirachtin.

PubMed

de Castro, Elton A S; de Oliveira, Daniel A B; Farias, Sergio A S; Gargano, Ricardo; Martins, João B L

2014-02-01

We performed a combined DFT and Monte Carlo (13)C NMR chemical-shift study of azadirachtin A, a triterpenoid that acts as a natural insect antifeedant. A conformational search using a Monte Carlo technique based on the RM1 semiempirical method was carried out in order to establish its preferred structure. The B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p), wB97XD/6-311++G(d,p), M06/6-311++G(d,p), M06-2X/6-311++G(d,p), and CAM-B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p) levels of theory were used to predict NMR chemical shifts. A Monte Carlo population-weighted average spectrum was produced based on the predicted Boltzmann contributions. In general, good agreement between experimental and theoretical data was obtained using both methods, and the (13)C NMR chemical shifts were predicted highly accurately. The geometry was optimized at the semiempirical level and used to calculate the NMR chemical shifts at the DFT level, and these shifts showed only minor deviations from those obtained following structural optimization at the DFT level, and incurred a much lower computational cost. The theoretical ultraviolet spectrum showed a maximum absorption peak that was mainly contributed by the tiglate group.

A theoretical-electron-density databank using a model of real and virtual spherical atoms.

PubMed

Nassour, Ayoub; Domagala, Slawomir; Guillot, Benoit; Leduc, Theo; Lecomte, Claude; Jelsch, Christian

2017-08-01

A database describing the electron density of common chemical groups using combinations of real and virtual spherical atoms is proposed, as an alternative to the multipolar atom modelling of the molecular charge density. Theoretical structure factors were computed from periodic density functional theory calculations on 38 crystal structures of small molecules and the charge density was subsequently refined using a density model based on real spherical atoms and additional dummy charges on the covalent bonds and on electron lone-pair sites. The electron-density parameters of real and dummy atoms present in a similar chemical environment were averaged on all the molecules studied to build a database of transferable spherical atoms. Compared with the now-popular databases of transferable multipolar parameters, the spherical charge modelling needs fewer parameters to describe the molecular electron density and can be more easily incorporated in molecular modelling software for the computation of electrostatic properties. The construction method of the database is described. In order to analyse to what extent this modelling method can be used to derive meaningful molecular properties, it has been applied to the urea molecule and to biotin/streptavidin, a protein/ligand complex.

[A Grounded Theory Approach on Nurses' Experience with Workplace Bullying].

PubMed

Kang, Jiyeon; Yun, Seonyoung

2016-04-01

The purpose of this qualitative study was to explore the workplace bullying experience of Korean nurses. Participants were twenty current or former hospital nurses who had experienced workplace bullying. Data were collected through focus group and individual in-depth interviews from February to May, 2015. Theoretical sampling method was applied to the point of theoretical saturation. Transcribed interview contents were analyzed using Corbin and Strauss's grounded theory method. A total of 110 concepts, 48 sub-categories, and 17 categories were identified through the open coding process. As a result of axial coding based on the paradigm model, the central phenomenon of nurses' workplace bullying experience was revealed as 'teaching that has become bullying', and the core category was extracted as 'surviving in love-hate teaching' consisting of a four-step process: confronting reality, trial and error, relationship formation, and settlement. The relationship formation was considered to be the key phase to proceed to the positive settlement phase, and the participants utilized various strategies such as having an open mind, developing human relationships, understanding each other in this phase. The in-depth understanding of the workplace bullying experience has highlighted the importance of effective communication for cultivating desirable human relationships between nurses.

Exploring the effect of oxygen-containing functional groups on the water-holding capacity of lignite.

PubMed

Liu, Jie; Jiang, Xiangang; Cao, Yu; Zhang, Chen; Zhao, Guangyao; Zhao, Maoshuang; Feng, Li

2018-05-07

Graphene oxide with different degrees of oxidation was prepared and selected as a model compound of lignite to study quantitatively, using both experiment and theoretical calculation methods, the effect on water-holding capacity of oxygen-containing functional groups. The experimental results showed that graphite can be oxidized, and forms epoxy groups most easily, followed by hydroxyl and carboxyl groups. The prepared graphene oxide forms a membrane-state as a single layer structure, with an irregular surface. The water-holding capacity of lignite increased with the content of oxygen-containing functional groups. The influence on the configuration of water molecule clusters and binding energy of water molecules of different oxygen-containing functional groups was calculated by density functional theory. The calculation results indicated that the configuration of water molecule clusters was totally changed by oxygen-containing functional groups. The order of binding energy produced by oxygen-containing functional groups and water molecules was as follows: carboxyl > edge phenol hydroxyl >epoxy group. Finally, it can be concluded that the potential to form more hydrogen bonds is the key factor influencing the interaction energy between model compounds and water molecules.

[Qualitative evaluation of the alcoholism integral approach with the GIA model (alcoholism institutional groups)].

PubMed

Villafañe, Claudia I

2009-01-01

This paper presents the evaluation, over a period of 6 years, on the effectiveness of the Alcoholism Institutional Group (GIA), in the Puerto San Julián Hospital, Santa Cruz, Argentina. The theoretical framework refers to three aspects: subject, social and institutional order. The qualitative logic and the process of analytic induction were used. information was gathered through semi-structured interviews to selected cases (intentional sampling). The constant comparative method for the analysis was used. the GIA method is effective from the aspects of the subject and the social order; the subject included in the treatment was able to: a) deconstruct the socially assumed role as an alcoholic, b) reconstruct their identity, c) restore the fabric of family, labour and social links, d) identify the healthy aspects of their personality to recover the capacities obstructed by the illness, e) learn to solve conflicts collectively thanks to group functioning, f) report to destigmatize the illness, and g) develop a healthy life project. The GIA method proved partially effective from the institutional angle; the task succeeded in uncovering, affirming and working on alcoholism as an illness within the hospital setting, but with less involvement than other local institutions, which motivated projects and strategies started from the results of this research.

A rapid and reliable PCR method for genotyping the ABO blood group.

PubMed

O'Keefe, D S; Dobrovic, A

1993-01-01

The ABO blood group has been used extensively as a marker in population studies, epidemiology, and forensic work. However, until the cloning of the gene, it was not possible to determine the genotype of group A and B individuals without recourse to family studies. We have developed a method to determine the ABO genotype directly from human DNA using multiplex PCR and restriction enzyme analysis. Two PCR fragments spanning positions 258 and 700 of the cDNA sequence are amplified. The site at position 258 allows us to differentiate the O allele from the A and B alleles. The site at position 700 allows us to distinguish the B allele from the A and O alleles. Analysis at the two sites thus allows us to distinguish the three alleles. The multiplex PCR product is digested separately with four enzymes, two for each of the sites. The pair of enzymes for each site cut in a reciprocal fashion. Whereas one enzyme for each site is theoretically sufficient for genotyping, the use of complementary pairs of enzymes prevents the assignment of a false genotype as a result of false negative or partial digestion. This method is fast and reliable, does not rely on probing of blots, and should be widely applicable.

Towards a formal genealogical classification of the Lezgian languages (North Caucasus): testing various phylogenetic methods on lexical data.

PubMed

Kassian, Alexei

2015-01-01

A lexicostatistical classification is proposed for 20 languages and dialects of the Lezgian group of the North Caucasian family, based on meticulously compiled 110-item wordlists, published as part of the Global Lexicostatistical Database project. The lexical data have been subsequently analyzed with the aid of the principal phylogenetic methods, both distance-based and character-based: Starling neighbor joining (StarlingNJ), Neighbor joining (NJ), Unweighted pair group method with arithmetic mean (UPGMA), Bayesian Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC), Unweighted maximum parsimony (UMP). Cognation indexes within the input matrix were marked by two different algorithms: traditional etymological approach and phonetic similarity, i.e., the automatic method of consonant classes (Levenshtein distances). Due to certain reasons (first of all, high lexicographic quality of the wordlists and a consensus about the Lezgian phylogeny among Caucasologists), the Lezgian database is a perfect testing area for appraisal of phylogenetic methods. For the etymology-based input matrix, all the phylogenetic methods, with the possible exception of UMP, have yielded trees that are sufficiently compatible with each other to generate a consensus phylogenetic tree of the Lezgian lects. The obtained consensus tree agrees with the traditional expert classification as well as some of the previously proposed formal classifications of this linguistic group. Contrary to theoretical expectations, the UMP method has suggested the least plausible tree of all. In the case of the phonetic similarity-based input matrix, the distance-based methods (StarlingNJ, NJ, UPGMA) have produced the trees that are rather close to the consensus etymology-based tree and the traditional expert classification, whereas the character-based methods (Bayesian MCMC, UMP) have yielded less likely topologies.

Towards a Formal Genealogical Classification of the Lezgian Languages (North Caucasus): Testing Various Phylogenetic Methods on Lexical Data

PubMed Central

Kassian, Alexei

2015-01-01

A lexicostatistical classification is proposed for 20 languages and dialects of the Lezgian group of the North Caucasian family, based on meticulously compiled 110-item wordlists, published as part of the Global Lexicostatistical Database project. The lexical data have been subsequently analyzed with the aid of the principal phylogenetic methods, both distance-based and character-based: Starling neighbor joining (StarlingNJ), Neighbor joining (NJ), Unweighted pair group method with arithmetic mean (UPGMA), Bayesian Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC), Unweighted maximum parsimony (UMP). Cognation indexes within the input matrix were marked by two different algorithms: traditional etymological approach and phonetic similarity, i.e., the automatic method of consonant classes (Levenshtein distances). Due to certain reasons (first of all, high lexicographic quality of the wordlists and a consensus about the Lezgian phylogeny among Caucasologists), the Lezgian database is a perfect testing area for appraisal of phylogenetic methods. For the etymology-based input matrix, all the phylogenetic methods, with the possible exception of UMP, have yielded trees that are sufficiently compatible with each other to generate a consensus phylogenetic tree of the Lezgian lects. The obtained consensus tree agrees with the traditional expert classification as well as some of the previously proposed formal classifications of this linguistic group. Contrary to theoretical expectations, the UMP method has suggested the least plausible tree of all. In the case of the phonetic similarity-based input matrix, the distance-based methods (StarlingNJ, NJ, UPGMA) have produced the trees that are rather close to the consensus etymology-based tree and the traditional expert classification, whereas the character-based methods (Bayesian MCMC, UMP) have yielded less likely topologies. PMID:25719456

Development of an analytical method to assess the occupational health risk of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies using LC-HRMS.

PubMed

Reinders, Lars M H; Klassen, Martin D; Jaeger, Martin; Teutenberg, Thorsten; Tuerk, Jochen

2018-04-01

Monoclonal antibodies are a group of commonly used therapeutics, whose occupational health risk is still discussed controversially. The long-term low-dose exposure side effects are insufficiently evaluated; hence, discussions are often based on a theoretical level or extrapolating side effects from therapeutic dosages. While some research groups recommend applying the precautionary principle for monoclonal antibodies, others consider the exposure risk too low for measures taken towards occupational health and safety. However, both groups agree that airborne monoclonal antibodies have the biggest risk potential. Therefore, we developed a peptide-based analytical method for occupational exposure monitoring of airborne monoclonal antibodies. The method will allow collecting data about the occupational exposure to monoclonal antibodies. Thus, the mean daily intake for personnel in pharmacies and the pharmaceutical industry can be determined for the first time and will help to substantiate the risk assessment by relevant data. The introduced monitoring method includes air sampling, sample preparation and detection by liquid chromatography coupled with high-resolution mass spectrometry of individual monoclonal antibodies as well as sum parameter. For method development and validation, a chimeric (rituximab), humanised (trastuzumab) and a fully humanised (daratumumab) monoclonal antibody are used. A limit of detection between 1 μg per sample for daratumumab and 25 μg per sample for the collective peptide is achieved. Graphical abstract Demonstration of the analytical workflow, from the release of monoclonal antibodies to the detection as single substances as well as sum parameter.

Research on Bidding Decision-making of International Public-Private Partnership Projects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hu, Zhen Yu; Zhang, Shui Bo; Liu, Xin Yan

2018-06-01

In order to select the optimal quasi-bidding project for an investment enterprise, a bidding decision-making model for international PPP projects was established in this paper. Firstly, the literature frequency statistics method was adopted to screen out the bidding decision-making indexes, and accordingly the bidding decision-making index system for international PPP projects was constructed. Then, the group decision-making characteristic root method, the entropy weight method, and the optimization model based on least square method were used to set the decision-making index weights. The optimal quasi-bidding project was thus determined by calculating the consistent effect measure of each decision-making index value and the comprehensive effect measure of each quasi-bidding project. Finally, the bidding decision-making model for international PPP projects was further illustrated by a hypothetical case. This model can effectively serve as a theoretical foundation and technical support for the bidding decision-making of international PPP projects.

A novel method for producing low cost dynamometric wheels based on harmonic elimination techniques

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gutiérrez-López, María D.; García de Jalón, Javier; Cubillo, Adrián

2015-02-01

A method for producing low cost dynamometric wheels is presented in this paper. For carrying out this method, the metallic part of a commercial wheel is instrumented with strain gauges, which must be grouped in at least three circumferences and in equidistant radial lines. The strain signals of the same circumference are linearly combined to obtain at least two new signals that only depend on the tyre/road contact forces and moments. The influence of factors like the angle rotated by the wheel, the temperature or the centrifugal forces is eliminated in them by removing the continuous component and the largest possible number of harmonics, except the first or the second one, of the strain signals. The contact forces and moments are obtained from these new signals by solving two systems of linear equations with three unknowns each. This method is validated with some theoretical and experimental examples.

Learning to cooperate without awareness in multiplayer minimal social situations.

PubMed

Colman, Andrew M; Pulford, Briony D; Omtzigt, David; al-Nowaihi, Ali

2010-11-01

Experimental and Monte Carlo methods were used to test theoretical predictions about adaptive learning of cooperative responses without awareness in minimal social situations-games in which the payoffs to players depend not on their own actions but exclusively on the actions of other group members. In Experiment 1, learning occurred slowly over 200 rounds in a dyadic minimal social situation but not in multiplayer groups. In Experiments 2-4, learning occurred rarely in multiplayer groups, even when players were informed that they were interacting strategically and were allowed to communicate with one another but were not aware of the game's payoff structure. Monte Carlo simulation suggested that players approach minimal social situations using a noisy version of the win-stay, lose-shift decision rule, deviating from the deterministic rule less frequently after rewarding than unrewarding rounds. Copyright 2010 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Anomalous group velocity at the high energy range of real 3D photonic nanostructures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Botey, Muriel; Martorell, Jordi; Lozano, Gabriel; Míguez, Hernán; Dorado, Luis A.; Depine, Ricardo A.

2010-05-01

We perform a theoretical study on the group velocity for finite thin artificial opal slabs made of a reduced number of layers in the spectral range where the light wavelength is on the order of the lattice parameter. The vector KKR method including extinction allows us to evaluate the finite-size effects on light propagation in the ΓL and ΓX directions of fcc close-packed opal films made of dielectric spheres. The group is index determined from the phase delay introduced by the structure to the forwardly transmitted electric field. We show that for certain frequencies, light propagation can either be superluminal -positive or negative- or approach zero depending on the crystal size and absorption. Such anomalous behavior can be attributed to the finite character of the structure and provides confirmation of recently emerged experimental results.

Metastable Prepores in Tension-Free Lipid Bilayers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ting, Christina L.; Awasthi, Neha; Muller, Marcus

The formation and closure of aqueous pores in lipid bilayers is a key step in various biophysical processes. Large pores are well described by classical nucleation theory, but the free-energy landscape of small, biologically relevant pores has remained largely unexplored. The existence of small and metastable “prepores” was hypothesized decades ago from electroporation experiments, but resolving metastable prepores from theoretical models remained challenging. Using two complementary methods—atomistic simulations and self-consistent field theory of a minimal lipid model—we determine the parameters for which metastable prepores occur in lipid membranes. Here, both methods consistently suggest that pore metastability depends on the relativemore » volume ratio between the lipid head group and lipid tails: lipids with a larger head-group volume fraction (or shorter saturated tails) form metastable prepores, whereas lipids with a smaller head-group volume fraction (or longer unsaturated tails) form unstable prepores.« less

Metastable Prepores in Tension-Free Lipid Bilayers

DOE PAGES

Ting, Christina L.; Awasthi, Neha; Muller, Marcus; ...

2018-03-23

The formation and closure of aqueous pores in lipid bilayers is a key step in various biophysical processes. Large pores are well described by classical nucleation theory, but the free-energy landscape of small, biologically relevant pores has remained largely unexplored. The existence of small and metastable “prepores” was hypothesized decades ago from electroporation experiments, but resolving metastable prepores from theoretical models remained challenging. Using two complementary methods—atomistic simulations and self-consistent field theory of a minimal lipid model—we determine the parameters for which metastable prepores occur in lipid membranes. Here, both methods consistently suggest that pore metastability depends on the relativemore » volume ratio between the lipid head group and lipid tails: lipids with a larger head-group volume fraction (or shorter saturated tails) form metastable prepores, whereas lipids with a smaller head-group volume fraction (or longer unsaturated tails) form unstable prepores.« less

Original science-based music and student learning

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Smolinski, Keith

American middle school student science scores have been stagnating for several years, demonstrating a need for better learning strategies to aid teachers in instruction and students in content learning. It has also been suggested by researchers that music can be used to aid students in their learning and memory. Employing the theoretical framework of brain-based learning, the purpose of this study was to examine the impact of original, science-based music on student content learning and student perceptions of the music and its impact on learning. Students in the treatment group at a public middle school learned songs with lyrics related to the content of a 4-week cells unit in science; whereas an equally sized control group was taught the same material using existing methods. The content retention and learning experiences of the students in this study were examined using a concurrent triangulation, mixed-methods study. Independent sample t test and ANOVA analyses were employed to determine that the science posttest scores of students in the treatment group (N = 93) were significantly higher than the posttest scores of students in the control group (N = 93), and that the relative gains of the boys in the treatment group exceeded those of the girls. The qualitative analysis of 10 individual interviews and 3 focus group interviews followed Patton's method of a priori coding, cross checking, and thematic analysis to examine the perceptions of the treatment group. These results confirmed that the majority of the students thought the music served as an effective learning tool and enhanced recall. This study promoted social change because students and teachers gained insight into how music can be used in science classrooms to aid in the learning of science content. Researchers could also utilize the findings for continued investigation of the interdisciplinary use of music in educational settings.

Practice-Focused Ethnographies of Higher Education: Method/ological Corollaries of a Social Practice Perspective

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Trowler, Paul Richard

2014-01-01

Social practice theory addresses both theoretical and method/ological agendas. To date priority has been given to the former, with writing on the latter tending often to be an afterthought to theoretical expositions or fieldwork accounts. This article gives sustained attention to the method/ological corollaries of a social practice perspective. It…

What is "theory of mind"? Concepts, cognitive processes and individual differences.

PubMed

Apperly, Ian A

2012-01-01

Research on "theory of mind" has traditionally focused on a narrow participant group (preschool children) using a narrow range of experimental tasks (most notably, false-belief tasks). Recent work has greatly expanded the age range of human participants tested to include human infants, older children, and adults, has devised new tasks, and has adopted methods from cognitive psychology and neuroscience. However, theoretical work has not kept pace with these changes, with the result that studies using one kind of method or participant group often inherit assumptions about the nature of theory of mind from other research, with little regard for whether these assumptions are appropriate. I argue that three distinct approaches to thinking about theory of mind are already implicit in research practice, and that future work, whether with infants, children, or adults, will benefit from articulating these approaches more clearly and following their different implications for what theory of mind is and how it should be studied.

Determination of heat capacity of ionic liquid based nanofluids using group method of data handling technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sadi, Maryam

2018-01-01

In this study a group method of data handling model has been successfully developed to predict heat capacity of ionic liquid based nanofluids by considering reduced temperature, acentric factor and molecular weight of ionic liquids, and nanoparticle concentration as input parameters. In order to accomplish modeling, 528 experimental data points extracted from the literature have been divided into training and testing subsets. The training set has been used to predict model coefficients and the testing set has been applied for model validation. The ability and accuracy of developed model, has been evaluated by comparison of model predictions with experimental values using different statistical parameters such as coefficient of determination, mean square error and mean absolute percentage error. The mean absolute percentage error of developed model for training and testing sets are 1.38% and 1.66%, respectively, which indicate excellent agreement between model predictions and experimental data. Also, the results estimated by the developed GMDH model exhibit a higher accuracy when compared to the available theoretical correlations.

Using intervention mapping to promote the receipt of clinical preventive services among women with physical disabilities.

PubMed

Suzuki, Rie; Peterson, Jana J; Weatherby, Amanda V; Buckley, David I; Walsh, Emily S; Kailes, June Isaacson; Krahn, Gloria L

2012-01-01

This article describes the development of Promoting Access to Health Services (PATHS), an intervention to promote regular use of clinical preventive services by women with physical disabilities. The intervention was developed using intervention mapping (IM), a theory-based logical process that incorporates the six steps of assessment of need, preparation of matrices, selection of theoretical methods and strategies, program design, program implementation, and evaluation. The development process used methods and strategies aligned with the social cognitive theory and the health belief model. PATHS was adapted from the workbook Making Preventive Health Care Work for You, developed by a disability advocate, and was informed by participant input at five points: at inception through consultation by the workbook author, in conceptualization through a town hall meeting, in pilot testing with feedback, in revision of the curriculum through an advisory group, and in implementation by trainers with disabilities. The resulting PATHS program is a 90-min participatory small-group workshop, followed by structured telephone support for 6 months.

On methodological standards in training and transfer experiments.

PubMed

Green, C Shawn; Strobach, Tilo; Schubert, Torsten

2014-11-01

The past two decades have seen a tremendous surge in scientific interest in the extent to which certain types of training-be it aerobic, athletic, musical, video game, or brain trainer-can result in general enhancements in cognitive function. While there are certainly active debates regarding the results in these domains, what is perhaps more pressing is the fact that key aspects of methodology remain unsettled. Here we discuss a few of these areas including expectation effects, test-retest effects, the size of the cognitive test battery, the selection of control groups, group assignment methods, difficulties in comparing results across studies, and in interpreting null results. Specifically, our goal is to highlight points of contention as well as areas where the most commonly utilized methods could be improved upon. Furthermore, because each of the sub-areas above (aerobic training through brain training) share strong similarities in goal, theoretical framework, and experimental approach, we seek to discuss these issues from a general perspective that considers each as members of the same broad "training" domain.

The group discussion effect: integrative processes and suggestions for implementation.

PubMed

Meleady, Rose; Hopthrow, Tim; Crisp, Richard J

2013-02-01

One of the most consistent findings in experimental social dilemmas research is the positive effect group discussion has on cooperative behavior. At a time when cooperation and consensus is critical to tackle global problems, ranging from debt to deforestation, understanding the dynamics of group discussion is a pressing need. Unfortunately, research investigating the underlying processes and implementation of the effect has been inconclusive. The authors present a critical review of existing explanations and integrate these perspectives into a single process model of group discussion, providing a more complete theoretical picture of how interrelated factors combine to facilitate discussion-induced cooperation. On the basis of this theoretical analysis, they consider complimentary approaches to the indirect and feasible implementation of group discussion. They argue that such strategies may overcome the barriers to direct discussion observed across a range of groups and organizations.

Isospectral drums and simple groups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Thas, Koen

Nearly every known pair of isospectral but nonisometric manifolds — with as most famous members isospectral bounded ℝ-planar domains which makes one “not hear the shape of a drum” [M. Kac, Can one hear the shape of a drum? Amer. Math. Monthly 73(4 part 2) (1966) 1-23] — arise from the (group theoretical) Gassmann-Sunada method. Moreover, all the known ℝ-planar examples (so counter examples to Kac’s question) are constructed through a famous specialization of this method, called transplantation. We first describe a number of very general classes of length equivalent manifolds, with as particular cases isospectral manifolds, in each of the constructions starting from a given example that arises itself from the Gassmann-Sunada method. The constructions include the examples arising from the transplantation technique (and thus in particular the known planar examples). To that end, we introduce four properties — called FF, MAX, PAIR and INV — inspired by natural physical properties (which rule out trivial constructions), that are satisfied for each of the known planar examples. Vice versa, we show that length equivalent manifolds with FF, MAX, PAIR and INV which arise from the Gassmann-Sunada method, must fall under one of our prior constructions, thus describing a precise classification of these objects. Due to the nature of our constructions and properties, a deep connection with finite simple groups occurs which seems, perhaps, rather surprising in the context of this paper. On the other hand, our properties define in some sense physically irreducible pairs of length equivalent manifolds — “atoms” of general pairs of length equivalent manifolds, in that such a general pair of manifolds is patched up out of irreducible pairs — and that is precisely what simple groups are for general groups.

Peace and power: a theory of emancipatory group process.

PubMed

Chinn, Peggy L; Falk-Rafael, Adeline

2015-01-01

To present the theoretical basis for the group process known as "Peace and Power." A dialectic between two dominant forms of power-peace powers and power-over powers-forms the basis for a synthesis that yields an emancipatory group process characterized by praxis, empowerment, awareness, cooperation, and evolvement for individuals and groups. Critical analysis of prevailing competitive group dynamics and the ideals of cooperative group dynamics was conducted to project the potential for achieving group interactions that yield profound changes in the direction of justice, empowerment, and well-being for all. The theoretical framework of "Peace and Power" is consistent with characteristics of emancipatory integrity that are vital for social change. The processes of "Peace and Power" can be used to create peaceful, cooperative interactions among nurses, with other health professionals, with patients and families, and in communities. © 2014 Sigma Theta Tau International.

Improved rice method for determining theoretical maximum density of asphalt paving mixtures

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

1992-05-01

Rice method (ASTM D2041 ) is used for determining the theoretical maximum specific gravity of asphalt paving mixtures which is one of the main test parameters used for mix design and construction quality control. The repeatability and reproducibility...

The effect of a scalp massage on stress hormone, blood pressure, and heart rate of healthy female

PubMed Central

Kim, In-Hong; Kim, Tae-Young; Ko, Young-Wan

2016-01-01

[Purpose] A scalp massage was conducted on female office workers divided into a 15 minute group and 25 minute group and its effect on stress hormone, blood pressure and heart rate was analyzed in order to provide a theoretical rationale to apply scalp massage as stress therapy. [Subjects and Methods] A scalp massage was applied to 34 female office workers twice a week for a total of 10 weeks; the subjects were classified into 15 min., 25 min. and control groups, and their stress hormone levels, blood pressure and heart rate were evaluated. [Results] Significant differences in norepinephrine, cortisol and blood pressure (SBP & DBP) were found in terms of interaction by time interval and between groups. [Conclusion] As a result of applying scalp massage to female office workers for 15 and 25 minutes, positive effects were observed on stress hormone, blood pressure and heart rate. Therefore, scalp massage can be used for stress control with no spatial or time limit. PMID:27821918

Calculation of the Thermal Loading of the Cylinder-Piston Group of the Automobile Engine

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barchenko, F. B.; Bakulin, V. N.

2017-05-01

We propose a mathematical model for calculating thermal loods of parts of the cylinder-piston group of the automobile engine operating under unstable conditions in its complete life cycle. Methods have been described for calculating the boundary conditions to determine the thermal state of the parts of the cylinder-piston group of such an engine with the use of theoretical formulas, empirical and semiempirical relations, and tabulated data. In modeling, we calculated the work of all systems of the engine (pumps, pipelines, heat exchangers) influencing directly or indirectly the thermal state of its cylinder-piston group. The nonstationary thermal state was calculated once in the operating cycle of the engine with the use of the cycle-averaged values of the local heat transfer coefficients and the resulting temperature of the medium. The personal computer counting time for one time step of a transport diesel engine of typical design with a number of units of the order of 500 was 5 s.

The effect of a scalp massage on stress hormone, blood pressure, and heart rate of healthy female.

PubMed

Kim, In-Hong; Kim, Tae-Young; Ko, Young-Wan

2016-10-01

[Purpose] A scalp massage was conducted on female office workers divided into a 15 minute group and 25 minute group and its effect on stress hormone, blood pressure and heart rate was analyzed in order to provide a theoretical rationale to apply scalp massage as stress therapy. [Subjects and Methods] A scalp massage was applied to 34 female office workers twice a week for a total of 10 weeks; the subjects were classified into 15 min., 25 min. and control groups, and their stress hormone levels, blood pressure and heart rate were evaluated. [Results] Significant differences in norepinephrine, cortisol and blood pressure (SBP & DBP) were found in terms of interaction by time interval and between groups. [Conclusion] As a result of applying scalp massage to female office workers for 15 and 25 minutes, positive effects were observed on stress hormone, blood pressure and heart rate. Therefore, scalp massage can be used for stress control with no spatial or time limit.

A preliminary theoretical line-blanketed model solar photosphere

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kurucz, R. L.

1974-01-01

In the theoretical approach to model-atmosphere construction, all opacities are computed theoretically and the temperature-pressure structure is determined by conservation of energy. Until recently, this has not been a very useful method for later type stars, because the line opacity was both poorly known and difficult to calculate. However, methods have now been developed that are capable of representing the line opacity well enough for construction of realistic models. A preliminary theoretical solar model is presented that produces closer agreement with observation than has been heretofore possible. The qualitative advantages and shortcomings of this model are discussued and projected improvements are outlined.

Inferring influence and leadership in moving animal groups.

PubMed

Strandburg-Peshkin, Ariana; Papageorgiou, Danai; Crofoot, Margaret C; Farine, Damien R

2018-05-19

Collective decision-making is a daily occurrence in the lives of many group-living animals, and can have critical consequences for the fitness of individuals. Understanding how decisions are reached, including who has influence and the mechanisms by which information and preferences are integrated, has posed a fundamental challenge. Here, we provide a methodological framework for studying influence and leadership in groups. We propose that individuals have influence if their actions result in some behavioural change among their group-mates, and are leaders if they consistently influence others. We highlight three components of influence (influence instances, total influence and consistency of influence), which can be assessed at two levels (individual-to-individual and individual-to-group). We then review different methods, ranging from individual positioning within groups to information-theoretic approaches, by which influence has been operationally defined in empirical studies, as well as how such observations can be aggregated to give insight into the underlying decision-making process. We focus on the domain of collective movement, with a particular emphasis on methods that have recently been, or are being, developed to take advantage of simultaneous tracking data. We aim to provide a resource bringing together methodological tools currently available for studying leadership in moving animal groups, as well as to discuss the limitations of current methodologies and suggest productive avenues for future research.This article is part of the theme issue 'Collective movement ecology'. © 2018 The Author(s).

Comparison of data analysis strategies for intent-to-treat analysis in pre-test-post-test designs with substantial dropout rates.

PubMed

Salim, Agus; Mackinnon, Andrew; Christensen, Helen; Griffiths, Kathleen

2008-09-30

The pre-test-post-test design (PPD) is predominant in trials of psychotherapeutic treatments. Missing data due to withdrawals present an even bigger challenge in assessing treatment effectiveness under the PPD than under designs with more observations since dropout implies an absence of information about response to treatment. When confronted with missing data, often it is reasonable to assume that the mechanism underlying missingness is related to observed but not to unobserved outcomes (missing at random, MAR). Previous simulation and theoretical studies have shown that, under MAR, modern techniques such as maximum-likelihood (ML) based methods and multiple imputation (MI) can be used to produce unbiased estimates of treatment effects. In practice, however, ad hoc methods such as last observation carried forward (LOCF) imputation and complete-case (CC) analysis continue to be used. In order to better understand the behaviour of these methods in the PPD, we compare the performance of traditional approaches (LOCF, CC) and theoretically sound techniques (MI, ML), under various MAR mechanisms. We show that the LOCF method is seriously biased and conclude that its use should be abandoned. Complete-case analysis produces unbiased estimates only when the dropout mechanism does not depend on pre-test values even when dropout is related to fixed covariates including treatment group (covariate-dependent: CD). However, CC analysis is generally biased under MAR. The magnitude of the bias is largest when the correlation of post- and pre-test is relatively low.

Using self-determination theory to promote adolescent girls' physical activity: Exploring the theoretical fidelity of the Bristol Girls Dance Project

PubMed Central

Sebire, Simon J.; Kesten, Joanna M.; Edwards, Mark J.; May, Thomas; Banfield, Kathryn; Tomkinson, Keeley; Blair, Peter S.; Bird, Emma L.; Powell, Jane E.; Jago, Russell

2016-01-01

Objectives To report the theory-based process evaluation of the Bristol Girls' Dance Project, a cluster-randomised controlled trial to increase adolescent girls' physical activity. Design A mixed-method process evaluation of the intervention's self-determination theory components comprising lesson observations, post-intervention interviews and focus groups. Method Four intervention dance lessons per dance instructor were observed, audio recorded and rated to estimate the use of need-supportive teaching strategies. Intervention participants (n = 281) reported their dance instructors' provision of autonomy-support. Semi-structured interviews with the dance instructors (n = 10) explored fidelity to the theory and focus groups were conducted with participants (n = 59) in each school to explore their receipt of the intervention and views on the dance instructors' motivating style. Results Although instructors accepted the theory-based approach, intervention fidelity was variable. Relatedness support was the most commonly observed need-supportive teaching behaviour, provision of structure was moderate and autonomy-support was comparatively low. The qualitative findings identified how instructors supported competence and developed trusting relationships with participants. Fidelity was challenged where autonomy provision was limited to option choices rather than input into the pace or direction of lessons and where controlling teaching styles were adopted, often to manage disruptive behaviour. Conclusion The successes and challenges to achieving theoretical fidelity in the Bristol Girls' Dance Project may help explain the intervention effects and can more broadly inform the design of theory-based complex interventions aimed at increasing young people's physical activity in after-school settings. PMID:27175102

Theoretical Study of Sodium Effect on the Gasification of Carbonaceous Materials with Carbon Dioxide.

PubMed

Calderón, Lucas A; Garza, Jorge; Espinal, Juan F

2015-12-24

The effect of sodium on the thermodynamics and kinetics of carbon gasification with carbon dioxide was studied by using quantum chemistry methods. Specifically, in the density functional context, two exchange-correlation functionals were used: B3LYP and M06. Some results obtained by these exchange-correlation functionals were contrasted with those obtained by the CCSD(T) method. It was found that density functional theory gives similar conclusions with respect to the coupled-cluster method. As one important conclusion we can mention that the thermodynamics of carbon monoxide desorption is not favored by the sodium presence. However, the presence of this metal induces: (a) an easier formation of one semiquinone group, (b) the dissociation of carbon dioxide, and (c) an increment on the CO desorption rate for one of the proposed pathways.

The structure, vibrational spectra and nonlinear optical properties of the L-lysine × tartaric acid complex—Theoretical studies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Drozd, M.; Marchewka, M. K.

2006-05-01

The room temperature X-ray studies of L-lysine × tartaric acid complex are not unambiguous. The disorder of three atoms of carbon in L-lysine molecule is observed. These X-ray studies are ambiguous. The theoretical geometry study performed by DFT methods explain the most doubts which are connected with crystallographic measurements. The theoretical vibrational frequencies and potential energy distribution (PED) of L-lysine × tartaric acid were calculated by B3LYP method. The calculated frequencies were compared with experimental measured IR spectra. The complete assignment of the bands has been made on the basis of the calculated PED. The restricted Hartee-Fock (RHF) methods were used for calculation of the hyperpolarizability for investigated compound. The theoretical results are compared with experimental value of β.

Universality hypothesis breakdown at one-loop order

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Carvalho, P. R. S.

2018-05-01

We probe the universality hypothesis by analytically computing the at least two-loop corrections to the critical exponents for q -deformed O (N ) self-interacting λ ϕ4 scalar field theories through six distinct and independent field-theoretic renormalization group methods and ɛ -expansion techniques. We show that the effect of q deformation on the one-loop corrections to the q -deformed critical exponents is null, so the universality hypothesis is broken down at this loop order. Such an effect emerges only at the two-loop and higher levels, and the validity of the universality hypothesis is restored. The q -deformed critical exponents obtained through the six methods are the same and, furthermore, reduce to their nondeformed values in the appropriated limit.

A mixed methods study of Canadian adolescents’ perceptions of health

PubMed Central

Pickett, William; Vandemeer, Eleanor; Taylor, Brian; Davison, Colleen

2016-01-01

Health perceptions adopted during childhood lay foundations for adult health trajectories and experiences. This study used a sequential mixed methods design to generate new evidence about child perceptions of health in two samples of Canadian children. A core qualitative study was followed by a complementary quantitative analysis to aid interpretation. Generational theory was used as a lens through which to interpret all data. Findings suggested that good health is perceived as customized and subjective. The strengths and liabilities of these perceptions are discussed, as well as implications for health promotion and prevention strategies. Through intentional consideration of the perspectives of this population group, this study makes both empirical and theoretical contributions to appreciating how cultural environments shape health perceptions. PMID:27741955

Advantage of three dimensional animated teaching over traditional surgical videos for teaching ophthalmic surgery: a randomised study

PubMed Central

Prinz, A; Bolz, M; Findl, O

2005-01-01

Background/aim: Owing to the complex topographical aspects of ophthalmic surgery, teaching with conventional surgical videos has led to a poor understanding among medical students. A novel multimedia three dimensional (3D) computer animated program, called “Ophthalmic Operation Vienna” has been developed, where surgical videos are accompanied by 3D animated sequences of all surgical steps for five operations. The aim of the study was to assess the effect of 3D animations on the understanding of cataract and glaucoma surgery among medical students. Method: Set in the Medical University of Vienna, Department of Ophthalmology, 172 students were randomised into two groups: a 3D group (n = 90), that saw the 3D animations and video sequences, and a control group (n = 82), that saw only the surgical videos. The narrated text was identical for both groups. After the presentation, students were questioned and tested using multiple choice questions. Results: Students in the 3D group found the interactive multimedia teaching methods to be a valuable supplement to the conventional surgical videos. The 3D group outperformed the control group not only in topographical understanding by 16% (p<0.0001), but also in theoretical understanding by 7% (p<0.003). Women in the 3D group gained most by 19% over the control group (p<0.0001). Conclusions: The use of 3D animations lead to a better understanding of difficult surgical topics among medical students, especially for female users. Gender related benefits of using multimedia should be further explored. PMID:16234460

Spectroscopic accuracy directly from quantum chemistry: application to ground and excited states of beryllium dimer.

PubMed

Sharma, Sandeep; Yanai, Takeshi; Booth, George H; Umrigar, C J; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2014-03-14

We combine explicit correlation via the canonical transcorrelation approach with the density matrix renormalization group and initiator full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo methods to compute a near-exact beryllium dimer curve, without the use of composite methods. In particular, our direct density matrix renormalization group calculations produce a well-depth of D(e) = 931.2 cm(-1) which agrees very well with recent experimentally derived estimates D(e) = 929.7±2 cm(-1) [J. M. Merritt, V. E. Bondybey, and M. C. Heaven, Science 324, 1548 (2009)] and D(e) = 934.6 cm(-1) [K. Patkowski, V. Špirko, and K. Szalewicz, Science 326, 1382 (2009)], as well the best composite theoretical estimates, D(e) = 938±15 cm(-1) [K. Patkowski, R. Podeszwa, and K. Szalewicz, J. Phys. Chem. A 111, 12822 (2007)] and D(e) = 935.1±10 cm(-1) [J. Koput, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 13, 20311 (2011)]. Our results suggest possible inaccuracies in the functional form of the potential used at shorter bond lengths to fit the experimental data [J. M. Merritt, V. E. Bondybey, and M. C. Heaven, Science 324, 1548 (2009)]. With the density matrix renormalization group we also compute near-exact vertical excitation energies at the equilibrium geometry. These provide non-trivial benchmarks for quantum chemical methods for excited states, and illustrate the surprisingly large error that remains for 1 ¹Σ(g)⁻ state with approximate multi-reference configuration interaction and equation-of-motion coupled cluster methods. Overall, we demonstrate that explicitly correlated density matrix renormalization group and initiator full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo methods allow us to fully converge to the basis set and correlation limit of the non-relativistic Schrödinger equation in small molecules.

Design and feasibility testing of a novel group intervention for young women who binge drink in groups.

PubMed

Irvine, Linda; Crombie, Iain K; Swanson, Vivien; Dimova, Elena D; Melson, Ambrose J; Fraser, Tracey M; Barbour, Rosaline; Rice, Peter M; Allan, Sheila

2018-01-01

Young women frequently drink alcohol in groups and binge drinking within these natural drinking groups is common. This study describes the design of a theoretically and empirically based group intervention to reduce binge drinking among young women. It also evaluates their engagement with the intervention and the acceptability of the study methods. Friendship groups of women aged 18-35 years, who had two or more episodes of binge drinking (>6 UK units on one occasion; 48g of alcohol) in the previous 30 days, were recruited from the community. A face-to-face group intervention, based on the Health Action Process Approach, was delivered over three sessions. Components of the intervention were woven around fun activities, such as making alcohol free cocktails. Women were followed up four months after the intervention was delivered. The target of 24 groups (comprising 97 women) was recruited. The common pattern of drinking was infrequent, heavy drinking (mean consumption on the heaviest drinking day was UK 18.1 units). Process evaluation revealed that the intervention was delivered with high fidelity and acceptability of the study methods was high. The women engaged positively with intervention components and made group decisions about cutting down. Twenty two groups set goals to reduce their drinking, and these were translated into action plans. Retention of individuals at follow up was 87%. This study successfully recruited groups of young women whose patterns of drinking place them at high risk of acute harm. This novel approach to delivering an alcohol intervention has potential to reduce binge drinking among young women. The high levels of engagement with key steps in the behavior change process suggests that the group intervention should be tested in a full randomised controlled trial.

A Theoretical Study of the Conformational Landscape of Serotonin

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Mourik, Van Tonja; Emson, Laura E.

2002-10-25

The conformational landscape of neutral serotonin has been investigated by several theoretical methods. The potential energy surface was scanned by systematically varying the three dihedral angles that determine the conformation of the alkyl side chain. In addition, the two possible conformations of the phenol hydroxyl group (anti and syn with respect to the indole NH) were considered. The OH-anti stationary points located with SCF/6-31G* have been re-optimized with B3LYP/6-31+G*, which resulted in twelve true minima. Eleven of these have a corresponding OH-syn conformer that is 1-4 kJ/mol higher in energy. IR vibrational spectra of all twenty-three serotonin conformers, computed atmore » the B3LYP/6-31+G* level f theory, are presented. The initial scan of the serotonin potential energy surface has been repeated with several computationally cheaper methods, to assess their reliability for locating the correct serotonin conformers. It is found that the semi-empirical methods AM1 and PM3 do no t yield sufficiently accurate results, due to their inability to account for subtle intramolecular interactions within the serotonin molecule. On the other hand, SCF in combination with the 3-21G* basis set is ascertained to be a good alternative to SCF/6-31G* for performing the initial scan of the potential energy surface of flexible molecules.« less

Chemometric Methods and Theoretical Molecular Descriptors in Predictive QSAR Modeling of the Environmental Behavior of Organic Pollutants

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gramatica, Paola

This chapter surveys the QSAR modeling approaches (developed by the author's research group) for the validated prediction of environmental properties of organic pollutants. Various chemometric methods, based on different theoretical molecular descriptors, have been applied: explorative techniques (such as PCA for ranking, SOM for similarity analysis), modeling approaches by multiple-linear regression (MLR, in particular OLS), and classification methods (mainly k-NN, CART, CP-ANN). The focus of this review is on the main topics of environmental chemistry and ecotoxicology, related to the physico-chemical properties, the reactivity, and biological activity of chemicals of high environmental concern. Thus, the review deals with atmospheric degradation reactions of VOCs by tropospheric oxidants, persistence and long-range transport of POPs, sorption behavior of pesticides (Koc and leaching), bioconcentration, toxicity (acute aquatic toxicity, mutagenicity of PAHs, estrogen binding activity for endocrine disruptors compounds (EDCs)), and finally persistent bioaccumulative and toxic (PBT) behavior for the screening and prioritization of organic pollutants. Common to all the proposed models is the attention paid to model validation for predictive ability (not only internal, but also external for chemicals not participating in the model development) and checking of the chemical domain of applicability. Adherence to such a policy, requested also by the OECD principles, ensures the production of reliable predicted data, useful also in the new European regulation of chemicals, REACH.

Growth, structure, Hirshfeld surface and spectroscopic properties of 2-amino-4-hydroxy-6-methylpyrimidinium-2,3-pyrazinedicorboxylate single crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Faizan, Mohd; Alam, Mohammad Jane; Afroz, Ziya; Rodrigues, Vítor Hugo Nunes; Ahmad, Shabbir

2018-03-01

The present work is focused on the crystal structure, vibrational spectroscopy and DFT calculations of hydrogen bonded 2,3-pyrazinedicorboxylic acid and 2-amino-4-hydroxy-6-methylpyrimidine (PDCA-.AHMP+) crystal. The crystal structure has been determined using single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis which shows that the crystal belongs to monoclinic space group P21/n. The PDCA-.AHMP+ crystal has been characterized by FTIR, FT-Raman and FT-NMR spectroscopic techniques. The FTIR and FT-Raman spectra of the complex have unique spectroscopic feature as compared with those of the starting material to confirm salt formation. The theoretical vibrational studies have been performed to understand the modes of the vibrations of asymmetric unit of the complex by DFT methods. Hirschfeld surface and 2D fingerprint plots analyses were carried out to investigate the intermolecular interactions and its contribution in the building of PDCA-.AHMP+ crystal. The experimental and simulated 13C and 1H NMR studies have assisted in structural analysis of PDCA-.AHMP+ crystal. The electronic spectroscopic properties of the complex were explored by the experimental as well as theoretical electronic spectra simulated using TD-DFT/IEF-PCM method at B3LYP/6-311++G (d,p) level of theory. In addition, frontier molecular orbitals, molecular electrostatic potential map (MEP) and nonlinear optical (NLO) properties using DFT method have been also presented.

Theoretical and vibrational spectroscopic approach to keto-enol tautomerism in methyl-2-(4-methoxybenzoyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanoylcarbamate

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arı, Hatice; Özpozan, Talat; Büyükmumcu, Zeki; Kabacalı, Yiğit; Saçmaci, Mustafa

2016-10-01

A carbamate compound having tricarbonyl groups, methyl-2-(4-methoxybenzoyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanoylcarbamate (BPOC) was investigated from theoretical and vibrational spectroscopic point of view employing quantum chemical methods. Hybrid Density Functionals (B3LYP, X3LYP and B3PW91) with 6-311 G(d,p) basis set were used for the calculations. Rotational barrier and conformational analyses were performed to find the most stable conformers of keto and enol forms of the molecule. Three transition states for keto-enol tautomerism in gas phase were determined. The results of the calculations show that enol-1 form of BPOC is more stable than keto and enol-2 forms. Hydrogen bonding investigation including Natural bond orbital analysis (NBO) for all the tautomeric structures was employed to compare intra-molecular interactions. The energies of HOMO and LUMO molecular orbitals for all tautomeric forms of BPOC were predicted. Normal Coordinate Analysis (NCA) was carried out for the enol-1 to assign vibrational bands of IR and Raman spectra. The scaling factors were calculated as 0.9721, 0.9697 and 0.9685 for B3LYP, X3LYP and B3PW91 methods, respectively. The correlation graphs of experimental versus calculated vibrational wavenumbers were plotted and X3LYP method gave better frequency agreement than the others.

A decision-theoretic approach to identifying future high-cost patients.

PubMed

Pietz, Kenneth; Byrne, Margaret M; Petersen, Laura A

2006-09-01

The objective of this study was to develop and evaluate a method of allocating funding for very-high-cost (VHC) patients among hospitals. Diagnostic cost groups (DCGs) were used for risk adjustment. The patient population consisted of 253,013 veterans who used Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) medical care services in fiscal year (FY) 2003 (October 1, 2002-September 30, 2003) in a network of 8 VA hospitals. We defined VHC as greater than 75,000 dollars (0.81%). The upper fifth percentile was also used for comparison. A Bayesian decision rule for classifying patients as VHC/not VHC using DCGs was developed and evaluated. The method uses FY 2003 DCGs to allocate VHC funds for FY 2004. We also used FY 2002 DCGs to allocate VHC funds for FY 2003 for comparison. The resulting allocation was compared with using the allocation of VHC patients among the hospitals in the previous year. The decision rule identified DCG 17 as the optimal cutoff for identifying VHC patients for the next year. The previous year's allocation came closest to the actual distribution of VHC patients. The decision-theoretic approach may provide insight into the economic consequences of classifying a patient as VHC or not VHC. More research is needed into methods of identifying future VHC patients so that capitation plans can fairly reimburse healthcare systems for appropriately treating these patients.

Theoretical and experimental research on diversity reception technology in NLOS UV communication system.

PubMed

Han, Dahai; Liu, Yile; Zhang, Kai; Luo, Pengfei; Zhang, Min

2012-07-02

Diversity reception technology is introduced into ultraviolet communication area in this article with theory analysis and practical experiment. The idea of diversity reception was known as a critical effective method in wireless communication area that improves the Gain significantly especially for the multi-scattering channel. A theoretical modeling and simulation method are proposed to depict the principle and feasibility of diversity reception adopted in UV communication. Besides, an experimental test-bed using ultraviolet LED and dual receiver of photomultiplier tube is setup to characterize the effects of diversity receiving in non-line-of-sight (NLOS) ultraviolet communication system. The experiment results are compared with the theoretical ones to verify the accuracy of theoretical modeling and the effect of diversity reception. Equal gain combining (EGC) method was adopted as the diversity mechanism in this paper. The research results of theory and experiment provide insight into the channel characteristics and achievable capabilities of ultraviolet communication system with diversity receiving method.

Iso standardization of theoretical activity evaluation method for low and intermediate level activated waste generated at nuclear power plants

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Makoto Kashiwagi; Garamszeghy, Mike; Lantes, Bertrand

Disposal of low-and intermediate-level activated waste generated at nuclear power plants is being planned or carried out in many countries. The radioactivity concentrations and/or total quantities of long-lived, difficult-to-measure nuclides (DTM nuclides), such as C-14, Ni-63, Nb-94, α emitting nuclides etc., are often restricted by the safety case for a final repository as determined by each country's safety regulations, and these concentrations or amounts are required to be known and declared. With respect to waste contaminated by contact with process water, the Scaling Factor method (SF method), which is empirically based on sampling and analysis data, has been applied asmore » an important method for determining concentrations of DTM nuclides. This method was standardized by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and published in 2007 as ISO21238 'Scaling factor method to determine the radioactivity of low and intermediate-level radioactive waste packages generated at nuclear power plants' [1]. However, for activated metal waste with comparatively high concentrations of radioactivity, such as may be found in reactor control rods and internal structures, direct sampling and radiochemical analysis methods to evaluate the DTM nuclides are limited by access to the material and potentially high personnel radiation exposure. In this case, theoretical calculation methods in combination with empirical methods based on remote radiation surveys need to be used to best advantage for determining the disposal inventory of DTM nuclides while minimizing exposure to radiation workers. Pursuant to this objective a standard for the theoretical evaluation of the radioactivity concentration of DTM nuclides in activated waste, is in process through ISO TC85/SC5 (ISO Technical Committee 85: Nuclear energy, nuclear technologies, and radiological protection; Subcommittee 5: Nuclear fuel cycle). The project team for this ISO standard was formed in 2011 and is composed of experts from 11 countries. The project team has been conducting technical discussions on theoretical methods for determining concentrations of radioactivity, and has developed the draft International Standard of ISO16966 'Theoretical activation calculation method to evaluate the radioactivity of activated waste generated at nuclear reactors' [2]. This paper describes the international standardization process developed by the ISO project team, and outlines the following two theoretical activity evaluation methods:? Point method? Range method. (authors)« less

Developing the concept of family involvement and the alienation questionnaire in the context of psychiatric care.

PubMed

Ewertzon, Mats; Lützén, Kim; Svensson, Elisabeth; Andershed, Birgitta

2008-12-01

Research shows that family members of people with a mental illness often experience a lack of involvement in the psychiatric care of their relative. An interpretation of the findings of these studies raises the question of whether the family members' experience of not being involved can be conceptualized in terms of alienation towards mental health services from their encounter with psychiatric care. In order to explore this possibility, the Family Involvement and Alienation Questionnaire (FIAQ) was constructed, guided by relevant theoretical frameworks and empirical research. The content validity of the questionnaire was evaluated by two groups of experienced researchers who had sound knowledge of the theoretical frameworks used. Validity based on the response process was evaluated by the parents of people with mental illness. The reliability of the questionnaire was evaluated by a test-retest design with a group of 15 family members. The data were analyzed by a non-parametric statistical method. The results of the validity and reliability evaluations showed that of the 46 original items in the questionnaire, 28 would be useful in exploring the concept of family involvement and alienation in the context of psychiatric care. Further, minor modifications could make the FIAQ useful in exploring these concepts in other settings.

A selective chemosensor for fluoride ion and its interaction with Calf Thymus DNA

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ghosh, Soumen; Al Masum, Abdulla; Ganguly, Aniruddha; Islam, Md. Maidul; Alam, Md. Akhtarul; Guchhait, Nikhil

2017-05-01

The amido-Schiff base 1 (N1, N3-bis (2-nitrobenzylidene)benzene-1,3-dicabohydrazide) containing a sbnd CONHsbnd group and sbnd CHdbnd Nsbnd linkage has been synthesized by the condensation between isophthalic acid dihydrazide and o-nitrobenzaldehyde. This molecule can act as a fluoride ion sensor with high selectivity and sensitivity. Presence of nitro group in the phenyl ring may be responsible for the detection of fluoride ion visually with a dramatic color change from colorless to deep red in aqueous dimethyl sulphoxide solution. This Schiff base can be used as test kit for sensing of fluoride ion in the solid state. Compound 1 can detect fluoride also in commercially available toothpaste. As the compound has adequate solubility in DMSO-water mixture (7:93, v/v) and having some hydrogen bond donor and acceptor centers, we have investigated its nature of binding with Calf Thymus-DNA (CT-DNA) using theoretical molecular modelling and other experimental methods like UV-vis spectroscopy, circular dichroic and thermal melting studies. Thermodynamic parameters have been obtained using the well known Van't Hoff's equation. From both theoretical and experimental findings it has been observed that it can interact effectively with CT-DNA with binding energy - 7.55 kcal/mol to - 7.50 kcal/mol.

The Electronic Spectra of Phthalocyanine Radical Anions and Cations.

DTIC Science & Technology

1985-03-01

415. (10) McHugh , A.J., Gouterman, M., Weiss, J., Theoret. Chim. Acta, 1972, 24, 346. (11) Henriksson, A. and Sundbom, M., Theoret. Chim. Acta, 1972, 27...oxidisable. The spectra for the nickel (II) Pc species exactly parallel the main group data since no change in oxidation state of the nickel ion is expect- ed18...and no charge transfer is expected in the region under study. 6 In summary, the main group complexes, nickel and cobalt species all have parallel

Search for excited states in 25O

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jones, M. D.; Fossez, K.; Baumann, T.; DeYoung, P. A.; Finck, J. E.; Frank, N.; Kuchera, A. N.; Michel, N.; Nazarewicz, W.; Rotureau, J.; Smith, J. K.; Stephenson, S. L.; Stiefel, K.; Thoennessen, M.; Zegers, R. G. T.

2017-11-01

Background: Theoretical calculations suggest the presence of low-lying excited states in 25O. Previous experimental searches by means of proton knockout on 26F produced no evidence for such excitations. Purpose: We search for excited states in 25O using the 24O(d ,p ) 25O reaction. The theoretical analysis of excited states in unbound O,2725 is based on the configuration interaction approach that accounts for couplings to the scattering continuum. Method: We use invariant-mass spectroscopy to measure neutron-unbound states in 25O. For the theoretical approach, we use the complex-energy Gamow Shell Model and Density Matrix Renormalization Group method with a finite-range two-body interaction optimized to the bound states and resonances of O-2623, assuming a core of 22O. We predict energies, decay widths, and asymptotic normalization coefficients. Results: Our calculations in a large s p d f space predict several low-lying excited states in 25O of positive and negative parity, and we obtain an experimental limit on the relative cross section of a possible Jπ=1/2 + state with respect to the ground state of 25O at σ1 /2 +/σg .s .=0 .25-0.25+1.0 . We also discuss how the observation of negative parity states in 25O could guide the search for the low-lying negative parity states in 27O. Conclusion: Previous experiments based on the proton knockout of 26F suffered from the low cross sections for the population of excited states in 25O because of low spectroscopic factors. In this respect, neutron transfer reactions carry more promise.

A strategic approach to physico-chemical analysis of bis (thiourea) lead chloride - A reliable semi-organic nonlinear optical crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rajagopalan, N. R.; Krishnamoorthy, P.; Jayamoorthy, K.

2017-03-01

Good quality crystals of bis thiourea lead chloride (BTLC) have been grown by slow evaporation method from aqueous solution. Orthorhombic structure and Pna21 space group of the crystals have been identified by single crystal X-ray diffraction. Studies on nucleation kinetics of grown BTLC has been carried out from which meta-stable zone width, induction period, free energy change, critical radius, critical number and growth rate have been calculated. The experimental values of interfacial surface energy for the crystal growth process have been compared with theoretical models. Ultra violet transmittance studies resulted in a high transmittance and wide band gap energy suggested the required optical transparency of the crystal. The second harmonic generation (SHG) and phase matching nature of the crystal have been justified by Kurtz-Perry method. The SHG nature of the crystal has been further attested by the higher values of theoretical hyper polarizability. The dielectric nature of the crystals at different temperatures with varying frequencies has been thoroughly studied. The activation energy values of the electrical process have been calculated from ac conductivity study. Solid state parameters including valence electron plasma energy, Penn gap, Fermi energy and polarisability have been unveiled by theoretical approach and correlated with the crystal's SHG efficiency. The values of hardness number, elastic stiffness constant, Meyer's Index, minimum level of indentation load, load dependent constant, fracture toughness, brittleness index and corrected hardness obtained from Vicker's hardness test clearly showed that the BTLC crystal has good mechanical stability required for NLO device fabrication.

Using qualitative methods in developing an instrument to identify barriers to self-care among persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

PubMed

Caro-Bautista, Jorge; Martín-Santos, Francisco Javier; Villa-Estrada, Francisca; Morilla-Herrera, Juan Carlos; Cuevas-Fernández-Gallego, Magdalena; Morales-Asencio, José Miguel

2015-04-01

To develop a questionnaire to address barriers and self-care behaviour among persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Several instruments are available in the literature to measure barriers to self-care in this population, but many of them present limitations in its psychometric validation process, and lack of theoretical background. Content validation study using multiple qualitative methods. A systematic review was conducted, and two focus groups with fifteen participants (n = 15) were analysed to identify key topics and categories concerning barriers and self-care behaviour. These categories were used to generate items that were subjected to expert scrutiny, using the Delphi technique. The resulting list of items was tested for readability and comprehension by nine diabetic patients (n = 9), through cognitive interviews. The whole process was conducted in accordance with the Theory of Planned Behaviour. The mean age (standard deviation) of participants in the focus groups and cognitive interviews was 66·05 (8·47) and 63·11 (6·13) years, respectively. 46·7% of the members of the focus groups and 44·4% of those interviewed were female, and the mean duration (standard deviation) of their diabetes was 6·53 (3·17) and 4·89 (3·84) years, respectively. After the qualitative analysis, 27 codes were obtained. Thereafter, items were generated in accordance with the dimensions of this theory: attitudes towards the behaviour (n = 23), social norms (n = 13), perceived behavioural control (n = 17) and behavioural intention (n = 15). A rigorous process of content validation with multiple methods was implemented to obtain an instrument aimed at addressing barriers and self-care behaviour of patients with type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. An instrument theoretically rooted and supported on professional and patients' views is available to assess self-care behaviours in patients with type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. The evaluation of its reliability and construct validity will determine the instrument's value and practical application in the clinical context. © 2014 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Using experimental studies and theoretical calculations to analyze the molecular mechanism of coumarin, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and cinnamic acid

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hsieh, Tiane-Jye; Su, Chia-Ching; Chen, Chung-Yi; Liou, Chyong-Huey; Lu, Li-Hwa

2005-05-01

Three natural products, Coumarin ( 1), p-hydroxybenzoic acid ( 2), trans-cinnamic acid ( 3) were isolated from the natural plant of indigenous cinnamon and the structures including relative stereochemistry were elucidated on the basis of spectroscopic data and theoretical calculations. Their sterochemical structures were determined by NMR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, and X-ray crystallography. The p-hydroxybenzoic acid complex with water is reported to show the existence of two hydrogen bonds. The two hydrogen bonds are formed in the water molecule of two hydrogen-accepting oxygen of carbonyl group of the p-hydroxybenzoic acid. The intermolecular interaction two hydrogen bond of the model system of the water- p-hydroxybenzoic acid was investigated. An experimental study and a theoretical analysis using the B3LYP/6-31G* method in the GAUSSIAN-03 package program were conducted on the three natural products. The theoretical results are supplemented by experimental data. Optimal geometric structures of three compounds were also determined. The calculated molecular mechanics compared quite well with those obtained from the experimental data. The ionization potentials, highest occupied molecular orbital energy, lowest unoccupied molecular orbital energy, energy gaps, heat of formation, atomization energies, and vibration frequencies of the compounds were also calculated. The results of the calculations show that three natural products are stable molecules with high reactive and various other physical properties. The study also provided an explicit understanding of the sterochemical structure and thermodynamic properties of the three natural products.

Similarity solutions for unsteady free-convection flow from a continuous moving vertical surface

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abd-El-Malek, Mina B.; Kassem, Magda M.; Mekky, Mohammad L.

2004-03-01

The transformation group theoretic approach is applied to present an analysis of the problem of unsteady free convection flow over a continuous moving vertical sheet in an ambient fluid. The thermal boundary layer induced within a vertical semi-infinite layer of Boussinseq fluid by a constant heated bounding plate. The application of two-parameter groups reduces the number of independent variables by two, and consequently the system of governing partial differential equations with the boundary conditions reduces to a system of ordinary differential equations with appropriate boundary conditions. The obtained ordinary differential equations are solved analytically for the temperature and numerically for the velocity using the shooting method. Effect of Prandtl number on the thermal boundary-layer and velocity boundary-layer are studied and plotted in curves.

The Objective Borderline method (OBM): a probability-based model for setting up an objective pass/fail cut-off score in medical programme assessments.

PubMed

Shulruf, Boaz; Turner, Rolf; Poole, Phillippa; Wilkinson, Tim

2013-05-01

The decision to pass or fail a medical student is a 'high stakes' one. The aim of this study is to introduce and demonstrate the feasibility and practicality of a new objective standard-setting method for determining the pass/fail cut-off score from borderline grades. Three methods for setting up pass/fail cut-off scores were compared: the Regression Method, the Borderline Group Method, and the new Objective Borderline Method (OBM). Using Year 5 students' OSCE results from one medical school we established the pass/fail cut-off scores by the abovementioned three methods. The comparison indicated that the pass/fail cut-off scores generated by the OBM were similar to those generated by the more established methods (0.840 ≤ r ≤ 0.998; p < .0001). Based on theoretical and empirical analysis, we suggest that the OBM has advantages over existing methods in that it combines objectivity, realism, robust empirical basis and, no less importantly, is simple to use.

Theory-based interventions for contraception.

PubMed

Lopez, Laureen M; Tolley, Elizabeth E; Grimes, David A; Chen-Mok, Mario

2011-03-16

The explicit use of theory in research helps expand the knowledge base. Theories and models have been used extensively in HIV-prevention research and in interventions for preventing sexually transmitted infections (STIs). The health behavior field uses many theories or models of change. However, educational interventions addressing contraception often have no stated theoretical base. Review randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that tested a theoretical approach to inform contraceptive choice; encourage contraceptive use; or promote adherence to, or continuation of, a contraceptive regimen. We searched computerized databases for trials that tested a theory-based intervention for improving contraceptive use (MEDLINE, POPLINE, CENTRAL, PsycINFO, EMBASE, ClinicalTrials.gov, and ICTRP). We also wrote to researchers to find other trials. Trials tested a theory-based intervention for improving contraceptive use. We excluded trials focused on high-risk groups and preventing sexually transmitted infections or HIV. Interventions addressed the use of one or more contraceptive methods for contraception. The reports provided evidence that the intervention was based on a specific theory or model. The primary outcomes were pregnancy, contraceptive choice, initiating or changing contraceptive use, contraceptive regimen adherence, and contraception continuation. The primary author evaluated abstracts for eligibility. Two authors extracted data from included studies. We calculated the odds ratio for dichotomous outcomes. No meta-analysis was conducted due to intervention differences. Fourteen RCTs met our inclusion criteria. In 2 of 10 trials with pregnancy or birth data, a theory-based group showed better results. Four of 10 trials with contraceptive use data (other than condoms) showed better outcomes in an experimental group. For condom use, a theory-based group had favorable results in three of eight trials. Social Cognitive Theory was the main theoretical basis for five trials, of which three showed positive results. Two based on other social cognition models had favorable results, as did two of four focused on motivational interviewing. Thirteen trials provided multiple sessions or contacts. Of seven effective interventions, five targeted adolescents, including four with group sessions. Three effective trials had individual sessions. Seven trials were rated as having high or moderate quality; three of those had favorable results. Family planning researchers and practitioners could adapt the effective interventions. Reproductive health needs high-quality research on behavior change, especially for clinical and low-resource settings. More thorough use of single theories would help, as would better reporting on research design and intervention implementation.

Processes of behavior change and weight loss in a theory-based weight loss intervention program: a test of the process model for lifestyle behavior change.

PubMed

Gillison, Fiona; Stathi, Afroditi; Reddy, Prasuna; Perry, Rachel; Taylor, Gordon; Bennett, Paul; Dunbar, James; Greaves, Colin

2015-01-16

Process evaluation is important for improving theories of behavior change and behavioral intervention methods. The present study reports on the process outcomes of a pilot test of the theoretical model (the Process Model for Lifestyle Behavior Change; PMLBC) underpinning an evidence-informed, theory-driven, group-based intervention designed to promote healthy eating and physical activity for people with high cardiovascular risk. 108 people at high risk of diabetes or heart disease were randomized to a group-based weight management intervention targeting diet and physical activity plus usual care, or to usual care. The intervention comprised nine group based sessions designed to promote motivation, social support, self-regulation and understanding of the behavior change process. Weight loss, diet, physical activity and theoretically defined mediators of change were measured pre-intervention, and after four and 12 months. The intervention resulted in significant improvements in fiber intake (M between-group difference = 5.7 g/day, p < .001) but not fat consumption (-2.3 g/day, p = 0.13), that were predictive of weight loss at both four months (M between-group difference = -1.98 kg, p < .01; R(2) = 0.2, p < 0.005), and 12 months (M difference = -1.85 kg, p = 0.1; R(2) = 0.1, p < 0.01). The intervention was successful in improving the majority of specified mediators of behavior change, and the predicted mechanisms of change specified in the PMBLC were largely supported. Improvements in self-efficacy and understanding of the behavior change process were associated with engagement in coping planning and self-monitoring activities, and successful dietary change at four and 12 months. While participants reported improvements in motivational and social support variables, there was no effect of these, or of the intervention overall, on physical activity. The data broadly support the theoretical model for supporting some dietary changes, but not for physical activity. Systematic intervention design allowed us to identify where improvements to the intervention may be implemented to promote change in all proposed mediators. More work is needed to explore effective mechanisms within interventions to promote physical activity behavior.

Evolutionary conceptual analysis: faith community nursing.

PubMed

Ziebarth, Deborah

2014-12-01

The aim of the study was to report an evolutionary concept analysis of faith community nursing (FCN). FCN is a source of healthcare delivery in the USA which has grown in comprehensiveness and complexity. With increasing healthcare cost and a focus on access and prevention, FCN has extended beyond the physical walls of the faith community building. Faith communities and healthcare organizations invest in FCN and standardized training programs exist. Using Rodgers' evolutionary analysis, the literature was examined for antecedents, attributes, and consequences of the concept. This design allows for understanding the historical and social nature of the concept and how it changes over time. A search of databases using the keywords FCN, faith community nurse, parish nursing, and parish nurse was done. The concept of FCN was explored using research and theoretical literature. A theoretical definition and model were developed with relevant implications. The search results netted a sample of 124 reports of research and theoretical articles from multiple disciplines: medicine, education, religion and philosophy, international health, and nursing. Theoretical definition: FCN is a method of healthcare delivery that is centered in a relationship between the nurse and client (client as person, family, group, or community). The relationship occurs in an iterative motion over time when the client seeks or is targeted for wholistic health care with the goal of optimal wholistic health functioning. Faith integrating is a continuous occurring attribute. Health promoting, disease managing, coordinating, empowering and accessing health care are other essential attributes. All essential attributes occur with intentionality in a faith community, home, health institution and other community settings with fluidity as part of a community, national, or global health initiative. A new theoretical definition and corresponding conceptual model of FCN provides a basis for future nursing knowledge and model-based applications for evidence-based practice and research.

Elastic anisotropy of layered rocks: Ultrasonic measurements of plagioclase-biotite-muscovite (sillimanite) gneiss versus texture-based theoretical predictions (effective media modeling)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ivankina, T. I.; Zel, I. Yu.; Lokajicek, T.; Kern, H.; Lobanov, K. V.; Zharikov, A. V.

2017-08-01

In this paper we present experimental and theoretical studies on a highly anisotropic layered rock sample characterized by alternating layers of biotite and muscovite (retrogressed from sillimanite) and plagioclase and quartz, respectively. We applied two different experimental methods to determine seismic anisotropy at pressures up to 400 MPa: (1) measurement of P- and S-wave phase velocities on a cube in three foliation-related orthogonal directions and (2) measurement of P-wave group velocities on a sphere in 132 directions The combination of the spatial distribution of P-wave velocities on the sphere (converted to phase velocities) with S-wave velocities of three orthogonal structural directions on the cube made it possible to calculate the bulk elastic moduli of the anisotropic rock sample. On the basis of the crystallographic preferred orientations (CPOs) of major minerals obtained by time-of-flight neutron diffraction, effective media modeling was performed using different inclusion methods and averaging procedures. The implementation of a nonlinear approximation of the P-wave velocity-pressure relation was applied to estimate the mineral matrix properties and the orientation distribution of microcracks. Comparison of theoretical calculations of elastic properties of the mineral matrix with those derived from the nonlinear approximation showed discrepancies in elastic moduli and P-wave velocities of about 10%. The observed discrepancies between the effective media modeling and ultrasonic velocity data are a consequence of the inhomogeneous structure of the sample and inability to perform long-wave approximation. Furthermore, small differences between elastic moduli predicted by the different theoretical models, including specific fabric characteristics such as crystallographic texture, grain shape and layering were observed. It is shown that the bulk elastic anisotropy of the sample is basically controlled by the CPO of biotite and muscovite and their volume proportions in the layers dominated by phyllosilicate minerals.

An accurate method for solving a class of fractional Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kashkari, Bothayna S. H.; Syam, Muhammed I.

2018-06-01

This article is devoted to both theoretical and numerical study of the eigenvalues of nonsingular fractional second-order Sturm-Liouville problem. In this paper, we implement a fractional-order Legendre Tau method to approximate the eigenvalues. This method transforms the Sturm-Liouville problem to a sparse nonsingular linear system which is solved using the continuation method. Theoretical results for the considered problem are provided and proved. Numerical results are presented to show the efficiency of the proposed method.

A Theoretical Model for the Practice of Residential Treatment.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Miskimins, R. W.

1990-01-01

Presents theoretical model describing practice of psychiatric residential treatment for children and adolescents. Emphasis is on 40 practice principles, guiding concepts which dictate specific treatment techniques and administrative procedures for Southern Oregon Adolescent Study and Treatment Center. Groups principles into six clusters: program…

Video- or text-based e-learning when teaching clinical procedures? A randomized controlled trial.

PubMed

Buch, Steen Vigh; Treschow, Frederik Philip; Svendsen, Jesper Brink; Worm, Bjarne Skjødt

2014-01-01

This study investigated the effectiveness of two different levels of e-learning when teaching clinical skills to medical students. Sixty medical students were included and randomized into two comparable groups. The groups were given either a video- or text/picture-based e-learning module and subsequently underwent both theoretical and practical examination. A follow-up test was performed 1 month later. The students in the video group performed better than the illustrated text-based group in the practical examination, both in the primary test (P<0.001) and in the follow-up test (P<0.01). Regarding theoretical knowledge, no differences were found between the groups on the primary test, though the video group performed better on the follow-up test (P=0.04). Video-based e-learning is superior to illustrated text-based e-learning when teaching certain practical clinical skills.

Bio-inspired group modeling and analysis for intruder detection in mobile sensor/robotic networks.

PubMed

Fu, Bo; Xiao, Yang; Liang, Xiannuan; Philip Chen, C L

2015-01-01

Although previous bio-inspired models have concentrated on invertebrates (such as ants), mammals such as primates with higher cognitive function are valuable for modeling the increasingly complex problems in engineering. Understanding primates' social and communication systems, and applying what is learned from them to engineering domains is likely to inspire solutions to a number of problems. This paper presents a novel bio-inspired approach to determine group size by researching and simulating primate society. Group size does matter for both primate society and digital entities. It is difficult to determine how to group mobile sensors/robots that patrol in a large area when many factors are considered such as patrol efficiency, wireless interference, coverage, inter/intragroup communications, etc. This paper presents a simulation-based theoretical study on patrolling strategies for robot groups with the comparison of large and small groups through simulations and theoretical results.

The feasibility, perceived satisfaction, and value of using synchronous webinars to educate clinical research professionals on reporting adverse events in clinical trials: a report from the Children's Oncology Group.

PubMed

Borgerson, Dawn; Dino, Jennifer

2012-01-01

Clinical research professionals are faced with decreased funding and increased workloads; innovative methods of professional development programs are necessary to accommodate these factors. This study evaluated the feasibility, perceived satisfaction, and value of using webinars to educate clinical research professionals on reporting adverse events commonly experienced in pediatric oncology clinical trials. The setting incorporated synchronous web-based educational technology. Constructivist learning provides the theoretical framework for this study. Participants evaluated the professional development program at 2 time points: (a) at the conclusion and (b) 4 to 6 weeks afterward, using survey method. Synchronous webinars were both economical and effective in educating clinical research professionals across institutional sites. Participants reported exceptionally high levels of satisfaction with the accessibility, scope, quality, and interactivity of the professional development program. The vast majority of participants reported that the education would assist with reporting adverse events in pediatric oncology clinical trials and this perception persisted into clinical practice. Although the results of this study were intended to guide future educational efforts of the Children's Oncology Group, they may also apply to other cooperative groups.

Obstacle avoidance in social groups: new insights from asynchronous models

PubMed Central

Croft, Simon; Budgey, Richard; Pitchford, Jonathan W.; Wood, A. Jamie

2015-01-01

For moving animals, the successful avoidance of hazardous obstacles is an important capability. Despite this, few models of collective motion have addressed the relationship between behavioural and social features and obstacle avoidance. We develop an asynchronous individual-based model for social movement which allows social structure within groups to be included. We assess the dynamics of group navigation and resulting collision risk in the context of information transfer through the system. In agreement with previous work, we find that group size has a nonlinear effect on collision risk. We implement examples of possible network structures to explore the impact social preferences have on collision risk. We show that any social heterogeneity induces greater obstacle avoidance with further improvements corresponding to groups containing fewer influential individuals. The model provides a platform for both further theoretical investigation and practical application. In particular, we argue that the role of social structures within bird flocks may have an important role to play in assessing the risk of collisions with wind turbines, but that new methods of data analysis are needed to identify these social structures. PMID:25833245

Nanoparticles Stabilize Thin Polymer Films: A Fundamental Study to Understand the Phenomenon

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Mackay, Michael

2013-06-03

In this project we have successfully married an experimental theoretical collaboration between the University of Delaware research group and Sandia National Laboratories. To do this Prof. Mackay supervised graduate students, Ms. Erica Tzu-Chia Tseng and Mr. Wenluan Zhang, who performed experiments, and a postdoctoral fellow, Dr. Venkat Padmanabhan, who performed theoretical modeling in his laboratory and interacted with Dr. Amalie Frischknecht, a theoretician at SNL. Drs. Padmanabhan and Frischknecht had weekly teleconferences on Tuesday mornings to discuss progress and had 2-3 face-to-face meetings per year. Dr. Frischknecht was funded on her part through CINT to allow this partnership. This uniquemore » collaborative effort of placing a theoretician within a group of experimentalists has tremendously aided experimental progress since the collaborators are intimately familiar with both the experimental and theoretical efforts. Furthermore development of new theoretical tools to interpret experimental results has resulted in rational verification and enhanced investigation of parameter space.« less

Sparse SPM: Group Sparse-dictionary learning in SPM framework for resting-state functional connectivity MRI analysis.

PubMed

Lee, Young-Beom; Lee, Jeonghyeon; Tak, Sungho; Lee, Kangjoo; Na, Duk L; Seo, Sang Won; Jeong, Yong; Ye, Jong Chul

2016-01-15

Recent studies of functional connectivity MR imaging have revealed that the default-mode network activity is disrupted in diseases such as Alzheimer's disease (AD). However, there is not yet a consensus on the preferred method for resting-state analysis. Because the brain is reported to have complex interconnected networks according to graph theoretical analysis, the independency assumption, as in the popular independent component analysis (ICA) approach, often does not hold. Here, rather than using the independency assumption, we present a new statistical parameter mapping (SPM)-type analysis method based on a sparse graph model where temporal dynamics at each voxel position are described as a sparse combination of global brain dynamics. In particular, a new concept of a spatially adaptive design matrix has been proposed to represent local connectivity that shares the same temporal dynamics. If we further assume that local network structures within a group are similar, the estimation problem of global and local dynamics can be solved using sparse dictionary learning for the concatenated temporal data across subjects. Moreover, under the homoscedasticity variance assumption across subjects and groups that is often used in SPM analysis, the aforementioned individual and group analyses using sparse dictionary learning can be accurately modeled by a mixed-effect model, which also facilitates a standard SPM-type group-level inference using summary statistics. Using an extensive resting fMRI data set obtained from normal, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), and Alzheimer's disease patient groups, we demonstrated that the changes in the default mode network extracted by the proposed method are more closely correlated with the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Application of theoretical methods to increase succinate production in engineered strains.

PubMed

Valderrama-Gomez, M A; Kreitmayer, D; Wolf, S; Marin-Sanguino, A; Kremling, A

2017-04-01

Computational methods have enabled the discovery of non-intuitive strategies to enhance the production of a variety of target molecules. In the case of succinate production, reviews covering the topic have not yet analyzed the impact and future potential that such methods may have. In this work, we review the application of computational methods to the production of succinic acid. We found that while a total of 26 theoretical studies were published between 2002 and 2016, only 10 studies reported the successful experimental implementation of any kind of theoretical knowledge. None of the experimental studies reported an exact application of the computational predictions. However, the combination of computational analysis with complementary strategies, such as directed evolution and comparative genome analysis, serves as a proof of concept and demonstrates that successful metabolic engineering can be guided by rational computational methods.

Voxel-Wise Comparisons of the Morphology of Diffusion Tensors Across Groups of Experimental Subjects

PubMed Central

Bansal, Ravi; Staib, Lawrence H.; Plessen, Kerstin J.; Xu, Dongrong; Royal, Jason; Peterson, Bradley S.

2007-01-01

Water molecules in the brain diffuse preferentially along the fiber tracts within white matter, which form the anatomical connections across spatially distant brain regions. A diffusion tensor (DT) is a probabilistic ellipsoid composed of 3 orthogonal vectors, each having a direction and an associated scalar magnitude, that represent the probability of water molecules diffusing in each of those directions. The 3D morphologies of DTs can be compared across groups of subjects to reveal disruptions in structural organization and neuroanatomical connectivity of the brains of persons with various neuropsychiatric illnesses. Comparisons of tensor morphology across groups have typically been performed on scalar measures of diffusivity, such as Fractional Anisotropy (FA), rather than directly on the complex 3D morphologies of DTs. Scalar measures, however, are related in nonlinear ways to the eigenvalues and eigenvectors that create the 3D morphologies of DTs. We present a mathematical framework that permits the direct comparison across groups of mean eigenvalues and eigenvectors of individual DTs. We show that group-mean eigenvalues and eigenvectors are multivariate Gaussian distributed, and we use the Delta method to compute their approximate covariance matrices. Our results show that the theoretically computed Mean Tensor (MT) eigenvectors and eigenvalues match well with their respective true values. Furthermore, a comparison of synthetically generated groups of DTs highlights the limitations of using FA to detect group differences. Finally, analyses of in vivo DT data using our method reveal significant between-group differences in diffusivity along fiber tracts within white matter, whereas analyses based on FA values failed to detect some of these differences. PMID:18006284

Porous metallic bodies

DOEpatents

Landingham, Richard L.

1985-01-01

Porous metallic bodies having a substantially uniform pore size of less than about 200 microns and a density of less than about 25 percent theoretical, as well as the method for making them, are disclosed. Group IIA, IIIB, IVB, VB, and rare earth metal hydrides are heated in a confining container at a controlled rate to a temperature of about greater than the temperature at which the hydride decomposes. Hydrogen is removed from the container and the remaining metal is heated during a second stage to a temperature greater than the temperature at which it was previously heated but not greater than the temperature of 1/2 to 2/3 the temperature at which the metal melts at a controlled rate. The resulting porous metallic body produced has a density less than about 25 percent theoretical and a pore size of less than about 200 microns. The metallic particles of the present invention have high inner surface area and possess minimum resistance to gas flow.

Experimental and theoretical investigation of vibrational spectra of coordination polymers based on TCE-TTF.

PubMed

Olejniczak, Iwona; Lapiński, Andrzej; Swietlik, Roman; Olivier, Jean; Golhen, Stéphane; Ouahab, Lahcène

2011-08-01

The room-temperature infrared and Raman spectra of a series of four isostructural polymeric salts of 2,3,6,7-tetrakis(2-cyanoethylthio)-tetrathiafulvalene (TCE-TTF) with paramagnetic (Co(II), Mn(II)) and diamagnetic (Zn(II), Cd(II)) ions, together with BF(4)(-) or ClO(4)(-) anions are reported. Infrared and Raman-active modes are identified and assigned based on theoretical calculations for neutral and ionized TCE-TTF using density functional theory (DFT) methods. It is confirmed that the TCE-TTF molecules in all the materials investigated are fully ionized and interact in the crystal structure through cyanoethylthio groups. The vibrational modes related to the C=C stretching vibrations of TCE-TTF are analyzed assuming the occurrence of electron-molecular vibration coupling (EMV). The presence of the antisymmetric C=C dimeric mode provides evidence that charge transfer takes place between TCE-TTF molecules belonging to neighboring polymeric networks. Copyright © 2011 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

Analyzing the BBOB results by means of benchmarking concepts.

PubMed

Mersmann, O; Preuss, M; Trautmann, H; Bischl, B; Weihs, C

2015-01-01

We present methods to answer two basic questions that arise when benchmarking optimization algorithms. The first one is: which algorithm is the "best" one? and the second one is: which algorithm should I use for my real-world problem? Both are connected and neither is easy to answer. We present a theoretical framework for designing and analyzing the raw data of such benchmark experiments. This represents a first step in answering the aforementioned questions. The 2009 and 2010 BBOB benchmark results are analyzed by means of this framework and we derive insight regarding the answers to the two questions. Furthermore, we discuss how to properly aggregate rankings from algorithm evaluations on individual problems into a consensus, its theoretical background and which common pitfalls should be avoided. Finally, we address the grouping of test problems into sets with similar optimizer rankings and investigate whether these are reflected by already proposed test problem characteristics, finding that this is not always the case.

Physical realization of a quantum spin liquid based on a complex frustration mechanism

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reuther, Johannes; Balz, Christian; Lake, Bella

Unlike conventional magnets where the spins undergo magnetic long-range order in the ground state, in a quantum spin liquid they remain disordered down to the lowest temperatures without breaking local symmetries. Here, we investigate the novel, unexplored bilayer-kagome magnet Ca10Cr7O28, which has a complex Hamiltonian consisting of isotropic antiferromagnetic and ferromagnetic interactions where the ferromagnetic couplings are the dominant ones. We show both experimentally and theoretically that this compound displays all the features expected of a quantum spin liquid. In particular, experiments rule out static magnetic order down to 19mK and reveal a diffuse spinon-like excitation spectrum. Numerically simulating this material using the pseudo fermion functional renormalization group (PFFRG) method, we theoretically confirm the non-magnetic ground state of the system and qualitatively reproduce the measured spin correlation profile. By tuning the model parameters away from those realized in Ca10Cr7O28 we further show that the spin-liquid phase is of remarkable stability.

Reexamination of group velocities of structured light pulses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saari, Peeter

2018-06-01

Recently, a series of theoretical and experimental papers on free-space propagation of pulsed Laguerre-Gaussian and Bessel beams was published, which reached contradictory and controversial results about group velocities of such pulses. Depending on the measurement scheme, the group velocity can be defined differently. We analyze how different versions of group velocity are related to the measurable travel time (time of flight) of the pulse between input (source) and output (detecting) planes. The analysis is tested on a theoretical model—the Bessel-Gauss pulse whose propagation path exhibits both subluminal and superluminal regions. Our main conclusion from resolving the contradictions in the literature is that different versions of group velocity are appropriate, depending on whether or not the beam is hollow and how the pulse is recorded in the output plane—integrally or with spatial resolution.

Theoretical and computational foundations of management class simulation

Treesearch

Denie Gerold

1978-01-01

Investigations on complicated, complex, and not well-ordered systems are possible only with the aid of mathematical methods and electronic data processing. Simulation as a method of operations research is particularly suitable for this purpose. Theoretical and computational foundations of management class simulation must be integrated into the planning systems of...

The critical factors that influence faculty attitudes and perceptions of teaching English as Second Language nursing students: A grounded theory research study.

PubMed

Starkey, Traci J

2015-05-01

As the demographics of the United States change, nursing will need to become more ethnically diverse in order to provide culturally responsive healthcare. Enrollment of English as Second Language nursing students is increasing; however, these students often encounter academic difficulties. The increase in English as Second Language nursing students in the classroom and clinical setting has posed challenges for nurse faculty. To explore the critical factors that influence faculty attitudes and perceptions of teaching English as Second Language nursing students. A grounded theory method based on the philosophical underpinnings of symbolic interactionism and pragmatism was used to explore the critical factors that influence faculty attitudes and perceptions of teaching English as Second Language nursing students. The study took place at various schools of nursing in the Southeast Florida area. Educators teaching in an associate, baccalaureate, and/or graduate nursing program at an accredited school of nursing. Semi-structured interviews and a focus group were conducted to collect data from nurse faculty. Data segments from interviews were coded, categorized, and analyzed. Theoretical sampling and a focus group interview were used to validate the concepts, themes, and categories identified during the individual interviews. A substantive level theory was developed. The core category that developed was conscientization. The three dominant categories that emerged from the data were overcoming, coming to know, and facilitating. The theoretical framework of conscientization provided an explanation of the social processes involved in teaching English as Second Language nursing students. The theoretical framework developed from this study can be used to increase the effectiveness of teaching English as Second Language nursing students, improve their chances of success, and enhance diversity in the nursing profession. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Unique atom hyper-kagome order in Na4Ir3O8 and in low-symmetry spinel modifications.

PubMed

Talanov, V M; Shirokov, V B; Talanov, M V

2015-05-01

Group-theoretical and thermodynamic methods of the Landau theory of phase transitions are used to investigate the hyper-kagome atomic order in structures of ordered spinels and a spinel-like Na4Ir3O8 crystal. The formation of an atom hyper-kagome sublattice in Na4Ir3O8 is described theoretically on the basis of the archetype (hypothetical parent structure/phase) concept. The archetype structure of Na4Ir3O8 has a spinel-like structure (space group Fd\\bar 3m) and composition [Na1/2Ir3/2](16d)[Na3/2](16c)O(32e)4. The critical order parameter which induces hypothetical phase transition has been stated. It is shown that the derived structure of Na4Ir3O8 is formed as a result of the displacements of Na, Ir and O atoms, and ordering of Na, Ir and O atoms, ordering dxy, dxz, dyz orbitals as well. Ordering of all atoms takes place according to the type 1:3. Ir and Na atoms form an intriguing atom order: a network of corner-shared Ir triangles called a hyper-kagome lattice. The Ir atoms form nanoclusters which are named decagons. The existence of hyper-kagome lattices in six types of ordered spinel structures is predicted theoretically. The structure mechanisms of the formation of the predicted hyper-kagome atom order in some ordered spinel phases are established. For a number of cases typical diagrams of possible crystal phase states are built in the framework of the Landau theory of phase transitions. Thermodynamical conditions of hyper-kagome order formation are discussed by means of these diagrams. The proposed theory is in accordance with experimental data.

Linearization methods for optimizing the low thrust spacecraft trajectory: Theoretical aspects

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kazmerchuk, P. V.

2016-12-01

The theoretical aspects of the modified linearization method, which makes it possible to solve a wide class of nonlinear problems on optimizing low-thrust spacecraft trajectories (V. V. Efanov et al., 2009; V. V. Khartov et al., 2010) are examined. The main modifications of the linearization method are connected with its refinement for optimizing the main dynamic systems and design parameters of the spacecraft.

Blocking performance approximation in flexi-grid networks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ge, Fei; Tan, Liansheng

2016-12-01

The blocking probability to the path requests is an important issue in flexible bandwidth optical communications. In this paper, we propose a blocking probability approximation method of path requests in flexi-grid networks. It models the bundled neighboring carrier allocation with a group of birth-death processes and provides a theoretical analysis to the blocking probability under variable bandwidth traffic. The numerical results show the effect of traffic parameters to the blocking probability of path requests. We use the first fit algorithm in network nodes to allocate neighboring carriers to path requests in simulations, and verify approximation results.

[25 years of the DRG-based health-financing system in Hungary].

PubMed

Babarczy, Balázs; Gyenes, Péter; Imre, László

2015-07-19

After a thourough development phase, a new system of health financing was introduced in Hungary in 1993. One of the cornerstones of the system was the financing of acute hospital care through Diagnosis-Related Groups (DRGs). This method was part of a comprehensive healthcare model, elaborated and published around 1990 by experts of Gyógyinfok, a public institute. The health financing system that was finally introduced reflcted in large part this theoretical model, while the current Hungarian system differs from it in some important respects. The objective of this article is to identify these points of divergence.

Orientations of nonlocal vibrational modes from combined experimental and theoretical sum frequency spectroscopy

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Chase, Hilary M.; Chen, Shunli; Fu, Li

2017-09-01

Inferring molecular orientations from vibrational sum frequency generation (SFG) spectra is challenging in polarization combinations that result in low signal intensities, or when the local point group symmetry approximation fails. While combining experiments with density functional theory (DFT) could overcome this problem, the scope of the combined method has yet to be established. Here, we assess its feasibility of determining the distributions of molecular orientations for one monobasic ester, two epoxides and three alcohols at the vapor/fused silica interface. We find that molecular orientations of nonlocal vibrational modes cannot be determined using polarization-resolved SFG measurements alone.

Analytical and numerical solutions of the equation for the beam propagation in a photovoltaic-photorefractive media

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lin, Ji; Wang, Hou

2013-07-01

We use the classical Lie-group method to study the evolution equation describing a photovoltaic-photorefractive media with the effects of diffusion process and the external electric field. We reduce it to some similarity equations firstly, and then obtain some analytically exact solutions including the soliton solution, the exponential solution and the oscillatory solution. We also obtain the numeric solitons from these similarity equations. Moreover, We show theoretically that these solutions have two types of trajectories. One type is a straight line. The other is a parabolic curve, which indicates these solitons have self-deflection.

Interaction of TGA with CdSe nanoparticles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bharti, Shivani; Singh, Satvinder; Jain, Shikshita; Kaur, Gurvir; Gupta, Shikha; Tripathi, S. K.

2018-05-01

In this paper, the interaction of thioglycolic acid (TGA) with CdSe atomic cluster have been studied using first principle calculations and experimentally synthesized using chemical route method. Density Functional Theory (DFT) have been used for all the calculations. Structural and electronic properties have been studied theorectically and results have been compared to the experimentally obtained micrographs from TEM microscopy. The most stable interaction of CdSe cluster is obtained with thiol group of TGA due to the high bond dissiciation energy between Cd-S than Cd-O. Theoretical calculations have been performed using Gaussian basis set approach.

New developments in theoretical thermochemistry and electronic structure applications in supramolecular chemistry and cluster science

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ramabhadran, Raghunath Ozhapakkam

In a concise display of the power and diversity of electronic structure theory (EST), the work presented herein involves the development of new computational methods to advance the practical utility of quantum chemistry, as well as solving different types of challenging chemical problems by applying existing EST tools. The research presented is highly interdisciplinary in nature and features synergistic collaborations to solve real-life problems such as regulating toxic chemicals and generating alternative sources of energy. In the first chapter of this dissertation, the solution to a long-standing problem in theoretical thermochemistry is accomplished by the development of the automated, chemically intuitive and generalized thermochemical hierarchy, Connectivity-Based Hierarchy (CBH) to accurately predict the thermochemical properties of organic molecules. The extension of the hierarchy to predict the enthalpies of formations of biomonomers such as amino acids is also presented. The development of a computationally efficient protocol to accurately extrapolate to high CCSD(T) energies based on MP2 and DFT energies using CBH is presented in the second chapter, thus merging theoretical thermochemistry with fragment-based methods in quantum chemistry. This merger drastically reduces the computational cost involved in a CCSD(T) calculation, while retaining the impeccable accuracy it offers. The practical utility of the CH hydrogen bond, commonly thought as being too weak to be used in supramolecular applications has been demonstrated by DFT calculations (along with experimental results from the Flood group) in the third chapter. This is accomplished by systematically studying the binding of monoatomic chloride, diatomic and toxic cyanide and the polyatomic bi-fluoride anions for the first time using only CH hydrogen bonds within a triazolophane macrocycle. The fourth chapter contains the introduction of the concept of fluxionality in the chemical reactions of transition metal oxide clusters. This is useful to develop a systematic paradigm for discussing the mechanisms in the reactions of larger transition metal oxide clusters with small molecules. Additionally, DFT calculations (along with experimental results from the C. C. Jarrold group) are shown to be useful to provide new insights on hydrogen liberation from water, thus aiding in the generation of alternative sources of energy.

Photoexcitation and Photochemical Stability of Organic Photovoltaic Materials from First Principles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sai, Na; Leung, Kevin

2013-03-01

The development of high efficiency organic photovoltaics (OPV) has recently become enabled by the synthesis of new conjugated polymers with low band gap that allow light absorption over a broader range of the spectrum. Stability of these new polymers, a key requirement for commercialization, has not yet received sufficient attention. Here, we report first-principles theoretical modeling of photo-induced degradation of OPV polymers carried out using ab-initio density functional theory (DFT). We report photooxidation routes and reaction products for reactive species including superoxide oxygen anions and hydroxyl groups interacting with the standard workhorse OPV polymer, poly(3-hexyl-thiophene) (P3HT). We discuss theoretical issues and challenges affecting the modeling such reactions in OPV polymers. We also discuss the application of theoretical methods to low-band-gap polymers, and in particular, the effect of the chemical substitution on the photoexcitation properties of these new polymers. Sandia National Laboratories is a multiprogram laboratory managed and operated by Sandia Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Lockheed Martin Corporation, for the U.S. Deparment of Energy's National Nuclear Security Administration under contract DE-AC04-94AL85000. This work is supported by the Energy Frontier Research Center funded by the U.S. DOE Office of Basic Energy Sciences under Award number DE-SC0001091.

Older and younger adults differently judge the similarity between negative affect terms.

PubMed

Ready, Rebecca E; Santorelli, Gennarina D; Mather, Molly A

2018-01-02

Theoretical models of aging suggest changes across the adult lifespan in the capacity to differentiate emotions. Greater emotion differentiation is associated with advantages in terms of emotion regulation and emotion resiliency. This study utilized a novel method that directly measures judgments of affect differentiation and does not confound affective experience with knowledge about affect terms. Theoretical predictions that older adults would distinguish more between affect terms than younger persons were tested. Older (n = 27; aged 60-92) and younger (n = 56; aged 18-32) adults rated the difference versus similarity of 16 affect terms from the Kessler and Staudinger ( 2009 ) scales; each of the 16 items was paired with every other item for a total of 120 ratings. Participants provided self-reports of trait emotions, alexithymia, and depressive symptoms. Older adults significantly differentiated more between low arousal and high arousal negative affect (NA) items than younger persons. Depressive symptoms were associated with similarity ratings across and within valence and arousal. Findings offer partial support for theoretical predictions that older adults differentiate more between affect terms than younger persons. To the extent that differentiating between negative affects can aid in emotion regulation, older adults may have an advantage over younger persons. Future research should investigate mechanisms that underlie age group differences in emotion differentiation.

Theoretical and experimental study on electron interactions with chlorobenzene: Shape resonances and differential cross sections

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Barbosa, Alessandra Souza; Laboratório de Colisões Atómicas e Moleculares, CEFITEC, Departamento de Física, Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 2829-516 Caparica; Varella, Márcio T. do N.

2016-08-28

In this work, we report theoretical and experimental cross sections for elastic scattering of electrons by chlorobenzene (ClB). The theoretical integral and differential cross sections (DCSs) were obtained with the Schwinger multichannel method implemented with pseudopotentials (SMCPP) and the independent atom method with screening corrected additivity rule (IAM-SCAR). The calculations with the SMCPP method were done in the static-exchange (SE) approximation, for energies above 12 eV, and in the static-exchange plus polarization approximation, for energies up to 12 eV. The calculations with the IAM-SCAR method covered energies up to 500 eV. The experimental differential cross sections were obtained in themore » high resolution electron energy loss spectrometer VG-SEELS 400, in Lisbon, for electron energies from 8.0 eV to 50 eV and angular range from 7{sup ∘} to 110{sup ∘}. From the present theoretical integral cross section (ICS) we discuss the low-energy shape-resonances present in chlorobenzene and compare our computed resonance spectra with available electron transmission spectroscopy data present in the literature. Since there is no other work in the literature reporting differential cross sections for this molecule, we compare our theoretical and experimental DCSs with experimental data available for the parent molecule benzene.« less

Theoretical Study of the Photolysis Mechanisms of Methylpentaphenyldimetallanes (Ph₃MM'Ph₂Me; M, M' = Si and Ge).

PubMed

Su, Shih-Hao; Su, Ming-Der

2018-06-04

The mechanisms of the photolysis reactions are studied theoretically at the M06-2X/6-311G(d) level of theory, using the four types of group 14 molecules that have the general structure, Ph₃M⁻M'Ph₂Me (M and M' = Si and Ge), as model systems. This study provides the first theoretical evidence for the mechanisms of these photorearrangements of compounds that contain a M⁻M' single bond. The model investigations indicate that the preferred reaction route for the photolysis reactions is, as follows: reactant → Franck-Condon (FC) region → minimum (triplet) → transition state (triplet) → triplet/singlet intersystem crossing → photoproducts (both di-radicals and singlets). The theoretical findings demonstrate that the formation of radicals results from reactions of the triplet states of these reactants. This could be because both the atomic radius and the chemical properties of silicon and germanium are quite similar to each other and compared to other group 14 elements, their photolytic mechanisms are nearly the same. The results for the photolytic mechanisms that are studied in this work are consistent with the available experimental observations and allow for a number of predictions for other group 14 dimetallane analogues to be made.

A common ground in clinical discussion groups: Intersubjective resonance and implicit operational theories.

PubMed

Bernardi, Ricardo

2017-10-01

Clinical discussion groups based on the Three-Level Model for Observing Patient Transformations (3-LM) enable us to reflect on the clinical common ground shared by psychoanalysts who have different theoretical frameworks. The very existence of this common ground is controversial. While analysts such as Wallerstein support it, others, like Green, think it is just a myth. In their 2005 controversy Wallerstein and Green proposed an observation procedure that might clarify this matter. This procedure bears great similarity to the one used by clinical discussion groups that apply the 3-LM. The study of numerous theoretically heterogeneous groups that use this model shows that communication is possible in crucial areas. We may thus conclude that a partial and dynamic common ground exists. At a phenomenological level, certain fragments of material produce a shared resonance that enriches clinical understanding for the whole group. Communication is also possible with regard to the conceptualization of patient changes, although some controversial issues persist at this level. Finally, at the level of theoretical explanations, divergences concerning abstract theories do not prevent a fertile interaction among 'in vivo' personal implicit theories. The latter give rise to the actual operational frameworks underlying participants' approach to clinical problems. Copyright © 2017 Institute of Psychoanalysis.

Abuse and neglect of the frail elderly at home: an exploration of theoretical relationships.

PubMed

Phillips, L R

1983-09-01

Using an ex post facto, correlational descriptive design, a purposive sample of 74 elderly individuals who were identified as either having a 'good relationship' or an 'abusive/neglectful relationship' with their related caregivers were interviewed in their own homes. The purpose of the study was to test two hypotheses which predicted the nature of differences between the two groups and four which predicted the magnitude and direction of theoretically deduced causal relationships. The data showed that demographic characteristics and certain theoretical variable such as anger, hostility and stress were remarkably similar between groups. The significant differences (P less than 0.05) between the two groups included lower expectations among the abused subjects for their caregivers, lower perceptions among the abused subjects of their caregiver's actual behaviour, differences between the social networks of the two groups and more depression in the 'abuse' group. Using multiple regression analysis, a total of four causal models' were tested using anger, depression, anxiety, and abuse as terminal dependent variables. The amount of explained variance ranged from 22% for anxiety to 58% for abuse. An empirical model was generated from data available in which 2 variables, perceptions of the caregiver and family members in the house available to help, explained 54% of the variance in abuse.

A reassessment of state-level covariates of militia groups.

PubMed

Freilich, Joshua D; Pridemore, William Alex

2005-01-01

This study investigated state-level variation in the number of right-wing militia groups. We built on prior quantitative examinations by more carefully operationalizing theoretical concepts and testing alternative hypotheses offered to account for the etiology of social movements generally and of militias specifically. Using negative binomial regression, we found that, consistent with previous research, states with higher levels of farm job loss had more militia groups. However, in contrast to prior studies, we did not find gun culture, hospitable political climate, female empowerment, or general economic deprivation to be associated with the number of militia groups. We also found no relationship between the number of militia groups and levels of fundamentalist religious culture and minority empowerment. Our study was the first to test the effects of social disorganization on the number of militias in a state, and we found the two to be positively and significantly associated. We situate our results in the theoretical and empirical literature and outline two challenges for future research. First, scholars must operationalize variables carefully since different measures of the same theoretical concept may result in diverging conclusions. Second, since one major factor (i.e., social disorganization) found in this study to be associated with the number of militia groups in a state was examined here for the first time, it is important for researchers to continue to investigate new hypotheses.

Effective Group Dynamics: Theories and Practices.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Murk, Peter J.

Using a brief experiential group activity called "Choosing a Color Exercise" as an introductory measure, this paper explains the basics of group dynamics and reviews the major theoretical relationships between the group's structure, the dynamics of maintenance and task behaviors, and effective individual performances. The types of functional and…

Establishment and validation for the theoretical model of the vehicle airbag

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Junyuan; Jin, Yang; Xie, Lizhe; Chen, Chao

2015-05-01

The current design and optimization of the occupant restraint system (ORS) are based on numerous actual tests and mathematic simulations. These two methods are overly time-consuming and complex for the concept design phase of the ORS, though they're quite effective and accurate. Therefore, a fast and directive method of the design and optimization is needed in the concept design phase of the ORS. Since the airbag system is a crucial part of the ORS, in this paper, a theoretical model for the vehicle airbag is established in order to clarify the interaction between occupants and airbags, and further a fast design and optimization method of airbags in the concept design phase is made based on the proposed theoretical model. First, the theoretical expression of the simplified mechanical relationship between the airbag's design parameters and the occupant response is developed based on classical mechanics, then the momentum theorem and the ideal gas state equation are adopted to illustrate the relationship between airbag's design parameters and occupant response. By using MATLAB software, the iterative algorithm method and discrete variables are applied to the solution of the proposed theoretical model with a random input in a certain scope. And validations by MADYMO software prove the validity and accuracy of this theoretical model in two principal design parameters, the inflated gas mass and vent diameter, within a regular range. This research contributes to a deeper comprehension of the relation between occupants and airbags, further a fast design and optimization method for airbags' principal parameters in the concept design phase, and provides the range of the airbag's initial design parameters for the subsequent CAE simulations and actual tests.

Comments on theoretical foundation of "EM Drive"

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, C.-W.

2018-03-01

The concept of EM Drive has attracted much attention and groups of work have been conducted to prove or verify it, of which the published experimental outcome is criticized in great details while the theoretical foundation has not been discussed. The present essay investigates on the theoretical derivations of the net thrust in the "EM drive" and reveals the self-contradiction arising at the very start, when the law of conservation of momentum was utilized and opposed simultaneously.

Limited Bandwidth Recognition of Collective Behaviors in Bio-Inspired Swarms

DTIC Science & Technology

2014-05-01

Nevai, K. M. Passino, and P. Srinivasan. Stability of choice in the honey bee nest-site selection processs. Journal of Theoretical Biology , 263(1):93...and N. Franks. Collective memory and spatial sorting in animal groups. Journal of Theoretical Biology , 218(1):1–11, 2002. [4] D. Cvetkovic, P...motion from local attraction. Journal of Theoretical Biology , 283(1):145–151, 2011. [18] G. Sukthankar and K. Sycara. Robust recognition of physical team

Groupwise Image Registration Guided by a Dynamic Digraph of Images.

PubMed

Tang, Zhenyu; Fan, Yong

2016-04-01

For groupwise image registration, graph theoretic methods have been adopted for discovering the manifold of images to be registered so that accurate registration of images to a group center image can be achieved by aligning similar images that are linked by the shortest graph paths. However, the image similarity measures adopted to build a graph of images in the extant methods are essentially pairwise measures, not effective for capturing the groupwise similarity among multiple images. To overcome this problem, we present a groupwise image similarity measure that is built on sparse coding for characterizing image similarity among all input images and build a directed graph (digraph) of images so that similar images are connected by the shortest paths of the digraph. Following the shortest paths determined according to the digraph, images are registered to a group center image in an iterative manner by decomposing a large anatomical deformation field required to register an image to the group center image into a series of small ones between similar images. During the iterative image registration, the digraph of images evolves dynamically at each iteration step to pursue an accurate estimation of the image manifold. Moreover, an adaptive dictionary strategy is adopted in the groupwise image similarity measure to ensure fast convergence of the iterative registration procedure. The proposed method has been validated based on both simulated and real brain images, and experiment results have demonstrated that our method was more effective for learning the manifold of input images and achieved higher registration accuracy than state-of-the-art groupwise image registration methods.

Density matrix renormalization group simulations of SU(N ) Heisenberg chains using standard Young tableaus: Fundamental representation and comparison with a finite-size Bethe ansatz

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nataf, Pierre; Mila, Frédéric

2018-04-01

We develop an efficient method to perform density matrix renormalization group simulations of the SU(N ) Heisenberg chain with open boundary conditions taking full advantage of the SU(N ) symmetry of the problem. This method is an extension of the method previously developed for exact diagonalizations and relies on a systematic use of the basis of standard Young tableaux. Concentrating on the model with the fundamental representation at each site (i.e., one particle per site in the fermionic formulation), we have benchmarked our results for the ground-state energy up to N =8 and up to 420 sites by comparing them with Bethe ansatz results on open chains, for which we have derived and solved the Bethe ansatz equations. The agreement for the ground-state energy is excellent for SU(3) (12 digits). It decreases with N , but it is still satisfactory for N =8 (six digits). Central charges c are also extracted from the entanglement entropy using the Calabrese-Cardy formula and agree with the theoretical values expected from the SU (N) 1 Wess-Zumino-Witten conformal field theories.

Experimental and Theoretical Study of Thermodynamics of the Reaction of Titania and Water at High Temperatures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Nguyen, Quynhgiao N.; Myers, Dwight L.; Jacobson, Nathan S.; Opila, Elizabeth J.

2014-01-01

The transpiration method was used to determine the volatility of titanium dioxide (TiO2) in water vapor-containing environments at temperatures between 1473 and 1673 K. Water contents ranged from 0 to 76 mole % in oxygen or argon carrier gases for 20 to 250 hr exposure times. Results indicate that oxygen is not a key contributor to volatilization and the primary reaction for volatilization in this temperature range is: TiO2(s) + H2O(g) = TiO(OH)2(g). Data were analyzed with both the second and third law methods to extract an enthalpy and entropy of formation. The geometry and vibrational frequencies of TiO(OH)2(g) were computed using B3LYP density functional theory, and the enthalpy of formation was computed using the coupled-cluster singles and doubles method with a perturbative correction for connected triple substitutions [CCSD(T)]. Thermal functions are calculated using both a structure with bent and linear hydroxyl groups. Calculated second and third heats show closer agreement with the linear hydroxyl group, suggesting more experimental and computational spectroscopic and structural work is needed on this system.

Raman investigation with group theoretical method on structural polymorphism of the nonlinear optical hexamine: p-nitrophenol cocrystals

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vijayalakshmi, S.; Kalyanaraman, S.; Ravindran, T. R.

2014-09-01

We have synthesized organic non-centrosymmetric cocrystals of 1:1 and 1:2 mole ratios of non-proton-transferred hexamine and p-nitrophenol complexes by using a slow evaporation method. The cocrystal with different stoichiometric variation gets crystallized into different crystallographic structures. The non-proton-transfer process of the complexes and the charge transfer (CT) interaction are established through Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. The contribution of the water molecule in the 1:2 adduct is explained through FTIR analysis. The result has an important bearing in our present study. Existence of two different crystallographic structures (polymorphism) is confirmed by the lower frequency modes that appeared in Raman spectra. The variation in the Raman active modes at lower frequencies that arise on account of polymorphism is addressed through factor group analysis. From the UV-vis analysis, the interesting result of hyperchromic and hypochromic shifts being observed in the 1:1 and 1:2 adducts, respectively, supports the polymorphic behavior. On seeing the variation in properties, particularly nonlinear optical properties, the higher second harmonic generation (SHG) efficiency compared with KDP is observed by using the Kurtz-Perry method for both complexes.

TNO/Centaurs grouping tested with asteroid data sets

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fulchignoni, M.; Birlan, M.; Barucci, M. A.

2001-11-01

Recently, we have discussed the possible subdivision in few groups of a sample of 22 TNO and Centaurs for which the BVRIJ photometry were available (Barucci et al., 2001, A&A, 371,1150). We obtained this results using the multivariate statistics adopted to define the current asteroid taxonomy, namely the Principal Components Analysis and the G-mode method (Tholen & Barucci, 1989, in ASTEROIDS II). How these methods work with a very small statistical sample as the TNO/Centaurs one? Theoretically, the number of degrees of freedom of the sample is correct. In fact it is 88 in our case and have to be larger then 50 to cope with the requirements of the G-mode. Does the random sampling of the small number of members of a large population contain enough information to reveal some structure in the population? We extracted several samples of 22 asteroids out of a data-base of 86 objects of known taxonomic type for which BVRIJ photometry is available from ECAS (Zellner et al. 1985, ICARUS 61, 355), SMASS II (S.W. Bus, 1999, PhD Thesis, MIT), and the Bell et al. Atlas of the asteroid infrared spectra. The objects constituting the first sample were selected in order to give a good representation of the major asteroid taxonomic classes (at least three samples each class): C,S,D,A, and G. Both methods were able to distinguish all these groups confirming the validity of the adopted methods. The S class is hard to individuate as a consequence of the choice of I and J variables, which imply a lack of information on the absorption band at 1 micron. The other samples were obtained by random choice of the objects. Not all the major groups were well represented (less than three samples per groups), but the general trend of the asteroid taxonomy has been always obtained. We conclude that the quoted grouping of TNO/Centaurs is representative of some physico-chemical structure of the outer solar system small body population.

Is it really theoretical? A review of sampling in grounded theory studies in nursing journals.

PubMed

McCrae, Niall; Purssell, Edward

2016-10-01

Grounded theory is a distinct method of qualitative research, where core features are theoretical sampling and constant comparative analysis. However, inconsistent application of these activities has been observed in published studies. This review assessed the use of theoretical sampling in grounded theory studies in nursing journals. An adapted systematic review was conducted. Three leading nursing journals (2010-2014) were searched for studies stating grounded theory as the method. Sampling was assessed using a concise rating tool. A high proportion (86%) of the 134 articles described an iterative process of data collection and analysis. However, half of the studies did not demonstrate theoretical sampling, with many studies declaring or indicating a purposive sampling approach throughout. Specific reporting guidelines for grounded theory studies should be developed to ensure that study reports describe an iterative process of fieldwork and theoretical development. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dolmashkin, A A; Dubrovskii, V A; Zabenkov, I V

The possibility is demonstrated to determine the human blood group by recording the scattering of laser radiation with the help of the digital imaging method. It is experimentally shown that the action of a standing ultrasound wave leads to acceleration of the agglutination reaction of red blood cells, to formation of larger immune complexes of red blood cells, and, as a consequence, to acceleration of their sedimentation. In the absence of agglutination of red blood cells the ultrasound does not enhance the relevant processes. This difference in the results of ultrasound action on the mixture of blood and serum allowsmore » a method of blood typing to be offered. Theoretical modelling of the technique of the practical blood typing, carried out on the basis of the elastic light scattering theory, agrees well with the experimental results, which made it possible to plan further improvement of the proposed method. The studies of specific features of sedimentation of red blood cells and their immune complexes were aimed at the optimisation of the sample preparation, i.e., at the search for such experimental conditions that provide the maximal resolution of the method and the device for registering the reaction of red blood cells agglutination. The results of the study may be used in designing the instrumentation for blood group assessment in humans.« less

Feature-space-based FMRI analysis using the optimal linear transformation.

PubMed

Sun, Fengrong; Morris, Drew; Lee, Wayne; Taylor, Margot J; Mills, Travis; Babyn, Paul S

2010-09-01

The optimal linear transformation (OLT), an image analysis technique of feature space, was first presented in the field of MRI. This paper proposes a method of extending OLT from MRI to functional MRI (fMRI) to improve the activation-detection performance over conventional approaches of fMRI analysis. In this method, first, ideal hemodynamic response time series for different stimuli were generated by convolving the theoretical hemodynamic response model with the stimulus timing. Second, constructing hypothetical signature vectors for different activity patterns of interest by virtue of the ideal hemodynamic responses, OLT was used to extract features of fMRI data. The resultant feature space had particular geometric clustering properties. It was then classified into different groups, each pertaining to an activity pattern of interest; the applied signature vector for each group was obtained by averaging. Third, using the applied signature vectors, OLT was applied again to generate fMRI composite images with high SNRs for the desired activity patterns. Simulations and a blocked fMRI experiment were employed for the method to be verified and compared with the general linear model (GLM)-based analysis. The simulation studies and the experimental results indicated the superiority of the proposed method over the GLM-based analysis in detecting brain activities.

Theoretical Coalescence: A Method to Develop Qualitative Theory: The Example of Enduring.

PubMed

Morse, Janice M

Qualitative research is frequently context bound, lacks generalizability, and is limited in scope. The purpose of this article was to describe a method, theoretical coalescence, that provides a strategy for analyzing complex, high-level concepts and for developing generalizable theory. Theoretical coalescence is a method of theoretical expansion, inductive inquiry, of theory development, that uses data (rather than themes, categories, and published extracts of data) as the primary source for analysis. Here, using the development of the lay concept of enduring as an example, I explore the scientific development of the concept in multiple settings over many projects and link it within the Praxis Theory of Suffering. As comprehension emerges when conducting theoretical coalescence, it is essential that raw data from various different situations be available for reinterpretation/reanalysis and comparison to identify the essential features of the concept. The concept is then reconstructed, with additional inquiry that builds description, and evidence is conducted and conceptualized to create a more expansive concept and theory. By utilizing apparently diverse data sets from different contexts that are linked by certain characteristics, the essential features of the concept emerge. Such inquiry is divergent and less bound by context yet purposeful, logical, and with significant pragmatic implications for practice in nursing and beyond our discipline. Theoretical coalescence is a means by which qualitative inquiry is broadened to make an impact, to accommodate new theoretical shifts and concepts, and to make qualitative research applied and accessible in new ways.

Theoretical and experimental aspects of chaos control by time-delayed feedback.

PubMed

Just, Wolfram; Benner, Hartmut; Reibold, Ekkehard

2003-03-01

We review recent developments for the control of chaos by time-delayed feedback methods. While such methods are easily applied even in quite complex experimental context the theoretical analysis yields infinite-dimensional differential-difference systems which are hard to tackle. The essential ideas for a general theoretical approach are sketched and the results are compared to electronic circuits and to high power ferromagnetic resonance experiments. Our results show that the control performance can be understood on the basis of experimentally accessible quantities without resort to any model for the internal dynamics.

Constraining free riding in public goods games: designated solitary punishers can sustain human cooperation

PubMed Central

O'Gorman, Rick; Henrich, Joseph; Van Vugt, Mark

2008-01-01

Much of human cooperation remains an evolutionary riddle. Unlike other animals, people frequently cooperate with non-relatives in large groups. Evolutionary models of large-scale cooperation require not just incentives for cooperation, but also a credible disincentive for free riding. Various theoretical solutions have been proposed and experimentally explored, including reputation monitoring and diffuse punishment. Here, we empirically examine an alternative theoretical proposal: responsibility for punishment can be borne by one specific individual. This experiment shows that allowing a single individual to punish increases cooperation to the same level as allowing each group member to punish and results in greater group profits. These results suggest a potential key function of leadership in human groups and provides further evidence supporting that humans will readily and knowingly behave altruistically. PMID:18812292

Theoretical Astrophysics at Fermilab

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

2004-01-01

The Theoretical Astrophysics Group works on a broad range of topics ranging from string theory to data analysis in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. The group is motivated by the belief that a deep understanding of fundamental physics is necessary to explain a wide variety of phenomena in the universe. During the three years 2001-2003 of our previous NASA grant, over 120 papers were written; ten of our postdocs went on to faculty positions; and we hosted or organized many workshops and conferences. Kolb and collaborators focused on the early universe, in particular and models and ramifications of the theory of inflation. They also studied models with extra dimensions, new types of dark matter, and the second order effects of super-horizon perturbations. S tebbins, Frieman, Hui, and Dodelson worked on phenomenological cosmology, extracting cosmological constraints from surveys such as the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. They also worked on theoretical topics such as weak lensing, reionization, and dark energy. This work has proved important to a number of experimental groups [including those at Fermilab] planning future observations. In general, the work of the Theoretical Astrophysics Group has served as a catalyst for experimental projects at Fennilab. An example of this is the Joint Dark Energy Mission. Fennilab is now a member of SNAP, and much of the work done here is by people formerly working on the accelerator. We have created an environment where many of these people made transition from physics to astronomy. We also worked on many other topics related to NASA s focus: cosmic rays, dark matter, the Sunyaev-Zel dovich effect, the galaxy distribution in the universe, and the Lyman alpha forest. The group organized and hosted a number of conferences and workshop over the years covered by the grant. Among them were:

Wife-Battering: A Theoretical Construct and Case Report.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Guerney, Bernard, Jr.; And Others

1987-01-01

Presents a theoretical construct (prostrate-detonate-dominate-ingratiate) to explain the development and maintenance of wife-battering. Ties the construct to research evidence and, along with clinical observations, uses it to develop a rationale for a type of therapy deemed effective with wife-batters: group marital Relationship Enhancement.…

Beyond Description in Interpersonal Construct Validation: Methodological Advances in the Circumplex Structural Summary Approach.

PubMed

Zimmermann, Johannes; Wright, Aidan G C

2017-01-01

The interpersonal circumplex is a well-established structural model that organizes interpersonal functioning within the two-dimensional space marked by dominance and affiliation. The structural summary method (SSM) was developed to evaluate the interpersonal nature of other constructs and measures outside the interpersonal circumplex. To date, this method has been primarily descriptive, providing no way to draw inferences when comparing SSM parameters across constructs or groups. We describe a newly developed resampling-based method for deriving confidence intervals, which allows for SSM parameter comparisons. In a series of five studies, we evaluated the accuracy of the approach across a wide range of possible sample sizes and parameter values, and demonstrated its utility for posing theoretical questions on the interpersonal nature of relevant constructs (e.g., personality disorders) using real-world data. As a result, the SSM is strengthened for its intended purpose of construct evaluation and theory building. © The Author(s) 2015.

Resolution-Adapted All-Atomic and Coarse-Grained Model for Biomolecular Simulations.

PubMed

Shen, Lin; Hu, Hao

2014-06-10

We develop here an adaptive multiresolution method for the simulation of complex heterogeneous systems such as the protein molecules. The target molecular system is described with the atomistic structure while maintaining concurrently a mapping to the coarse-grained models. The theoretical model, or force field, used to describe the interactions between two sites is automatically adjusted in the simulation processes according to the interaction distance/strength. Therefore, all-atomic, coarse-grained, or mixed all-atomic and coarse-grained models would be used together to describe the interactions between a group of atoms and its surroundings. Because the choice of theory is made on the force field level while the sampling is always carried out in the atomic space, the new adaptive method preserves naturally the atomic structure and thermodynamic properties of the entire system throughout the simulation processes. The new method will be very useful in many biomolecular simulations where atomistic details are critically needed.

Exploiting Superconvergence in Discontinuous Galerkin Methods for Improved Time-Stepping and Visualization

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-09-08

Accuracy Conserving (SIAC) filter when applied to nonuniform meshes; 2) Theoretically and numerical demonstration of the 2k+1 order accuracy of the SIAC...Establishing a more theoretical and numerical understanding of a computationally efficient scaling for the SIAC filter for nonuniform meshes [7]; 2...Li, “SIAC Filtering of DG Methods – Boundary and Nonuniform Mesh”, International Conference on Spectral and Higher Order Methods (ICOSAHOM

Directions of Small Group Research for the 1980's.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Becker, Samuel L.

Speech communicators need to return to applied research, developing theoretical statements about how groups might work better and testing the validity of those statements. Among the tasks that group communication researchers might take up are determining the range of applicability of generalizations concerning different kinds of groups, studying…

Eclecticism as the foundation of meta-theoretical, mixed methods and interdisciplinary research in social sciences.

PubMed

Kroos, Karmo

2012-03-01

This article examines the value of "eclecticism" as the foundation of meta-theoretical, mixed methods and interdisciplinary research in social sciences. On the basis of the analysis of the historical background of the concept, it is first suggested that eclecticism-based theoretical scholarship in social sciences could benefit from the more systematic research method that has been developed for synthesizing theoretical works under the name metatheorizing. Second, it is suggested that the mixed methods community could base its research approach on philosophical eclecticism instead of pragmatism because the basic idea of eclecticism is much more in sync with the nature of the combined research tradition. Finally, the Kuhnian frame is used to support the argument for interdisciplinary research and, hence, eclecticism in social sciences (rather than making an argument against multiple paradigms). More particularly, it is suggested that integrating the different (inter)disciplinary traditions and schools into one is not necessarily desirable at all in social sciences because of the complexity and openness of the research field. If it is nevertheless attempted, experience in economics suggests that paradigmatic unification comes at a high price.

Symmetry-protected line nodes and Majorana flat bands in nodal crystalline superconductors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kobayashi, Shingo; Sumita, Shuntaro; Yanase, Youichi; Sato, Masatoshi

2018-05-01

Line nodes in the superconducting gap are known to be a source of Majorana flat bands (MFBs) on a surface. Here, we extend this relation to all symmetry-protected line nodes where an additional constraint arising from crystal symmetry destabilizes or hides the existence of MFBs. By establishing a one-to-one correspondence between group theoretical and topological classifications, we are able to classify the possible line-node-induced MFBs, including cases with (magnetic) nonsymmorphic space groups. Our theoretical analysis reveals MFBs in antiferromagnetic superconductors.